WPC~" 2B@PCourier 10cpiCG Times 10pt (WP)CG Times 6pt (WP)CG Times 10pt Italic (WP)#|dP)IIHPLASEII.PRSx6X@8;,t0cX@Њ  2M Z]&v;#|\HP LaserJet Series IIHPLASEII.PRS\ P[,Q,t0cPCG Times 10pt (WP)CG Times 6pt (WP)X,<A.SSxSSJJSJSSSSSS8888JSSSSSSSS.xSxSxJorSiSiSSSSSxSxS{S{SxS{xS{S`SxSxSrSrSrS{SiSiSiSiSxSxSxSxS{SSSSSSSz]SSuSiSiSi.{S{S{SxSxSxS8NxxxSSS8JDDSSSSSS;SSS;VVS++SSfSSxS]]8V;1SS]8SS7).> The Glass bill differed in making the Secretary of Treasury chairman and the Comptroller of the Currency an ex-officio (non-voting) 2J", "+?^!.22YN!!!2Y!!!!2222222222!!dYd,YH?EJ?;HJ!'F?[JH9HC6?JH^HHA!!!22!,2,2,!222N2222%'22H22,,2,d222222!!!!,22222222H2H2H,YCE2?2?22222H2H2J2J2H2JH2J292H2H2E2E2E2J2?2?2?2?2H2H2H2H2J2222222I822F2?2?2?J2J2J2H2H2YH2!NHHH222!,))22X222YY2#222Y#442Y22=22H288Y!4^x#1Y Y2Y28Y!22"+?^18PSS888S8888SSSSSSSSSS88Sffoxf`xx8Jo]oxfxfS]xff]]888SS8SSJSJ.SS..J.xSSSSAA.SJoJJAJSJSSSSSS8888SSSSSSSSS.fSfSfSooSfSfSSSSSxSxSxSxS]SxxSxSfSfSfSoSoSoSxSfSfSfSfSxSxSxSxSxSSSSSSSSSSoS]S]S].oSoSoSxSxSoS8NxxxSSS8SMMSSSSSS;SSS;SSS..SSfSSxSSS8S;1SS]8SS2|"  xP  Isaac Mayer Wise founded the (Reform Judaism) Union of American Hebrew Congregations in 1873.S zP ԍ Frank S. Mead, Handbook of Denominations in the United States 128 (Revised by Samuel S. Hill 1990). Albert Pike reacted with disgust in 1873 to the name JAHBULON: "No man or body of men can make me accept as a sacred word, as a symbol of the infinite and eternal Godhead, a mongrel word, in part composed of the name of an accursed and beastly heathen god, whose name has been for more than two thousand years an appellation  xP of the Devil."PS zP ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 2367 (1984).P When Stephen Knight sought to interview otherwise cooperative Masons on JahBulOn, the  xPx interviews were rapidly brought to a close.NS zP ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 236 (1984).N  xP  In Latin America the Jesuits were suppressed in Mexico in 1873.GSٍ Edmond Paris, THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE JESUITS 74 (1975).G  xP  In Latin America the Jesuits were suppressed in Brazil in 1874.GSٍ Edmond Paris, THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE JESUITS 74 (1975).G  xP(  Isaac Mayer Wise founded the (Reform Judaism) Hebrew Union College in 1875.S zP ԍ Frank S. Mead, Handbook of Denominations in the United States 128 (Revised by Samuel S. Hill 1990). Texans experimented with appointed judges and they decided to abandon the appointive system shortly after the end of the first Republican Governor Edmund Jackson Davis's regime. The last Texas Supreme Court decision to be ignored was the semi-colon case which held the 2 to 1 vote for Richard Coke as Governor to be contrary to a semi-colon in the Texas Constitution. Davis appointed 35 District judges and  xP the Texas Supreme Court.BSٍ JOHN HENRY BROWN, II HISTORY OF TEXAS 453-454 (1893).B Frank X. Tolbert described the outcome of the Coke v. Davis election and the Governor's resort to "his" appointed Texas Supreme Court: "In the 1873 gubernatorial election Coke scored an astounding 85,549 to 42,663 victory over Davis, who immediately regretted the whole thing and got his  xP0 Semicolon Court to declare the election illegal."Sٍ AN INFORMAL HISTORY OF TEXAS 226 (1961); THE REPUBLICAN PARTY OF TEXAS 29 (1965) ("The members of the Supreme Court, all Republican judges of the Davis stamp, soon rendered a decision favorable to Davis and the existing administration."). A review of the Davis administration by John Tackett noted: "The inaugeration of Coke came only after conflict. Davis had influenced the State Supreme Court judges he appointed to declare the election null  xPP and void because of a technicality in the wording of the constitution."_ Sٍ "Early Republican Governor A 'Dictator'", SAN ANTONIO EXPRESS NEWS (Nov. 7, 1982)._ By common agreement of the Texas Bar, no decision of the semi-colon court may be cited as authority in a Texas Court. At Baylor Law School the Texas Reports have taped on them the words "Semi-Colon." Such was the Texas experience with the last appointed Supreme Court. Presiding Judge Wesley Ogden, along with Judges Moses B. Walker, J.D. McAdoo, Paul Casdorph, obliged Davis with a favorable decision that remains unenforced to this day: "(T)he radical republicans had no intention of surrendering office without protest. Plans were instituted almost immediately to forestall  xPX the inevitable. The Republicans took refuge in their own courts."5 Sٍ THE REPUBLICAN PARTY OF TEXAS 29 (1965).5 Davis requested President Grant to send U.S. troops to Texas to preserve his Governorship. Grant refused by saying: "(W)ould it not be prudent, as well as right, to yield to the verdict of the people as expressed by their ballots?" Soon after the Davis debacle, the Texas Constitution was amended to provide for an elected Court. T.R. Ferenbach summarized this action: "Judgeships...were made elective, including the bench of the supreme court. No judge who had to run for reelection regularly was expected to decide  xP cases against the popular feeling, on some new-fangled point of law."" Sٍ LONE STAR 435 (1968)."  xP`"  In Latin America the Jesuits were suppressed in Equador and Columbia in 1875.G Sٍ Edmond Paris, THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE JESUITS 74 (1975).G  xP#  In 1875 Mary Todd Lincoln was committed to an asylum after an insanity trial.L S zP ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xiv (1988).L In March of 1875 provision was made for calling a Texas constitutional convention. The proposal was  xPH& approved by the voters on August 2, 1875 by a margin of 69,583 to 30,549.@Sٍ R. THRALL, A PICTORIAL HISTORY OF TEXAS 437 (1883).@ During the 1875 Texas Constitutional Convention, the argument was made that the people were incompetent to select good judges although they were admitted to be competent enough to elect a governor who would be capable of appointing a good judiciary. Mr. Flourney retorted that if the people were not capable of selecting comptent judges "then they should cast about for a form of government which did not originate with theh)0*0*0*Ԍpeople and rest upon their authority. The experience of the people of Texas had shown that the elective  xP judiciary was the best the state had ever had."JSٍ S. MCKAY, THE TEXAS CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION OF 1875 (1930).J  xPX  The 1875 Texas Constitution was ratified on February 15, 1876 by a vote of 136,606 to 56,652.9Sٍ L. WORTHAM, V A HISTORY OF TEXAS 87 (1924).9  xP  In 1875 the Theosophical Society was founded by Helen Petrovna Blavatsky.zS zP ԍ She also founded the Hermetic Society. Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 103 (1987).z One of the basis teachings was  xP that all world religions had "common truths."TS zP ԍ Constance Cumbey, Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow 44 (1983). Blavatsky developed the society after "a sojorn in India; the Indian chapters later came under a cloud because of the arrest of its members for the practice of  zP homosexuality." Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 103 (1987).T Acheivement of "illumination" was one of the Theosophist's  xPx goals.]S zP ԍ Constance Cumbey, Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow 44 (1983).] Thomas Alva Edison signed the group's pledge of secrecy in 1878.]S zP ԍ Constance Cumbey, Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow 44 (1983).] After seven years of embarassment in India, Blavatsky headed for England where she promoted her books and organization. Theosophy introduced reincarnation, karma$ "Although the global manipulators have the power to suppress revolts, it is easier to prevent them...Their modus operandi is to change our religious world view...we would then be inclined to assist our global masters in the matter of enslaving our brothers and neigbours, rather than resisting the utter and evil bondage which they impose....In the Hindu worldview, good people are simply never born into poor bodies. It is considered futile for the rich to help the poor since their sufferings are believed to be good for them and anyone who interupts this suffering is merely slowing the progress of the poor toward being born into better circumstances... Karma, in other words, is a system of enslaving the poor and then blaming them for their troubles...In summary, their rotten system works as follows: First, a socialist revolution we never asked for is financed entirely on our tab, incurring unnecessary and unpayable debt . The next phase is to blame us for the debt incurred and impose upon us a sense of guilt . Step number three is to demand even further dictatorship by governments and banks, to manage this crisis incurred by governments and banks. In the final move, we huddle in overtaxed dwellings, nibbling overtaxed macaroni, believing we're clever enough and powerful enough to have brought these troubles on  F( ourselves." R.T. Kenney, Winston's Journal, Vol. 1, No. 3 23 (January 1992) (emphasis in original)., planes of consciousness, bodily auras,  F  chakras and other pagan concepts.o$ F ԍ Paul deParrie and Mary Pride, Ancient Empires of the New Age 184185 (1990).o Dr. Richard Hodgson was assigned by the Psychic Society of England to discredit Helen Blavatsy when she began intriguing for a pro-Russian Revolution in India  F against British rule.:$ Anton Chaikin, Treason in America 464 (1985).: Blavatsky and Rudolph Steiner spoke of an esoteric "wisdom tradition" that ran  Fx back through the Rosicrucians to the Cathars and Templars.{$ F ԍ Michael Baigent, Richard Leigh and Henry Lincoln, Holy Blood, Holy Grail 80 (Dell 1983).{ H.P. Blavatsky identified the Maitreya to be the same figure as Hermes (also known as Cushthe father of the idoltrous Babylonian rulergod  F Nimrod.V$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 261 (1990).V There exists the Great White Brotherhood which supports the concept of a one-world  F government.>$ Michael Howard, THE OCCULT CONSPIRACY 164 (1989).> The Theosophists claimed they were under the supervision of "The Great White Brotherhood." Until 1975, the society and its teachings were kept secret for 100 years. One of its  F`" publications was called "Lucifer" for many years.$ Cumbey at 46. In 1876 Secretary of War William Belknap resigned after his first and second wife were discovered to  F$ have taken kickbacks.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xiv (1988).L Western and southern farmers in the 1870s and 1880s formed organizations including the Grande and the National Farmers' Alliance which spread out from Texas eastward and nortward and peaked in about  F' 1890. From 1877 to 1884 farmers and workers formed the Greenback Labor party.N$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 13 (1983).N Mugwamps in the eastern and midwest cities proposed the civil service system in response to corruption and bolted  Fh) from the nomination of James G. Blaine in the presidential election of 1884.N$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 14 (1983).N Two groups urgedh) 0*0*0* reform of city governments. Businessmen and professionals in cities, such as William Strong, mayor of New York from 1895 to 1897, resented the corruption and inefficiency of city machines during the depression of the 1890s. Hazen Pengree served as mayor of Detriot from 1895 to 1897 and attempted to  FX welfare services, regulation of trolley companies and redistribution of the tax burden.N$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 29 (1983).N From 1880-1890 M2 leveling period. In 1880 James Garfield became the first President publicly known to have an affair while  F@ married.K$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).K President James Garfield was elected in 1880. He was shot by Charles J. Guiteau on July 2, 1881. The President died of his wounds two months later. Guiteau's reason was an order from "the  F Deity."n$ F ԍ American Heritage Magazine, 199 Things Every American Should Know 7 (1989).n Guiteau was a Roman Catholic.l$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 164 (1975).l Chester A. Arthur was his VicePresident.V$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 200 (1990).V By 1880 eight Popes had condemned Freemasonry. Pope Clement XII in 1738 condemned masonry as incompatible with Catholic belief "as indeed it was." He condemned its secrecy as an unlwaful practice that  F would make possible the subversion of nations and governments.Q$ F ԍ Malachi Martin, Keys of This Blood 527 (1990).Q His Papal Bull aimed at the  F abolition of Freemasonry was the first of many Papal Bulls.O$ F ԍ H.L. Haywood, More About Masonry 190 (1948).O Poland became the classic fulfillment  F of Pope Clement's warning.Q$ F ԍ Malachi Martin, Keys of This Blood 527 (1990).Q Between 1738, when Pope Clement issued his condemnation, and 1815,  FH some 316 Lodges dotted Poland. The Great Powers of the world "agreed at the Congress of Viennaz$ metternich was its architect and it set up a political and religious sytem with a dogma that rulers rule by divine right. Metternich sent out word that Freeemasonry must be destroyed. he may be judged to have  F been "the most powerful and the most successful AntiMason in history..." H.L. Haywood, More About  FX Masonry 191 (1948).z to ratify, under international law, the then accomplished fact of the obliterations of Poland from the face  F of the geopolitical world."Q$ F ԍ Malachi Martin, Keys of This Blood 528 (1990).Q Pope Bendict XIV proscribed the works of Voltaire and reiterated his  F predecessor's "condemnation of the rapidly proliferating Freemasonry."f$ F ԍ Nicholas Cheetham, A History of the Popes 236 (Dorsett Press 1992).f Pope Leo XIII issued his famous encyclical Humanum Gensus in 1884. Leo XIII classed Freemasonry as a grouping of secret societies in the "kingdom of Satan" and like the Greek Orthodox Church half a century later stated it wished "to bring back after eighteen centuries the manners and customs of the pagans." He said Masonry was subversive of Church and State, condemned it for its rejection of Christian revelation, for its religious indifferentism (the idea that all religions are equally valid) and warned of its use of figurehead leaders and  FP the subtle use of "doublespeak."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 247 (1984).N He urged bishops to "tear away the mask of Freemasonry, and let  F it be seen for what it really is."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 247 (1984).N Leftwing governments under Depretis and Crispi were egged on in their harassment by masonic and other anticlerical groups. A riot erupted when the remains of Pius IX  F were transfered from St. Peter's to the basilica of San Lorenzo Fuori le Mura.f$ F ԍ Nicholas Cheetham, A History of the Popes 270 (Dorsett Press 1992).f Condemnations also followed in 1894 and 1902.  F  The Jesuits were banished from France in 1880.G$ Edmond Paris, THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE JESUITS 74 (1975).G In 1881 on July 2 President Garfield was shot by a "mentally disturbed office-seeker." In 1884 Grant was left penniless when Grant & Ward Investment House collapsed.  F  The Fabian Society was founded in 1883-84$ The cofounders were all Freemasons (Annie Beasant, George BenardShaw, Lord Haldane, Ramsey  F MacConald, Sidney Webb and Beatrice Webb). Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 103 (1987). "with the aim of spreading socialist ideas among the educated public and ultimately establishing a socialist government." Its prominent members have included Bernard Shaw, Sidney and Beatrice Webb and Annie Besant. The Fabian Society included H.G.  F Wells$ F ԍ The overall direction and tactical strategy for the New Age may be found in The Open Conspiracy:  F Blueprints for a World Revolution by Wells. Cumbey at 55., who stated that "revolutionary Socialism" would be converted to "Administrative  F Socialism."$ Epperson at 194. George Orwell also belonged to the Fabians.$ Epperson at 194. His book 1984, was titled 100 years after the foundation of the Fabian Society. Single investors such as Sir George Goldie, Sir William Mackinnon and Cecil Rhodes competed in Africa along with the private partnership banking houses such as the Barings and the Bisschopheims. The control of capital came into the hands of "joint stock investment trust companies founded in particularly large numbers from 1884 to 1890, which could wield an influence and pressure quite unknown in the  FH& earlier period."W$ Frederick C. Dietz, A POLITICAL AND SOCIAL HISTORY OF ENGLAND 611 (1927).W Banks and government developed "a much closer relationship" in Europe. "In Germany the Deutsche Bank was so intimately associated with the government that it was hard to tell where the bank, a private  Fh) joint stock company, began and where the government left off."$ Dietz at 611.h) 0*0*0*Ԍ In 1884 Grover Cleveland was elected in spite of the campaign disclosure of his illegitimate child by  F Maria C. Halpin.K$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).K  FX  In Latin America the Jesuits were suppressed in Costa Rica in 1884.G$ Edmond Paris, THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE JESUITS 74 (1975).G The Fabian Society was founded in 1884 to establish the same classless, godless, socialistic oneworld  F society envisioned by Marx.$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 21 (1964); A Manifesto, Fabian Tract No. 2, 1884, Quoted in Shaw, Man of the Century. The difference between liberals (including orthodox Socialists) and Communists has been stated to be that the former agree to the fundamental principle that majority rule shall be loyally accepted so long as it respects the basic rights of minorities. "The Communist, however, rejects this principle. His party doctrine is Communist rule or general ruin. To him an opposition victory  F at the polls is simply the signal for conspiracy, sabotage and secret subversion."P$ F ԍ Allan Nevins, New York Times 9 (May 2, 1948).P The difference between a Communist and a Socialist is that a Communist is in a hurry: "All that distinquished many a Fabian Socialist from the local Communist gentry was the lack of a Communist Party card and a  F( preference for indirect over direct action."$ Freeway at 51. In 1886 Henry Edward Manning, the Archbishop of Westminister, England, warned that the work of the Communist International was "the work of secret, political societies, which from 1789 to this day have been perfecting their formation." He said the conspiracy was "now a power in the midst of the Christian and civilized world, pledged to the destruction of Christianity and the old civilization of Europe." In that same year a scholar, named Abbe Joseph Lane, said he had discovered a plan "to disorganize at one blow Christian society and the beliefs and customs of the Jews...then bring about a state of things where,  Fh religiously speaking, there will be neither Christian or Jew."U$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The New World Order 117 (1990).U Beginning in the late 1880s, the Progressive Reform Movement launched an attack on "Misrepresentative Government." In December 1979 Virginia Graham of the Congressional Reference Service noted that Progressives observed "the apparent dominance of economic and political interest groups over legislators." Hence, they "advocated changing the existing political structure to give more power to  F the people at the expense of political parties, legislators, and interest groups."$ Id. at 1. It was a movement "national in scope." The most fertile ground for planting the ripening seeds of democracy was found in the  F Western States where the bulk of Initiative, Referendum and Recall provisions exist.$ Graham at 2. Both partisan and nonpartisan leagues supported the I & R. The Second Socialist International was founded in Paris on July 14, 1889. This gathering was founded  F to influence the workers of the world through penetration, organization, and control of labor unions.Y$ F ԍ Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich 83 (1989).Y  FX  Isaac Mayer Wise founded the (Reform Judaism) Central Conference of American Rabbis in 1889.$ F ԍ Frank S. Mead, Handbook of Denominations in the United States 128 (Revised by Samuel S. Hill 1990). In 1890 money (old M2) upswing. In 1890, Senator John Sherman of Ohio authored an act that outlawed every "contract, combination in the form of trust or otherwise, or conspiracy in restraint of trade or commerce..." He explained that it was not intended as an attack upon Big Business. Rather it aimed at "the unlawful combination, tested by the rules of the common law and human experience, that is aimed at by this bill, and not the lawful  F! and useful combination.":$ H. Wayne Morgan, UNITY AND CULTURE 20 (1971).:  F(#  In September 1890, Bryan switched from imperialism$ On August 8, 1890, Bryan said: "The contest of 1900 is a contest between democracy on the one hand and plutocracy on the other." Williams at 152. to the trusts. Business consolidations increased rapidly from 1895 to 1905 "at the pace of nearly 300 a year." McKinley hesitated. "Privately  F$ McKinley discussed strengthening the Sherman Antitrust Act and pledged action after the election."P$ F ԍ R.Hal Williams, Years of Decision 153 (1978).P In 1890 Annie Besant "became the chief agitator in the English textile industry, which was centered  F' in Lancashire."S$ F ԍ Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 103 (1987).S Fabian Annie Besant came to power in T.S. after a series of scandels. The U.S. Theosophical Society gained respectability among the upper class "not at all diminished by the sex scandels that so freely circulated about its leaders." She had a similar personality and beliefs as freesex advocate  Fh) Margaret Sanger, the founder of Planned Parenthood.k$ F ԍ Paul deParrie and Mary Pride, Ancient Empires of the New Age 184 (1990).k The beautiful Annie Besant was ah) 0*0*0*  F suffragist.$ Freeway at 51. Two Boston newspapermen were devotees of Blavatsky and Besant and offered to help  F Webb.$ Freeway at 125. Besant was re-elected to the London School Board.$ Freeway at 130. She was a King's Hall lecturer.$ Freeway at 467.  After Blavatsky died, Besant ran the organization with prosperity until an attempt was made to bring forth  FX the antichrist. In 1929 Krishnamurti dissolved the Order of the Star (his worldwide supporters).$ Cumbey at 47.  F  After this fiasco, the torch was passed to Alice Bailey.1$ In her book From Bethlehem to Calvary (p. 30), she wrote: "The Illuminati have ever led the race forward; the knowers, mystics and saints have ever revealed to us the height of racial and individual  F possibilities." Texe Marrs, The Day They Take Our Money Away 29 (1990).1 In 1922 Lucifer Publishing Company was  F established. It was changed to Lucis Publishing Company in 1923.$ Cumbey at 49. A letter, dated August 17, 1984, was sent by Lucis Trust to an inquirer. It stated that the Lucis Trust used the same name since its incorporation in 1923. "The publishing company, however, was called at first the Lucifer Publishing Company as authored by H.P. Blavatsky." The letter added: "Lucifer as here used means 'bringer of light or the morning star' and has no connection whatsoever with Satan as conventional wisdom would have it." Revelations 22:16 states: "I Jesus...am the root and offspring  F of David, and the bright and morning star." A. Ralph Epperson, The New World Order 80 (1990). Both Madame Blavatsky and  F Annie Beasant were "heavily involved with Freemasonry."X$ F ԍ Gary H. Kah, En Route to Global Occupation 89 (1991).X Alice Bailey wrote that the Masonic Movement "is the custodian of the law, it is the home of the Mysteries and the seat of initiation...The methods of Diety are demonstrated in its Temples and under the Allseeing Eye the work can go forward. It is a far more accult organization than can be realized, and is intended to be the training school for the  F coming advanced occultists."$ F ԍ Gary H. Kah, En Route to Global Occupation 89 (1991); Alice Bailey, The Externalization of the  F Hierachy 511 (1957). The Socialist Fabian Society changed their symbol from a turtle (slow, gradual change) to a wolf in  F( sheep's clothing at the suggestion of Bernard Shaw.$ Epperson at 194. In MAN AND SUPERMAN, Shaw endorsed a  F master race.$ Id. at 154. The Fabian Society was formed by young intellectuals.C$ Herbert Heaton, ECONOMIC HISTORY OF EUROPE 747 (1968).C Sidney Webb, the founder of the Fabian Society, created the London School of Econmics. It was early funded by the Rockefeller Foundation, the Carnegie United Kingdom Trust Fund, and Mrs. Ernest Elmhirst--the widow of J.P.  FH Morgan partner Willard Straight.$ Epperson at 195. Students have included Joseph Kennedy Jr., John Kennedy, Robert Kennedy, Jr. (son of Robert Kennedy), David Rockefeller, Sen. David Moynihan and Eric Severeid  F (CBS).!$ Epperson at 195-196.! During the Middle Ages the Jews were placed into an inferior social position because they were  F0 prohibited from owning land.B$ Ernest Van Den Haag, THE JEWISH MYSTIQUE 147 (1969). B One of the Fabian Society's objectives set forth in 1887 was "the "emanicipation of land...from individual and class ownership..." It works for "the extinction of private  F ownership of property in land."C$ Epperson at 194; Rose Martin, FABIAN FREEWAY at 18-19.C Social handbooks lay down high-taxing, high-spending policies as an essential preliminary to the imposition of full Socialism to crush free enterprise with burdens of every sort so it will be glad to throw in the sponge and quit. Tract No. 127 of the Fabian Society referred to "Taxation is the chief means..." and said that to a Socialist the best of governments "is that which spends  F the most."$ Fahey at 98. A leading American Jewish propoent of Socialism, Morris Hillquit, whose real name was  F Misca Hilkowicz, wrote in SOCIALISM SUMMED UP (1913), that high taxes$ In Austin, Texas, it was reported in 1992 that the Austin I.S.D. school tax rate rate increased by 220% since 1986., shorter hours, shorter  Fp weeks and freedom to strike would make owners of businesses glad to be taken over by the State.$ Fahey at 95. Professor Laski, a Jewish Socialist from the London School of Economics, described "the weapon of taxation" and Bernard Shaw noted that "Compulsory labour, with death as the final penalty, is the keystone of Socialism..." and that opposition in a Socialist state would have to be an underground conspiracy working in secret "until it is strong enough for an open test of strength." In turn, the  FX ruling clique is required to protect itself with a gigantic spy service.$ Fahey at 98. The system of spying can be traced back at least to the time of Sparta when the Helots were numerous as slaves. Socialism has utter contempt for personality and drowns human freedom in an ocean of materialism. It takes away private property and reduces the average citizen to the sub-human, animal status that the  Fx Talmud says it is their destiny to occupty.+$"What, after all, is Soviet Communism? It is the triumph or climax of the philosophy of materialism, the denial of the existence of God or the world of the spirit. Man is considered exclusively as an animal."  F 7 Louis F. Budenz, The Techniques of Communism 7 (1954).+ "Finance-Capitalism begins the work. Socialism completes  F@ it."$ Fahey at 99. Behind the facade of Democracy lies dominance by private financial interest rules. Given the invention of a national debt, the domination is permanent and does not depend upon which party is in office. All parties also need money and the Money Power often finances both sides. Legislatures become marionette shows with puppets moved on wires from behind the scenes. "What masquerades as Democracy throughout the world is, therefore, in great part, government by certain financial groups more or less  F(# inspired by Rousseauist-Masonic naturalist theories."$ Fahey at 100. The society's methods include research, publications and seminars. In 1889 the Fabian Essays were published. The Labour Representation Committee was founded in 1900--later to become the British labour  FH& Party. It is now a specialized research agency of the party.$ C.D.H. Cole, FABIAN SOCIALISM (1943); N. Bosanquet and P. Townsend, LABOUR AND EQUALITY (1980); Anne Fredmantle, THIS LITTLE BAND OF PROPHETS (1960); Norman I. MacKenzie, THE FABIANS (1977). Between 1892 and 1913 the membership of British unions rose from 1.6 to 4.1 million. Workers read the works of Henry George, William Morris, John Ruskin and Karl Marx. Some bought red ties and read Robert Blatchford's peppery socialist newspaper called the Clarion. Webb built the British Labour Party and one of his last actions "was to move the Austrian School of 'conservative' economics--von Hayek and all--to the 'Fabian' London School ofh) 0*0*0*  F Economics.$ UGLY TRUTH at 155. A letter written by John D. Rockefeller indicated he personally undertook to finance a  F cite for the hotbed of Communismthe London School of Economics & Political Science.$ F ԍ Emanuel M. Josephson, The "Federal" Reserve Conspiracy & Rockefellers 35 (1968) (the 1141927 letter was published by Lord Beveridge). The University of Chicago began in 1892 as the chief American project of the Fabian Society. It was launched with funds from the Rockefeller, Schiff and Field families. President McKinley's assassin was sheltered by Emma Goldman at New York's Henry Street Settlement House. An assassin's bullet ended McKinley's protectionism.  F@  On February 29, 1892 the U.S. Supreme Court held that the U.S. was a Christian nation.M$ F ԍ Holy Trinity Church v. U.S., 143 U.S. 471.M In Texas the first discovered instance of the mention of direct democracy was in 1892 in the Texas Populist Platform. Roscoe C. Martin wrote in 1970: "In the troublous times which best populism toward the end of the century, the 'old guard' reformers, unwilling to see the third party expire without making heroic efforts to resuscitate it, resorted to proposals for yet another subsidiary organization, a 'Direct Legislation League of Texas.' Direct legislation and the imperative mandate (the recall) had long been recognized as a means of restoring all power to the people and therefore as  F  being 'pure democracy of the Thomas Jefferson kind.'"4$ THE PEOPLE'S PARTY IN TEXAS 156 (1970).4 The Progressive party picked up the direct democracy torch from the Populist Party. In 1892 the national convention of the Populist (People's) Party, meeting in Omaha, Nebraska, went on record as being  F0 in favor of initiative and referendum.$ MASS REPORT at 33. However, the party apparently failed to practice internally what it advocated externally. Carle Lloyd, a disgruntled party member, complained: "The party that makes itself the special champion of the initiative and referendum tricked out its very life and soul by a permanent National chairman--something no other party has! Our Initiative and Referendum had better begin, like  FP charity, at home!">$ RICHARD HOFSTADTER, THE AGE OF REFORM 190 (1955).> The movement for direct legislation (a term used to denote both initiative and referendum) was based upon at least four basic notions: "First: a deep-rooted distrust of the State Legislatures as not truly representing and obeying the popular will, because they fail to pass bills which the people desire, and do pass bills which the people do not desire. Secondly: Anger at and suspicion of wealth, and especially of great incorporated companies which, by their influence over legislators, officials, and party organizations, are believed to oppress the people and to enrich themselves at its expense. Thirdly: A desire on the part of certain sections of opinion to carry certain particular measures which--so these sections believe, could be carried by popular vote more easily than by pressing them on the legislatures. Fourthly: A faith in the wisdom and righteousness of the people which expects from their direct action better work for the community than can be had from persons chosen to represent them. It is thought that a sort of mystical sanctity not susceptible of regulation dwells in the whole people. Its sacramental quality is deemed to be weakened by an attempt to transmit it, as if it were a wire so imperfectly conducive that the electric current was lost in  F%  transmission."5$ LORD BRYCE, MODERN DEMOCRACIES (1921).5 The progressive movement's purposes were summarized by William Allen White: "For it will be seen that each one of these movements is a leveling process, a tendency to make money, capital, property, wealth, or financial distinction count for nothing more h)0*0*0*Ԍ than an indirect influence in the ballot box. Each of these innovations, the secret ballot, the primary, and the reformed party, is a step towards democracy--a step towards the Declaration of Independence and away from the Constitution, which so feared majority rule  FX  that the majority was hedged about with checks and balances at every possible point."Y$ "The Growth of Democracy in America," XIII THE ANNALS OF AMERICA 247 (1976).Y White suggested that the battle was against the government of the few dating from the Federalist 1787 Constitution: "The value of the initiative and referendum depends upon the point from which it is viewed. In certain quarters politics is considered the science of government of the many by the few. Also a government is considered excellent when it protects investment, when it makes the right of contract more important than the welfare of citizens, when it protects vested rights even after they become vested wrongs. In those quarters the initiative and referendum, which is coming into American government as surely as the secret ballot came, will be deemed a dangerous menance to our institutions. Certainly it is a departure from the idea of a government by the few which inspired the fathers of the federal constitution when Chief Justice John Marshall gave the federal  F  judiciary the final vote on all laws passed by state or national legislatures."o$ WILLIAM ALLEN WHITE, "The Growth of Democracy in America," XIII THE ANNALS OF AMERICA 249 (1976). o Various explanations of the progressive movement have characterized it as a Western phenomenon. George E. Mowry explained it as "the ideological fissures that seperated urban and rural progressivism. To the extent that the more rural and traditional progressives distrusted a state bureaucracy and the  F expert, they relied upon the ethical and intellectual qualities of the masses."5$ THE ERA OF THEODORE ROOSEVELT 81 (1958).5 John D. Hicks, C. Vann Woodward, and Russel B. Nyes saw progressivism as "a popular crusade---a broadening of agrarian protest--to restore democracy and curtail the power of the large corporations, particularly the railroads and  FP banks, which had oppressed the farmer."M$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 4 (1983).M Benjamin parke DeWitt, Charles A. and Mary Beard, Vernon Louis Parrington and Harold D. Faulkner, saw it as "the latest triumpant episode in the old  F conflict between ordinary Americans, on the one side, and wealth and privilege on the other."N$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 4 (1983).N Legislators who represented immigrant constituencies in the large cities of the East and Middle West gave  Fp critical support to the progressive reforms.$ Id. at 7. The word "progressive" means "a person believing in moderate political and social improvement by governmental action; esp. cap: a member of a Progressive Party (as in the presidential campaigns of 1912,  F 1924, and 1948) in the U.S."3$ MERRIAM-WEBSTER DICTIONARY 555 (1974).3 In its broad sense it "was the way in which a whole generation of Americans defined themselves politically and responded to the nation's problems at the turn of the  F  century."N$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 3 (1983). N The battle has been termed one which pitted the standpat "Reactionaries" against the insurgent "Progressives." The Reactionaries were those who controlled Representative Government and delighted in telling the Progressives that they had no chance. J.H. Denison described the two classes in EMOTIONAL CURRENTS IN AMERICAN HISTORY: "On the one hand were those who felt that more power should be given to the people, and more laws framed to resist the power of wealth and privilege, and on the other, those who distrusted the people, who felt that too much had already been done to hamper the great corporations, and that the prosperity of the nation depended on restoring power and privilege to the dominent class." Until the end of the 19th century, it was part of the myth of America that poverty was non-existent or the result of failings such as to laziness or drunkeness. The corollary was that "anyone dissatisfied with their lot could pick up stakes, go west, cut a farm out of the wilderness and make a decent living." Out of 30 million in the national work force some 11 million were in agriculture. In 1893 historian Frederick Jackson Turner "delivered a celebrated paper" which "pointed out that the continuous line of frontier land  F' had disappeared."R$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 31 (1964).R In 1893 a love affair between a Kentucky Congressman and a student helped ignite the woman's  Fh) sufferage movement.K$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).Kh)0*0*0*Ԍ The panic of 1893 "was brought about by the competition between the Jewish House of Rothschild and  F the Jewish rival firm of Baring Brothers."V$ F ԍ George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 43 (1940).V The Populist agitation of the 1890s "repelled" middle class farm owners, storekeepers, clergymen, lawyers, doctors, teachers, salesmen and others who stood between the few with immense wealth and the masses of working poor. Some of the Populist's planks adopted by the Democratic Party under William Jennings Bryan in 1896 included "proposals for inflating the currency to help debtors against creditors. Interpreting this program as revolutionary, the urban middle classes voted McKinley into office." After it became apparent that the people of farm areas could not prevail politically, radicals were discredited and the movement "shaved its whiskers, washed its shirt, put on a derby and moved up into  F the middle class."$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 51-52 (1964) (quoting William Allen White, an Empora, Kansas newspaperman).  Lina Morgenstern was one of the forerunners of Women's Liberation. She organized the first International Woman's Congress in 1896 which attracted 1,800 delegates. She was active in the peace  F movement and was a protege of Geiger.I$ Rabbi Marvin S. Antelman, TO ELIMINATE THE OPIATE 48 (1974).I In 1897 a Hungarian Jew named Theodore Herzl called the first World Zionist Council at Basel, Switzerland. In his speech opening the Zionist Congress of 1897 at Basle, Dr. Mandelstein, Professor of the University of Kiev, stated: "The Jews will use all their influence and power to prevent the rise and prosperity of all other nations and are resolved to adhere to their historic hopes, i.e. to the conquest of  F0 world power."$ F ԍ Le Temps, September 3, 1897. The Jewish Rabbis teach that all nonjewish people must be excluded from sharing the new world or taking any part in it; they can be tolerated only as a despised herd. Traktat, Gittin, Fol. 57, Babylonian Talmud.  In 1897 Yale Professor William Laughlin prepared the Report of the National Monetary Commission for Paul Warburg which detailed the content of the 1913 FRA. (19--173). Because John D. Rockefeller had contributed some $40 million to the University of Chicago, the new banking bill was drawn up by a couple  F of associates there after the Aldrich Act was initially defeated.;$ JULES AKELS, THE ROCKEFELLER BILLIONS, p. 285.; South Dakota was first to propose the initiative and referendum in 1897. The amendment provided for the petition of 5% of the electors, an immunity from the veto power of the Governor and also applied  F8 to muncipalities.j$ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 359 (1909); South Dakota Laws, 5th Sess., Chap. XXXIX.j It was then adopted in Utah by a majority of nearly three to one in November  F 1900.? $ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 360 (1909).? In Oregon it was adopted by a majority of about eleven to one in June of 1902.? $ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 361 (1909).? Nevada  F then followed in adopting I & R in the general election of 1904.C $ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 362-363 (1909).C It was then adopted in Missouri in  F the general election of 1908 by a margin of over 30,000 votes.? $ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 363 (1909).? Montana's I & R was approved by the  FX people in the general election of 1906.? $ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 363 (1909).? The movement started in the trans-Missouri region but was  F  "neither sectional nor partisan."?$ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 365 (1909).? It has great importance: "The movement on the whole is one of the most significant of contemporary political tendencies in America, and furnishes a subject for profitable  F study and thoughtful consideration."?$ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 366 (1909).? While most states have used constitutional referendum "from the very beginning of their establishment as states," the other forms of direct legislation grew more slowly. After the adoption of I & R in South Dakota (1898), Utah (1900) and Oregon (1902), nineteen other states "followed suit between 1906 and 1918. There was a long pause from 1918 to 1959, but since 1959 four  F more states have added the initiative."^$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 69 (1978).^ Thirty nine states have some form of statutory referendum and twenty-four states have the liberal version that requires a referendum whenever a stipulated number of voters submit a petition requesting  F# one.^$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 70 (1978).^ Twenty-two states have statutory initiative; 15 have the direct form (Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Idaho, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, Utah, Washington and Wyoming) and 7 require the legislature to act upon the proposal within a reasonable time before it is voted on by the electorate (Florida, Ohio, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Nevada and South  F' Dakota) or indirect statutory initiative.^$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 70 (1978).^ The constitutional initiative is the most powerful form of direct legislation which permits a petition with sufficient signatures to place a proposed constitutional amendment on the ballot without legislativeh)0*0*0*Ԍaction. Fourteen states have constitutional initiative (Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Florida,  F Illinois, Michigan, Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma and Oregon).^$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 73 (1978).^ All fifteen states with the direct legislative initiative are in the West; and all ten states with the  F  complete set of direct legislation devices are in the West.^$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 73 (1978).^ From this one can conclude on a directional basis that direct legislation is a concept foreign to the East. When efforts have been made for national I&R  F in Washington, those in favor of the idea get good marks in the polls but little support from the pols.$ In 1977 a national statutory initiative bill was introduced by Sen. James Abourezk (D.--S.D.) and a similar bill was introduced by Rep. James Jones (D.-Okl.) and Rep. Guy Vander Jagt (R.--Mich.) in the House. The bill would have exempted constitutional amendments, declarations of war and calling up the militia. For the first two years after passage the law would have been subject to repeal by a two-thirds vote of the full membership of both houses and thereafter by an ordinary majority of Congress. The petition would have required signatures equal to 3% of the ballots cast in the most recent presidential election and would have been required to be signed by 3% of the voters in at least ten different states. The Abourezk bill was promoted by Initiative America headed by Roger Telschow and John Foster. Polls showed it was favored by 57% of the nation's adults with only 21% opposed. AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 75 (1978).  Between 1898 and 1976 there were 539 constitutional initiatives placed on state ballots. Of that total 186 or 35% were approved. In the same period there were 685 statutory initiatives of which 261 or 38% were approved. The heaviest users of the initiative process were in Western States: Oregon (207), California (159), North Dakota (137), Colorado (119) and Arizona (117). In that time period only Illinois  F` and Wyoming had no initiatives.a$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 76-77 (1978).a In the 1890s Mayor Hazen Pingree of Detriot attacked public utility companies. Later, as Governor of Michigan, he spent two terms battling big business. New York Governor Theodore Roosevelt sponsored  F laws to impose francise taxes on public utility companies.R$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 53 (1964).R In Wisconsin a millionaire Senator lumberman by the name of Philetus Sawyer, offered former District Attorney and Congressman Robert M. La Follette a fee in a case presided over by Follette's brother-in-law. When La Follettte interpreted the offer as a bribe and dennounced Sawyer, his political career was attacked. By 1900 he was elected governor of Wisconsin by a plurality of 102,000 votes and "entered office determined to give the public greater control over the government." Governor La Follette supported the direct primary over delegate nominating conventions and later I & R. Part of his program involved strong government regulations "where  F monopolistic power was inevitable."R$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 53 (1964).R La Follette first sought direct primaries and a tax on the physical values of railroad properties (rather than gross earnings). In his first term the two proposals were defeated in the State Senate. In his second term he won the fight for a direct primary and obtained the railroad tax but not regulation. In 1904 he campaigned by naming those opposed to his program and said:  F "Put the men who have betrayed you on the retired list."R$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 54 (1964).R By the time La Follette moved on to the U.S. Senate in 1906, he had successfully passed a strong railroad commission, a lobbyist registration bill and competitive exams for civil service positions in the state. The "Wisconsin Idea" and success of the average citizen coping with ruthless business combines spread for "a happier and better state to live in, that its institutions are more democratic, that the opportunities of all its people are more equal, that social  F justice more nearly prevails, that human life is safer and sweeter.."R$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 54 (1964).R In March, 1900, McKinley signed the Gold Standard Act which made gold the standard currency and  FX ended the silver controversy.P$ F ԍ R.Hal Williams, Years of Decision 152 (1978).P In 1901 on September 6 President McKinley was shot by an anarchist. McKinley was shot on September 5, 1901 by Leon Czolgosz "a twentyeightyear old unemployed laborer and anarchist." McKinley began to recover and then died on September 14 of misdiagnosis and  F spreading internation infection.P$ F ԍ R.Hal Williams, Years of Decision 157 (1978).P "I don't believe one man should have so much services and another  F man should have none," said Czolgosz.n$ F ԍ American Heritage Magazine, 199 Things Every American Should Know 7 (1989).n Czolgosz was a Roman Catholic.l$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 164 (1975).l Theodore Roosevelt  F! was mcKinley's Vicepresident.V$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 200 (1990).V  F(#  In 1901 J.P. Morgan formed the United States Steel Corporation, the "first billiondollar trust."P $ F ԍ R.Hal Williams, Years of Decision 153 (1978).P  F$  The Jesuits were banished from from France in 1901.G!$ Edmond Paris, THE SECRET HISTORY OF THE JESUITS 74 (1975).G In February of 1902 T.R.'s attacked J.P. Morgan's great financial combination--the Northern Securities Company. Morgan was surprised because until then the Sherman Act had been used to "check labor-union activity." T.R. named Oliver Wendell Homes to the Supreme Court who was "a leading advocate of more flexible constitutional interpretation." Although the high court did rule in favor of the government, Holmes  Fh) dissented.U"$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 73-74 (1964).U Later T.R. moved against the meat-packing trust and filed some 40 antitrust actions.R#$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 74 (1964).Rh)0*0*0* T.R. told the Union League Club in Phildelphia in January 1905, after being relected by 7.6 million to 5 million for his opponent, his views on corporate wealth: "Neither this people nor any other free people will permanently tolerate the use of vast power conferred by vast wealth, and especially by wealth in its corporate form, without lodging somewhere in the Government the still higher power of seeing that this power, in addition to being used in the interest of the individual or individuals possessing it, is also used for and not against the interests of the people as a whole...No finally satisfactory result can be expected from merely State action. The action must come through the Federal  F  Government."R$$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 76 (1964).R The potsmoking Madame Blavatsky and an associate named Karl Keller, founded the Order of the Templars of the East (Ordo Templi Orientis) in 1902. Ihe order claimed it could communicate in nine degrees the secrets of Freemasonry, the Rosicrucians, the Illuminati, the Order of the Holy Grail, the Knights of the Holy Ghost and the Holy Sepulchre. The key was sexual magic (Phallicism). In the 1960's there was a Lodge of this same order in Los Angeles called "The Process Church of the Final Judgment."  F A male witch was attracted to the Lodge. His name was Charles Manson.]%$ F ԍ William Josiah Sutton, The Illuminati: 666 120122 (1983).]  F  In 1902 William Hinds wrote American Communities. He listed 35 organizations that had adopted communist principles. He said: "The first step out of communism was taken when 'mine and thine' were applied to husband and wife; then followed naturally an exclusive interest in children; then the desire to  Fh accumulate individual property for their present and future."a&$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against God and Man 38 (1974).a In 1902 Lenin wrote: "Conspiracy is so essential a condition of an organization of this kind that all  F other conditions...must be made to conform to it."X'$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 16 (1964).X Communism teaches that man is without soul, spirit or free will. Marx taught that man was an evolutionary animal without significant individual value or eternal life. Man is determined by his environment. The class war would replace capitalism with socialism. Under socialism the Communist party would work to establish communism. The proletariat had  F to achieve control of the entire earth.X($ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 19 (1964).X Lenin said: "The bourgeoisie will sell us rope, and then we  F shall let the bourgeoisie hang itself."e)$ F ԍ Quoted by Sen. Phil Crane, Congressional Record (January 3, 1985).e An extended article was written by Emily Cranford titled "The United States of Europe" in 1903 that  F appeared in the Fortnightly Review.J*$ F ԍ Scott Nearing, United World 117 (1945).J In the Concave of 1903, Emperor Franz Joseph of Austria had the privilege of vetoing any popeelect he did not like. Despite the majority vote of the Cardinal Electors, he vetoed Italianborn Mariano Cardinal Rampolla Del Tindara. The true motive for the veto was that Rampolla "had joined the Lodge of  F Freemasons."Q+$ F ԍ Malachi Martin, Keys of This Blood 678 (1990).Q "It was received with indignation, but Rampolla not only failed to be elected Pope but was replaced as Secretary of State under the new pontiff by the Spanish Cardinal Merry dal Val. At the  Fx seventh ballot the choice fell on Giuseppe Sarto, Cardinal Patriarch of Venice.",$ F ԍ#\ P[,QiP# Nicholas Cheetham, A History of the Popes 274 (Dorsett Press 1992). Louis Brandeis stated on March 18, 1903: "It is needed that public opinion be aroused, and that good, honest honorable men be drafted into service as our office holders. We need intelligent public opinion. It doesn't mean the periodic, spasmodic indignation at wrong. That won't give us good government." Progressives, spurred by the examples of Johnson and La Follette "to believe that government could help the people to protect itself against the economic aristocracy," dominated whole states. Where governorships were not won, the reformers nontheless won measures to enact the direct primary, initiative  F% and referendum, tax reforms and provisions for regulatory commissions.R-$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 57 (1964).R The "Father of I & R" in the United States was William S. U'Ren of Oregon. His interest in I & R  F' began with his reading about the Swiss use in the nineties.6.$ LINCOLN STEFFENS, UP-BUILDERS 286 (1909).6 In 1905 the Hon. W.S. U'Ren addressed the national American Convention of suffragists on the subject of I & R. Ida H. Harper stated: "The convention was much impressed by this innovation, as the suffragists had long struggled against theh)0*0*0*Ԍ F refusal of the legislatures to submit their question to the voters."9/$ V THE HISTORY OF WOMAN SUFFERAGE 136 (1970).9 Contrary to the normal policy of considering only subjects relating directly to women and children, the convention passed a resolution  F affirming "its belief in I & R as a needed factor in the progress of true democracy."90$ V THE HISTORY OF WOMAN SUFFERAGE 136 (1970).9 By 1905 the Jewish movement was split with Herzl wanting to accept the British offer of space in Uganda East Africa. Russian Jews insisted that Israel be located in Palestine. The limitation of the amounts and uses of money in elections was a major weapon of the progressives to limit the power of corporations and money: "By 1905 at least three relatively effective laws had been passed in the several states, and before a federal law was passed by the sixty-first Congress practically  F every progressive-dominated state had such legislation on its statute books."F1$ GEORGE E. MOWRY, THE ERA OF THEODORE ROOSEVELT 81 (1958).F In 1905 the Texas legislature provided by law: "Whenever delegates are to be selected by any political party to any state or county convention by primary election or primary convention, or candidates are instructed for or nominated; it shall be the duty of the chairman of the county or precinct executive committee of said political party upon application of ten per cent of the members...to submit at the time and place of selecting said delegates any proposition desired to be voted on by said voters and the delegates selected at that time shall be considered instructed for whichever proposition for which a majority of votes  F are cast."{2$ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 359 (1909); Tex. Gen. Laws, 1905, 1st Called Sess. Chap. XI, sec. 142. {  F  Sidney Webb came to America in 1888. In 1889 his book, Socialism in England, was circulated at Harvard and other universities by the American Economic Association. By 1905 the Rand School of Social Science at New York and the Intercollegiate Socialist Society had been formed by American Fabians. It  F was created under the direction of Jack London, Upton Sinclair and others.c3$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 143 (1958).c The first president of  F the Society was Robert Morss Lovett "a man with a total of 56 Communist front affiliations..."c4$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 143 (1958).c Chapters of the Socialist Society were formed at Harvard, Princeton, Columbia, New York University and  FP the University of Pennsylvania.X5$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 23 (1964).X American adherents included John Dewey, Walter Rauschenbusch  F (theology), Walter Lippman (government and press), and Felix Frankfurter (U.S. Supreme Court).X6$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 23 (1964).X  F The name was later changed to The League for Industrial Democracy.c7$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 143 (1958).c John Maynard Keynes said after the London Fabian meeting meeting with the Bolseviks in 1905: "The  F8 only course open to me is to be buoyantly Bolshevik."58$ Epperson at 195. Walter Lippman was the first to introduce him to America and helped arrange the  F publication of The Economic Consequences of Peace (1920). Keynes advocated big government and deficit  F spending. He was a homosexual. Fabian Freeway at 187.5 Up until 1906 the Democratic Party had not been ruled entirely by the large interests and the money changers. After that year both parties became the same and it made no difference since slogans used were  FX the sole difference.?9$ DR. R.E. SEARCH, LINCOLN MONEY MARTYRED 75 (1935).? From 1906 onward, Wilson thought he might at any moment die. On May 28, 1906, Wilson, then President of Princeton University, "awoke to find he was completely blind in the left eye, a fact undisclosed  Fx to the world.":$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 296 (1980). Under the terms of Wilson's will, the files of Dr. Francis X. Dercum of Philadelphia,  F@ a nuerologist who attended him from 1906 to 1919, were destroyed.;$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 297 (1980).  F  Wall Street also backed Wilson. In 1906 George Harvey, President of the Morgan-controlled Harper's  F! Weekly, suggested Wilson for President.<$ Skousen at 18. During Roosevelt's first term he was advised by Hanna, Aldrich, George Perkins of the House of Morgan, A.J. Cassatt of the Pennsylvania Railroad and James  F(# Stillman8=$ "The financing of loans to sovereign governments is, of course, one of the richest trades known, and one most eagerly sought for by great moneylenders." Matthew Josephson, THE POLITICOS 626 (1938). His father was "well-to-do but had suffered reverses." Stillman entered business at the age of 16 with a position in the cotton business. Frederick Allen, THE GREAT PIERPONT MORGAN 8 (1989 Ed.). He was narrow-eyed, ridgid in manner and wore the "cold smile of a Japanese statesman." After retiring he did not know how to enjoy himself: "I have never in all my life done anything I wanted, and cannot now." Matthew Josephson, THE ROBBER BARONS 336 (1934). Rockefeller's brothers-in-arms, members of the Standard Oil family, included Archbold, Pratt, Stillman and Vandergrift. Matthew Josephson, THE ROBBER BARONS 318 (1934). Stillman became fast friends with William Rockefeller while on the board of directors of the Chicago, Milwaukee & St. Paul Railroad. He admired Standard Oil's hiearchic and centralized controls--much like the Catholic Church--and modeled his bank after it. "He bought Standard Oil stock and became one of the family." Through his bank Rockefeller funds flowed to the new gas, copper and steel companies and later into Harriman's railroad operations. City bank became known as the "Standard Oil Bank" and "was the machine through which their greatest exploits were carried out." Matthew Josephson, THE ROBBER BARONS 399 (1934). Stillman once said Ned Harriman was "not a safe man to do business with." Stephen Birmingham, OUR CROWD 188 (1967). The Rockefellers, through Stillman, dominated a constellation of banks which included the National City, Hanover, Farmers' Loan and Trust, Second National and United States Trust. Matthew Josephson, THE ROBBER BARONS 400 (1934). In April of 1893, President Cleveland sent Daniel Lamount to see Stillman about a gold exchange but Stillman rebuffed him. Matthew Josephson, THE POLITICOS 527 (1938). The bankers furnished the gold to the government "but, in order to do so, quietly presented their Legal Tender for redemption at the New York Sub-Treasury, obtained the gold from the Government, and reloaned this same gold in effect to the Treasury in Washington...In a few weeks the effect of the loan was lost." Matthew Josephson, THE POLITICOS 541 (1938). In 1894 Cleveland's Secretary of the Treasury went to Morgan to borrow $50 million to buy foreign gold. According to Stillman it was he who cabled Europe for $10 million in Standard Oil gold and got another $10 million from other sources. Matthew Josephson, THE ROBBER BARONS 414 (1934). The bankers had loaned the government money to purchase gold and then used the conversion privilege to draw more gold. The government gold bonds were obtained at 104, offered by the syndicate (Morgan, Stillman and Belmont) at 112 and rose to 123 on the market with Morgan's backing. Matthew Josephson, THE ROBBER BARONS 415 (1934). When the income tax was proposed around 1894, Stillman told Lamount: "It is an unjust discrimination." Matthew Josephson, THE POLITICOS 554 (1938). In January 1896 Stillman loaned money for the current speculations of both Whitney and Lamount. He urged acceptance of the Morgan offer--in which he was a partner. Matthew Josephson, THE POLITICOS 627 (1938). In the Spring of 1901, at the age of 31, Baruch organized the Amalgamated Copper Company to do for copper what Rockefeller had done with Standard Oil. William Rockefeller and James Stillman were among those advertised as sponsors of the company. Bernard Baruch, MY OWN STORY 126-127 (1957). In Theodore Roosevelt's 1904 campaign, the largest contributions came from Frick, Harriman, Morgan, Stillman, George J. Gould, H.H. Rogers, Archbold and H.B. Hyde (the notorous head of the Equitable Life Assurance Society). Matthew Josephson, THE ROBBER BARONS 450 (1934). Among those locked up in 1907 by Morgan in his library were Stillman, Hepburn, Baker and Perkins. John K. Winkler, MORGAN THE MAGNIFICENT 267 (1930). At a meeting on October 24, 1907, Morgan, E.H. Harriman, James Stillman, Henry Frick and others created a $25 million pool to eliminate the panic. Gordon Thomas and Max Morgan-Witts, THE DAY THE BUBBLE BURST 363 (1979). Stillman ranked third behind Morgan and Baker and "wielded his power through the biggest bank in the country, the Rockefeller's National City Bank, with its quarter of a billion deposits." George Wheeler, PIERPONT MORGAN & FRIENDS 297 (1973). In reaction to rumors he was against the Glass bill, Stillman notified his banks not to oppose the bill. Gabriel Kolko, THE TRIUMPH OF CONSERVATISM 240 (1967). 8 of the Rockefeller group but "they were never quite sure that it sank in."H>$ Russel B. Nye, MIDWESTERN PROGRESSIVE POLITICS 229 (1959).H By 1906 T.R. could refer to writers of political exposes "who reminded him of Bunyan's Man with the Muck-rake who, when offered a celestial crown, 'would neither look up nor regard the crown he was offered, but continued to rake to himself the filth of the floor.' T.R.'s label--'muckraker'--stuck. It was  F' cherished, indeed, as a title of honor."R?$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 58 (1964).R The editor of "McClure's" assigned Ida Tarbell to do a series on the Standard Oil Company. "The end product was a damning indictment, for it left no doubt that  F( Rockefeller's corporations had corrupted governments, extorted privileges and crushed competition."R@$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 59 (1964).R h)0*0*0*Ԍ During the "muckraking" period, Ida Tarbell exposed Senator Aldrich's illegal activities in the "American Magazine" and produced a definitive history of Rockefeller's Standard Oil. It was shown that funds advanced from the National City Bank (of Kuhn, Loeb and Company) were crucial in financing the  FX gigantic expansion by Rockefeller.BA$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 107-108 (1967).B Tarbell described the poverty Aldrich's workers. The Senator was exposed as a partner in two of the largest corporations--the tobbacco trust formed with Duke as its head and the rubber trust led by Rockefeller and Guggenheim. The great mergers were accomplished by a "brilliant young financier named Bernard Baruch, who was just coming into prominent on Wall  Fx Street.">B$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 108 (1967).> Cosmopolitan ran a series of articles, published under the title "The Treason of the Senate," in which leading U.S. Senators were described as "the willing tools of great economic  F interests."RC$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 59 (1964).R The impact of the muckrakers was summarized: "For a few years the hubbub raised by the muckrakers was intense. Millions learned about the methods of big business and the corrupt ties linking corporations and politicians. The progressive movement, already strong in city halls and state capitals, now was in a position to summon to political action on a national scale the great body of middle-class  F  Americans whose conscience and fears had been aroused."RD$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 59 (1964).R Delaware, which is the single state in which the people have not shared in adopting or amending a constitution, in November 1906, submitted the question: "Shall the general assembly of the state of Delaware provide a system of advisory initiative and advisory referendum?" A large majority was in the  F affirmative.?E$ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 364 (1909).? Delaware has never held a referendum and is the only one of the fifty states that does  Fh not submit proposed constitutional amendments to its constitution to the voters.bF$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 69, 72 (1978).b 45 of the states require only a simple majority to amend their constitutions (Hawaii and Nebraska require the majorities to be equal to at least 35% of all votes cast in the election on all issues and offices), 3 states (Minnesota, Tennessee and Wyoming) require approval by pluralities equal to or greater than a majority of all persons casting valid votes on any other issue or office in the election held simultaneously with the constitutional  FP referendum and New Hamsphire requires approval by two-thirds of the vote cast.aG$ AUSTIN RANNEY, REFERENDUMS: A COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PRACTICE AND THEORY 69-70 (1978).a On January 4, 1906 Jacob Schiff appeared before the New York Chamber of Commerce and lauched the currency scheme. (11--75). A year after Paul Warburg became a partner in Kuhn, Loeb he showed Jacob Schiff a memo indicating a need to adapt the European central banking model to America's needs. Schiff passed Warburg on to James Stillman. Stillman asked Warburg if the National City Bank had done well and whether things should be left alone. Warburg agreed National City Bank had done extraordinarily well and added: "Your bank is so big and so powerful that when the next panic comes you will wish your responsibilities were less." After the 1907 panic, Stillman summoned Warburg and asked: "Warburg, where is your paper." "Too late now, Mr. Stillman, what has been done can't be undone in a hurry. If reform is to be secured,  F it will take years of educational work to bring it about."H$ David Farrer, THE WARBURGS 59 (Stein and Day 1975). In America James Stillman was seen as cold, austre, unbending, uninterested in social activities, unnoted for philanthrophy and bent solely on moey-making. But he was known as "Monsieur Bonbon" by many children in Europe. As he motored about he would stop and give them bonbons from a large basket of goodies. B.C. Forbes, MEN WHO MADE AMERICA GREAT 368 (1917). For years Stillman was "the most powerful national banker in America" who cooperated with J.P. Morgan who he was second "in shaping the financial destinies of the United States during the last years of the nineteenth and the first decade of the twenieth century." Forbes at 368. He followed a policy "of shunning the limelight, of evading publicity of every sort, and working always unostentaciously, unspectacularly, silently." Forbes at 369. He described a bank as "nothing but a bundle of debts." Forbes at 370. Originally he was supposed to go to medical school but due to his father's illness he "entered the merchantile office of his father's agents in New York City and rapidly became acquainted with his business affairs. In a short time he and William Woodward, the junior partner in the firm, succeeded to the business. Before Mr. Woodward's death, in 1889, he and Mr. Stillman had agreed to retire from active business in the following year and Mr. Stillman carried out this resolution." Forbes at 372. His father was a close friend of Moses Taylor, President of National City Bank who "in his day (was) the foremost American shipowner and commercial power in New York..." Forbes at 372. Stillman was given "City Bank" play money as a child by his father and resolved to one day become a director. At the age of forty he acheived his ambition and at forty one was made President. The son-in-law of Moses Taylor, Percy R. Payne, succeeded his dad as President. After an illness and the death of Payne, Stillman was chosen at the insistence of the directors as President. Forbes at 372. When Stillman took over National City in 1891 its deposits were $12 million; by 1893 it had $30 million in deposits and was the largest bank in New York. The panic of 1893 send many to the bank because of its reputation for stability. B.C. Forbes at 370. While other banks were shipping gold to London in 1893, his bank was paying a premium to bring gold across the Atlantic. In a single year his gold stock increased from $2 to $8 million. "The 1893 panic, therefore, found the City Bank strong as a rock. By 1897 its deposits had reached $90,000,000, a new high record for the United States." Forbes at 370-371. At a time that other banks were reducing their capital, Stillman increased National City's capital from $1 million to $10 million in 1900 and then to $25 million in 1902. B.C. Forbes at 370. In 1901 a combine was proposed to do for copper what had been done by Standard Oil for oil--Amalgamated Cooper Company. The organizers began by purchasing Anaconda Copper and other properties from Marcus Daly with a check for $39 million "on the National City Bank for this sum with the understanding that they were to cash it later." When the subscription books were opened for the combine, the names of the sponsors included Henry H. Rogers, William Rockefeller and James Stillman of the National City Bank. Bernard Baruch, MY OWN STORY 126-127 (1957). He maintained a gold reserve as high as 40% and was known for refusing "more loans than any other banker who ever lived." "What you need is more capital, not more debts," he said to requesting borrowers. Forbes at 371. In 1909 he handed over the presidency of the National City Bank to Frank A. Vanderlip who had been selected a Vice-President by Stillman several years before. Forbes at 369. Stillman's name never figured in society columns and his counsel was "sought by prominent foreigners more often than the public could imagine." He was a member of the Society of Cincinnati, Forbes at 373. The Society was one of the more snobbish and pretentious of patriotic organizations from the Revolutionary War and included such members as George Washington, Lafayette, Alexander Hamilton and Arron Burr. John Jay refused to join saying he had no interest in a society that existed mainly for the purpose of "conferring honors on themselves." Stephen Birmingham, AMERICA'S SECRET ARISTOCRACY 59 (1987). It is the oldest and most exclusive ancestral association dating from the year 1783, just before the Continental army was disbanded. "Its membership was limited to Washington's officers and, in accordance with the rural traditions of primogeniture was to be passed on to oldest sons in succeeding generations." E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTALISHMENT 114 (1964). Stillman became a close associate of John D. Rockefeller's brother William who was managing the huge Standard Oil trust. It was William Rockefeller that tilted business to Stillman to make National City the largesth)0*0*0* bank in New York City. Also, this financial marriage was cemented by the marriage of two of William Rockefeller's sons to two of Stillman's daughters. Gary Allen, THE ROCKEFELLER FILE 30 (1976). James Stillman Rockefeller was chairman of the First National City Bank until his retirement in 1967. He married Nancy Carnegie. Allen at 30. One of Stillman's "most important customers" was "Rockefeller and Standard Oil." Stephen Birmingham at 224. Stillman once asked Edward H. Harriman what he most liked to do. "It's to be told that something can't be done," replied Harriman, "and jump into it with both feet and do it." Bernard Baruch, MY OWN STORY 306 (1957).  North Carolina Chief Justice Walter Clark declared in Nov. 1907: "At the present time the supreme power is not in the hands of the people, but in the power of the judges, who set aside at will any expression of the people's will made through an act of Congress or a state legislature. These judges are not chosen by the people, nor subject to review by them. This is arbitrary power, and the corporations take possession of it simply by naming a majority of the judges." The Panic of 1907 was contrived to gain public support for a central banking system in the U.S. After J.P. Morgan spread a rumor about the insolvency of the Trust Company of American, bank runs  F% snowballed.;I$ James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 21 (1988).; In a Life Magazine article in 1949 historian Frederick Lewis Allen noted that chroniclers had concluded that "the Morgan interests took advantage of the unsettled conditions during the autumn of 1907 to precipitate the panic, guiding it shrewdly as it progressed so that it would kill off rival banks  F' and consolidate the preeminece of the banks within the Morgan orbit."eJ$ "Morgan the Great," 126 (April 25, 1949); James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 21 (1988).e Allen himself concluded the lesson of the Panic of 1907 was that "the United States gravely needed a central banking system." h)0*0*0*Ԍ The FRA came after the 1907 panic which began after runs were made on New York banks by the "well-to-do" (millionaires and multi-millionaires). (11-75). This was at a time of greatest prosperity. (11--75). In 1907, J.P. Morgan spread rumors that the Knickerbocker Bank and the Trust Company of America were insolvent and this led to a run on the bank. The resulting "Panic of 1907" was then used  F  to justify the need for a central bank.K$ ALLEN at 3 Every American depression through the one in 1907 was "the direct and immediate result of contractions in loans available on the London market." (19--181).  Fx  In 1907 the Fabian Joseph FelsoL$ F ԍ Fels wed into the Rothschild family. Fabian Freeway at 29, 161, 286 and 307.o financed a London Bolshevik conference with a grant of 3,000 pounds. Ten years later the followers of Lenin increased from 17 to 40,000 as Russia was seized after the  F 1917 fall of the Czar.XM$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 23 (1964).X George Bernard Shaw described himself as a "communist" but differed with Marx in saying: "The middle and upper classes are the revolutionary element in society; the proletariat is the conservative  F( element."N$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 21 (1964). Ludwig Von Mises said that socialism does not spring from the masses but is instigated by intellectuals "that form themselves into a clique and bore from within and operate that way...It is not a people's movement at all. It is a capitalization on the people's  FX emotions and sympathies toward a point these people want to reach." Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their  F  Power and Influence 145 (1958). In his book for women, Shaw said: "I also made it clear that Socialism means equality of income or nothing, and that under Socialism you would not be allowed to be poor. You would be forcibly fed, clothed, lodged, taught and employed, whether you liked it or not. If it were discovered that you had not the character and industry enough to be worth all this trouble, you might possibly be executed  F  in a kindly manner; but whilst you were permitted to live you would have to live well."XO$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 22 (1964).X In Cleveland industrialist Mayor Tom L. Johnson demanded the public service corporations be fairly and objectively assessed for taxation. He also advocated city ownership of utility monopolies: "I believe in muncipal ownership of all public service monopolies for the same reason that I believe in muncipal ownership of waterworks, of parks, of schools. I believe in the municipal ownership of these monopolies because if you do not own them they will in time own you. They will rule your politics, corrupt your  FP institutions and finally destroy your liberties."RP$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 56 (1964).R When a bond issue referendum was submitted to provide funds for a city public power plant, the utility interests got a court injunction against the election. Johnson then flanked the power companies by annexing adjoining villages that owned their own power  F plants.RQ$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 56 (1964).R By 1908 the private ownership system of streetcars was restored and Johnson was defeated for re-election. In 1908 the people of Maine adopted an amendment providing for I & R and for adoption of a measure  F proposed by twelve thousand electors and enacted by the legislature without change.?R$ CHARLES S. LOBINGIER, THE PEOPLE'S LAW 364 (1909).? In 1908 the New York bankers, following Jacob Schiff's lead, asked Congress to legislation to prevent a repetition of this currency panic. (11--75). This was carried out by the American Bankers Association with simular measures used in the 1893 campaign for monetary stringency. (11--75). After the Panic of 1907, the Aldrich-Vreeland Act passed in 1908. The bill allowed for the issuance of currency against securities in case of another money panic. It was put to use in its last months "when the sudden withdrawal of large sums of European gold from this country, occasioned by the beginning of the First World War, caused a temporary money stringency. The Federal Reserve Act, although already law, was not yet in operation and the Aldrich-Vreeland Act was used as the basis for issuing $400 million to cover  F! the loan due the firm of J.P. Morgan Company from the Bank of England.">S$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 111 (1967).> In 1908, Sen. Nelson Aldrich of Rhode Island introduced an amendment to establish an income tax after he had denounced it as "communistic" in 1894. Aldrich was viewed as the "authentic voice of J.P. Morgan" and his daughter later married the son of John D. Rockefeller. Vice-President Nelson Aldrich  F% Rockefeller was named for his maternal grand-father.T$ ALLEN at 2. The Federal Reserve Act and the Sixteenth  FH& Amendment were "heads and tails of the same coin."U$ SECRETS at 255? It has been pointed out that an income tax was part of Karl Marx's plan for the Communist state. When the income tax was first created, the per capita  F' tax was $1.68.]V$ GARY ALLEN, THE FEDERAL RESERVE: THE TRILLION-DOLLAR CONSPIRACY 15 (Feb. 1976).] Congress created a National Monetary Commission under Sen. Aldrich. Sixteen Senators andh)0*0*0*Ԍ F Representatives toured Europe for two years to study central banking.W$ ALLEN at 3. The Agnich Commission compiled a vast amount of bewildering information "to the end that a special few assuming superior wisdom and financial judgment might be allowed to dictate without question the reforms so urgently demanded." Congressman Gray of Indiana (11--76). The idea was to get the government in debt to the banks to repay interest while avoiding taxation. The whole central bank idea can be directly challenged: "Most Americans believe that the U.S. government creates its own money. If that is true, then why would the government need to tax anyone? Why does not the government simply allocate to itself the money it needs to operate? That would obviously be far more sensible that erecting enormous tax-collecting bureaucracies which can drive people to despair and greatly  F  diminished productivity.":X$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 434 (1990).: "To obtain some of the money those banking entities create, the government must either tax or borrow. It does both, and the citizens pay. Taxation, especially in nations with graduated income tax schemes, makes it harder for people to save money and thereby contributes to the need for most people to spend the majority of their lives toiling for  F  physical existence.":Y$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 334 (1990).: The inflatable money system which continues to create indebtedness and instability at every level "can easily be replaced by a stable monetary system by merely ending bank-created money and setting up a system whereby money is issued by national governments in proportion to their gross national products and dispersed without engendering debt. Banks could continue to participate in the system by being the conduit for the release and circulation of the money; but banks could no longer create money on their own. Governments would no longer need to tax anymore or borrow; they could simply allocate to themselves the money they needed to operate, within limits imposed by their gross national products. Under this plan, all debts owed to banks could be instantly forgiven; banks could be paid by the governments for their  FP services in dispersing and circulating the money, and by consumers for consumer services.">Z$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 465-466 (1990).> A nationwide proganda campaign was then launched to sell "The Aldrich Plan." The national banks were hit for a $5 million slush fund and great universities with their presidents and professors of  Fp economics became strongholds.>[$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 105 (1967).> Much of the $5 million was spent under the "National Citizens' League" that was made up primarily of "college teachers who wished to get on in the world." This was headed by the FRA's secret author, J. Laurence Laughlin. He was the most prominent gold standard economist in the nation and head of the Department of Economics at the University of Chicago  F (Rockefeller). Many abstruse and techical volumes were produced to urge "monetary reform.">\$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 106 (1967).> Support for the plan from a prominent educator first came from Woodrow Wilson, President of Princeton University. This gesture brought him the Governorship of New Jersey and later the Presidency. During the panic of 1907 Wilson declared: "All this trouble could have been averted if we appointed a  Fx commitee of six or seven public-spirited men like J.P. Morgan to handle the affairs of our country.">]$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 105 (1967).> The voter fatigue that resulted from the progressive era, was, in part, the result of the number of choices placed before them in the form of politicians, was well as issues. Wilson, in his 1909 work, wrote: "To give the voter so many persons to vote for that the ballot becomes a complicated thing which he had not time himself to prepare and which he cannot throughly understand after it has been prepared for him by the professional politician. It is rare that a ballot put in the hands of the voter contains less than twenty-five names. One ballot that I have seen contained 700, was printed like a newspaper in compact columns, and was much larger than a single sheet of a  FH&  newspaper."6^$ II COLLEGE AND STATE 189 (Nov. 18, 1909).6 At the turn of the century, a movement of great power and potential was sweeping the country: "Convulsive reform movements swept across the American landscape from the 1890s to 1917. h)0*0*0*Ԍ Angry farmers demanded better prices for their products, regulation of the railroads, and the destruction of what they thought was the evil power of bankers, middlemen, and corrupt politicians. Urban residents crusaded for better city services and more efficient municipal government. Members of various professions, such as social workers and doctors, tried to improve the dangerous and unhealthy conditions in which many people lived and worked...By around 1910, many of these crusading men and women were calling themselves progressives. Ever since, historians have used the term progressivism to describe the many reform movements in the  F  early twentieth century."O_$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 1-2 (1983).O The Progressives did not invent the Australian secret ballot. However, along with the Populists, the "gave the measure so much support that by 1910 every state in the Union had adopted the device to  F( prevent thte will of the voters being suborned at the polling places."I`$ GEORGE E. MOWRY, THE ERA OF THEODORE ROOSEVELT 80-81 (1958).I The initiative, referendum and recall were associated with the secret ballot and the direct primary. It was a reform movement designed to obtain a real democracy at the beginning of this century. In the early 1900s the people got bills passed in their legislatures. The judicial veto, however, was applied. Hiding behind the robes of constitutional supremacy, these reforms were vetoed one by one. The legislative vetoes of the courts led to the use of constitutional initiative. As White noted: "State courts were elective and therefore afraid of majorities. They cannot declare constitutional amendments unconstitutional, and they handle laws adopted by a direct vote of the people with great care. Hence, the prevalance of the constitutional amendment in American states, and the growth of initiative and referendum from Maine  F to California."na$ WILLIAM ALLEN WHITE, "The Growth of Democracy in America," XIII THE ANNALS OF AMERICA 249 (1976).n The constitutional initiative was warmly embraced by the majority of the people yet there was intense minority resistence. As White submitted: "Where the habit of amending the state constitution becomes settled...the habit amounts to a public referendum of many many laws, and form the standpoint of direct legislation and government by the majority this habit is praiseworthy. If, however, the guarantee of absolutely unrestricted capital is considered more important than majority rule, the habit of  F amending the constitution is dangerous and revolutionary."nb$ WILLIAM ALLEN WHITE, "The Growth of Democracy in America," XIII THE ANNALS OF AMERICA 249 (1976).n White suggested a frank admission that the I & R movement was directed at the legislatures and the courts. He wrote: "And the issue should be met candidly. The friends of the movement for direct legislation should admit frankly that the purpose of their cause is twofold: first, to compel legislatures to act quickly and without evasion; and, second, to circumvent the vote of such courts as are elective and hence dependent upon popular majorities, and to put whatever righteousness there is in a definitely registered expression of popular will before such courts as are elective to stay them in their vetos. For the veto power of the American courts over legislation--under the assumed right to declare legislation 'unconstitutional'-- is one of the most ruthless checks upon democracy permitted by any civilized people. European kings and courts do not have such  F  reactionary power; yet in the end it seems to make for righteousness."nc$ WILLIAM ALLEN WHITE, "The Growth of Democracy in America," XIII THE ANNALS OF AMERICA 249 (1976).n The colonies of Connecticut, Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Rhode Island all, soon after the Declaration of Independence in 1776, decided to replace their old colonial charters with new constitutions AND to require that these constitutions should take effect only after they had been considered, voted upon and approved by the state's voters. In 1910 peak of old M2. In 1910 money (old M2) downswing. In 1910, those present at Jekyl Island, it has been said, included: J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, Edward M. House, Senator Nelson Aldrich, Schiff, Stillman and Vanderlip of the National City Bank, W.h)0*0*0*Ԍ F & J, Seligman, Eugene Myer, Bernard Baruch, Herbert Lehman and Paul Warburg.d$ Myron Fagan, OUR INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT MADE VISIBLE; W.B. Vennard, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 102 (1963). The year 1908 is used, probably erroneously. This list is also problematic although revealing of the powerful men of that time. Around 1910 the English government was the Bank of England's largest single customer. Public deposits averaged about 19% of its total and government securities averaged about 35% of all its  F  interest-bearing assets.<e$ WILLIAM A. SCOTT, MONEY AND BANKING 231 (1910).< Next to the government, other bankers were the Bank's most important  F customers.f$ Id. On May 7, 1910 Harper's Weekly editorized against Aldrich and said: "Finance and the tarriff are  F@ reserved by Nelson Aldrich as falling within his sole purview and jurisdiction.">g$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 108 (1967).> Aldrich led on "tarrif and financial matters because he understood them by tireless study, therefore he was master of other men  F who had not paid the price of knowledge."lh$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 25 (1976); III JEWISH INFLUENCES IN AMERICA (1921).l Theodore Roosevelt said in August of 1910: "For every special interest is entitled to justice, but not one is entitled to a vote in Congress, to a voice on the bench, or to representation in any public ofices. The Constitution guarantees protection of property, and we must make that promise good. But it does not give the right of sufferage to any corporation." In his Osawatomie speech on August 31, 1910, T.R. urged limitations on the sue of money in politics. He said: "If our political institutions were perfect, they would absolutely prevent the domination of money in any part of our affairs." The answer, to Roosevelt, was to make the government more responsive to the citizens and less responsive to the special interests: "We need to make our political representatives more quickly and sensitively responsive to the people whose servants they are. More direct action by the people  F0 in their own affairs under proper safeguards is vitally necessary."!i$ The power of the corporations was seen in the first administration of President Reagan which provided a $145 billion ACRS tax break for corporations--half of which were paying not taxes prior to the new break. GREGG EASTERBROOK, "The Myth of Oppressive Corporate Taxes," ATLANTIC MONTHLY 60 (June 1982). The U.S. Supreme Court has never blocked a merger, has held that utility companies can freely insert political propaganda in its billings and has held that corporations have freedom of speech guaranteed by the First Amendment. ! The Kansas Republican platform of August 1910 "pledged state constitutional amendments providing for the initiative and referendum and recall, and also a law providing for publicity of campaign  FP contributions as to source and disbursements."j$ White at 437-438. Morgan Man Benjamin Strong (Pres. of New York Fed) wrote to Warburg: "If the United States government embarks once more upon the expedient or experiment of issuing fiat paper, although in this case supported by bank assets and percentage in gold reserve, the day will come when we will deeply  F8 regret it..."k$ SECRETS at 283. It was founded by Paul Warberg and "The founding of the Federal Reserve is a romance in itself, and if we are to understand how completely high finance rules the world it is necessary to trace at least the main outlines of the story." (11--74). The Aldrich Committee tour of "Europe's central banks" was followed in November 1910 with what the press was told was a "duck-shooting holiday." Harry Davison (Morgan Partner) met at the Georgia Jekyll Island Club which was "a favorite Morgan hideaway" and the resort of one hundred millionaires: "Here Wall Street bankers worked out their plan for a central bank under private aegis, a system of regional reserve banks topped by a governing board of commercial  F@ bankers."=l$ RON CHERNOW, THE HOUSE OF MORGAN 129-130 (1990).= The Aldrich plan was created at Jekyll Island in 1910 in secret to avoid certain  F congressional doom.m$ SECRETS at 276. The commission members spent ten days with representatives of the Morgan  F and Rockefeller interests with Paul Warburg creating the structure.n$ ALLEN at 3. The first story mentioning the incident appeared three years after the FRA had been passed. It was an article by E.C. Forbes in "Frank Leslie's Magazine" which praised Paul Warburg and gave the first  F# small revelations about "Jekel Island.">o$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 97 (1967).> The railroad car owned by Aldrich pulled out of Hoboken  F$ Station with drawn shades.=p$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 95 (1967).= Along on the rear-end ride in Senator Aldrich's railroad car to the Jekyll Island Hunt Club (owned by Morgan) were: A. Platt Andrew (Ass. Secretary of the Treasury), Senator Nelson Aldrich (National Monetary Commission), Frank Vanderlip (President of Kuhn-Loeb's City Bank of New York), Henry Davidson (Senior Partner of J.P. Morgan), Charles Norton (President of Morgan's First National Bank of New York), Paul Warburg (Partner in the banking house of Kuhn-Loeb & Co.) and  F( Benjamin Strong (President of Morgan's Banker's Trust Company).q$ Epperson at 170. h)0*0*0*Ԍ At Jekyll Island in 1910 were Senator Nelson W. Aldrich, A.P. Andrews (professional economist and Assistant Secetary of the Treasury), Frank Vanderlip (President of the National Bank of New York City), Harry P. Davidson (Senior partner of the J.P. Morgan Company), Charles W. Norton (President of Morgan's First National Bank of New York), Benjamin Strong (of the J.P. Morgan Company central office  F  in New York) and Paul Warburg (Partner in Kuhn, Loeb & Company of New York).r$ SENATOR JACK METCALF, THE TWO HUNDRED YEAR DEBATE: WHO SHALL ISSUE THE NATION'S MONEY 29 (First Ed. September 1986). A very preliminary list of those who actually participated directly at the meeting (indicated by stars) and those or who were closely linked to the attendees is as follows: *Sen. Nelson Aldrich, Winthrop Aldrich, Winthrop Rockefeller, *A. Platt Andrew (Assistant Sec. of Treasury), Benard Baruch, Chief Justice Chase, Winston Churchill, *Henry Davidson (J.P. Morgan), Edsel Ford, W. Averell Harriman, Otto Kahn, James Loeb, Nina Loeb, Solomon Loeb, Herman Metz, Charles D. Mitchell, J.P. Morgan, *Charles Norton, John D. Rockefeller, Alfred Rothschild--London, Frieda Schiff, Jacob Schiff, Schachtt Schroeder, Lewis Strauss, *Benjamin Strong (Morgan Bankers Trust Company), Walter Teagle, John Thompson, William B. Thompson, *Frank Vanderlip (President of Rockefeller-controlled National City Bank), Edward B. Vreeland (Congressman and N.Y. banker who had the Aldrich-Vreeland bill named after him which had as its real purpose the creation of a National Monetary Commission), James Warburg, Max Warburg, *Paul Mortiz Warburg.  J.P. "Jack" Morgan was "content to let his trusted associates, particularly Henry P. Davidson, bear the  Fx brunt of the actual executive work, conscious that it is in capable hands."@s$ B.C. Forbes, MEN WHO MADE AMERICA GREAT 250 (1917).@  F  The remote hunting club was a thousand miles away.=t$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 98 (1967).= The island club was very isolated and served "as a comfortable retreat far from the cares of the New York money market." The other club members, before the retreat, were told the club would be occupied for the next two weeks. The usual attendants at the club were also given two week vacations and new servants were brought in for the  F( occasion. Also, no visitors were permitted.=u$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 97 (1967).= So anxious were the participants that they never used last  F names.=v$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 97 (1967).= The work took nine days and was not without some friction. Aldrich attempted to order the others about even though he was the only non-professional banker present. Warburg gave numerous lectures and long discourses, in a thick, grating alien accent, which drew barbs from Aldrich. Henry P.  FH Davidson was the diplomat.=w$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 98 (1967).= Vanderlip later described the secret expedition in the Saturday Evening Post "as the occasion of the actual conception of what eventually became the Federal Reserve System." To avoid discover last names were tabooed and each was instructed to arrive to the New Jersey terminal one  F at a time and as unobtrusively as possible.rx$ Epperson at 170; Frank Vanderlip, FARM BOY TO FINANCIER; Saturday Evening Post 25 (February 9, 1935).r The meeting came at a time when the Banking Law Journal was promoting a central bank "free of Wall street or any monopolistic interest." The plan had to avoid the name "Central Bank" so the name "Federal Reserve System" was coined to allay popular  F suspicions.>y$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 100 (1967).> Next, it was required to disguise the fact that the operators of the New York money markets would dominate the system. So the initial draft contained four regional reserve banks in different  F sections of the country.>z$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 100 (1967).> Third, the administrators of the system........ The first dispute arose over the proposed name of the bill. Aldrich thought it would be suspicious if the bill's name was changed to the "Federal Reserve System." His name had also been known for  F sponsoring tariff bills in favor of the tobacco and rubber trusts.>{$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 103 (1967).> Paul Warburg was alone in opposing Aldrich on the choice of the name. Ten days after they left the island, "The Aldrich Plan" was  F8 completed.>|$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 103 (1967).> The plan conceived still possessed the three essential attributes of a central bank: 1) it was owned by private individuals who would draw profit from their shares, 2) it could control the nation's issue of money and command the nation's entire financial resources and 3) would be able to  F mobilize and mortgage the United States by involving it in major foreign wars.>}$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 100 (1967).> The final draft was based upon Warburg's principles but was last polished by Vanderlip on behalf of the Rockefellers: "The plan which emerged...was very much like Warburg's in principle, and Warburg claimed authorship for it even though Vanderlip actually drafted the final plan (acting for  Fx Rockefellers)."G~$ Dr. Gabriel Kolko, THE TRIUMPH OF CONSERVATISM 184 (1967).G Warburg got a uniform discount rate to be imposed on all the banks of the U.S. by the proposed system. This was the means by which the European banks were able to create money panics. In his memorandum Warburg said: "The matter of a uniform discount rate was discussed and settled at Jekyll Island." This was the single reference to the island meeting in his entire 2,500 page  F! work.>$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 104 (1967).> Originally terms for Board members were 10 years.$ SECRETS at 281. After the meeting a "first-name club" was organised and its membership was limited to those who had  F# been on Jekyll Island.=$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 97 (1967).= When the taxing power of the government is combined with the borrowing on future paychecks of the citizens, tyranny is born. Texas Justice Neill explained the danger of the taxing power at the turn of the century: "Though necessary to the ends of government, when unrestrained, it is the most powerful and destructive engine of oppression that has ever been put into operation. It may take from h)0*0*0*Ԍ the people their money and cast it into fetters with which to bind them as slaves, as history shows it often has done. The only things that can save the people are the constitutional barriers they have erected against it; and a vigilant, fearless, faithful, and righteous administration of the law; so that it may not go beyond these barriers. Even then the power  F   is dangerous; for we all know that oftimes thieves do break through and steal."r$ Stratton v. Commissioners' Court, 137 S.W. 1170, 1177 (Tex. Civ. App.--San Antonio 1911, writ ref'd).r When William Howard Taft became President on March 4, 1909, he had been hand-picked by  Fx T.R.S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 91 (1964). S The break with Taft came after an anti-trust suit was authorized against U.S. Steel in the autumn of 1911. The briefs raised a deal that had been made in the Panic of 1907 when T.R. aided J.P. Morgan by not opposing the control of Tennessee Coal and Iron Company by Morgan's U.S. Steel. When T.R. saw the briefs that made him appear duped by Morgan, he concluded that Taft had intended to attack  F him personally.S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 99 (1964).S The Aldrich bill failed because the name of Aldrich "was so closely linked to Morgan and Wall Street,  F and the resentment against these two influences was so strong, that the bill was readily defeated."$ Skousen at 17-18. It was decided that central banking would have to come under the Democrats with a new bill said to be  F designed to "strip Wall Street of its power."$ Skousen at 18. Taft, it has been said, delivered the U.S. Treasury and  FH banking system to the Rothschild Federal Reserve.&$ CREATIVE FRAUD 48 (1978).& Yet Republican William Howard Taft had opposed the Aldrich bill and was very popular. A three-way race gave the central bank promoters the opportunity they needed. Frank Munsey and George Perkins, Morgan agents, provided money and manpower to  F Theodore Roosvelt. "PerkinsT$ Colonel Thomas Handasyd Perkins, a shipowner and Boston's richest citizen, was offered the position of first Secretary of the Navy by George Washington. He declined, saying he owned more ships than the government and could better serve Uncle Sam by looking after his own interests. Dana Thomas, THE MONEY CROWD 26 (1973). T and J.P. Morgan and Company were the substance of the Progressive Party, everything else was trimming...In short, most of Roosvelt's campaign fund was supplied by the two  F0 Morgan hatchet men who were seeking Taft's scalp."F$ Ferdinand Lundberg, AMERICA'S 60 FAMILIES 110-112 (1938).F In the 1911 Republican platform the Aldrich Plan was adopted. The party had fought all attempts at monetary reform from the Civil War to 1910 and had spent the most money ever defeating William  FP Jennings Bryan in 1896--estimated at between $6 to $16 million.$ Bryan had told economist Arthur Kitson that "Free silver is only window dressing. The real issue is the control of the nation's money and credit." H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 107 (1967). The same bankers who had  F opposed Bryan gave liberal donations in 1911 to see that "reform" legislation was enacted!B$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 106-107 (1967).B In 1911 Aldrich, the leader of the Republican old guard, brought forward his bill. (11--77). The rejected Aldrich bill was a copy of the Richsbank and other European central banks. (10-4). In 1911 there were still many independent and public minded newspapers "whose editors were not in the pay of bankers and  F whose mortgages were not subject to foreclosure from New York.">$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 107 (1967).> A great opposition to the rich man's plan arose (as foreseen by Warburg) and the bankers then obtained "the sponsorship of Woodrow  F Wilson and the Democratic Party as the Federal Reserve Act of 1913.">$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 107 (1967).> Some $500,000 was spent by the bankers on propaganda to make it look like there was public support for the change. (10--4). During the summer of 1911 Colonel Edward M. House of Texas "was enlisted in the Wilson cause." House had been preparing Mayor William J. Gaynor of N.Y. for a run at the presidency "but Gaynor had taken himself out with a few of his irascible moves. There was always considerable mystery as to just how  F@ Colonel House came aboard."$ KERNEY at 164. Thomas House, the father of Edward House, was a British merchant who made a fortune by carrying arms through the Union blockade to Texas. (18--252). The son grew up with a hatred for the United States and with a fierce loyalty to Great Britain. (18--252).  In order for the Fed to be created, New York interests financed the presidential campaign of Woodrow Wilson. They agreed to let the President appoint members of the board, to turn over the "profits" to the U.S. Treasury, and to have the Secretary of the Treasury as ex-officio member of the board. No profits have ever been returned and in 1932 all restrictions were removed. It is tax exempt, has never been audited, Within a few weeks of the election of F.D.R. the gold supply were handled over to the Fed  F$ presumably in exchange for Federal Reserve Notes.A$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 99 (1st Ed. 1963).A Wilson was invited to lunch by Vanderlip with James Stillman (President of National City Bank). Afterwards Stillman told Vanderlip that Wilson was not a great man but National City Bank supported Wilson after he promised to enact the Federal Reserve  F' Act.>$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 105 (1967).> On the very day that T.R. declared his candidacy, he "virtually crippled his chances for success. In Columbus, Ohio, the ex-President said that conservative courts should not be able to frustrate progressiveh)0*0*0*Ԍlegislation. He advocated referendum and recall procedures by which voters could reverse judicial  F decisions."S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 99 (1964).S "This heresy against the traditional system of checks and balances was too much for most men of conservative leanings. Businessmen, newspaper editors and politicians erupted in criticism of  FX Roosvelt."R$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 99 (1964).R The hot issues in the campaign were the initiative, referendum and recall of judicial decisions. The mention of recall "created a widespread alarm" in the east and prevented "his nomination  F by the Republican Convention in June."R$ WILLIAM ROSCOE THAYER, THEODORE ROOSEVELT: AN INTIMATE BIOGRAPHY 376.R Those who owned a bit of property, a stock or a bond, or who had ten dollars or more in savings, according to Thayer, looked upon judicial recall "almost with consternation." The opponents of the power of recall decried a "hysterical," "uninstructed" and "fickle mob" and the eastern money was shut off: "The recall of judicial decisions, therefore, caused many of Roosevelt's friends, and even Republicans who would otherwise have supported him, to balk. They not only rejected the proposal itself, but they feared that he, by making it, indicated that he had lost his judgment and was  F(  being swept into the vortex of revolution."R$ WILLIAM ROSCOE THAYER, THEODORE ROOSEVELT: AN INTIMATE BIOGRAPHY 377.R It is said that Roosevelt's campaign funds dried up after he made a speech in favor of the recall of judicial decisions: "He made a speech in Columbus, a most radical and indefensible speech, advocating the recall of judicial decisions. I never knew who advised him to make that speech, though at the time I tried to find out. But it hurt him; probably it crippled him more than any one thing that he did in his life. For the speech shocked millions of his countrymen whom he had gathered about him as fellowers, and it attracted only the radicals who are never dependable to follow in any man's train nor to pursue any consistent course. I tried to explain that he meant by recall of judicial decisions only the legislative enactments needed to amend the statutes upon which the decisions were made. Probably he meant something of that sort. But the phrase 'recall of judicial decisions' set the key of the marching song in the political combat that made the year such a time of clamor and alarm. It was a high key, and too much in falsetto. Colonel Roosevelt from the hour of that speech at Columbus until the election in November, 1912, was forced in self-defense to a position much further to the left than he would have taken naturally if in the back of his head he was not always trying to justify the 'recall of judicial decisions' to a public that  F8  challenged it."$ White at 456. On May 6, 1911, Attorney A.B. Flanary wrote a brief to the Texas Supreme Court in the Belsterling case. He termed recall "A Revolution in Form of Government." He argued that: "The recall is obnoxious to the federal and state constitution because it seeks to substitute, within a municipality, a socialistic and communistic form of government in lieu of a republican form of government." Direct democracy was odious because it consisted of "giving the private opinion and speculation a license to oppose themselves to the just and legitimate powers of government." In an attempt to knock out local recall, he anchored our system upon the principle of a republican form of government: "No principle has been guarded more jealously (than republican government) in the past by all arms of the judiciary, federal and state. It has been the pillar of cloud by day and the pillar of fire by night which had piloted the republic through tempestrous and uncharted seas. If it should ever happen that the ship of state became parted from that pilot, all dangers which are past are trivial compared with those which are yet to come." "The pages of European history were filled with warnings of the weakness of the Athenian type of pure democracy. They (the Federalists) builded for ages, not to tickle the imaginations of the visionaries of the day." "It is in the small divisions of territory and their local governments that we expect to find the sentiment of our people, as a rule, formed and crystalized into definite shape, and it is there the most dangerous and insidious attacks are engendered and made on existing plans of h)0*0*0*Ԍ government. The consequences of constantly or oft-recurring local elections incident to the referendum plan, should be avoided as dangerous." The Greek recall of Aristides and the death of Periicles was used in the final pages of the argument. He suggested Washington would have been recalled and closed with the death of Socrates. The arguments made against the recall, however, were rejected by the Texas Supreme Court and the definition given by Jefferson of a republican form of government was adopted. On May 10, 1911, the House of Commons passed a resolution which stated that henceforth the Lords should not have the right to veto a money bill. The Speaker was to be given the power of determining  F whether a bill was a money bill.Z$ Arthur L. Cross, A SHORTER HISTORY OF ENGLAND AND GREATER BRITAIN 756 (1929).Z Students in high school and college are taught that the creation of the Fed was a "triumph of  F( democracy over the power of the greedy private interests."t$ GARY ALLEN, FEDERAL RESERVE: THE TRILLION-DOLLAR CONSPIRACY 1 (Feb. 1976) (hereinafter cited as ALLEN).t Woodrow Wilson stated in 1911: "The greatest monopoly in this country is the money monopoly. So long as it exists, our old variety of freedom and individual energy of development are out of the question." In 1911 Governor Wilson declared: "The  F great monopoly in this country is the money monopoly."I$ LOUIS D. BRANDEIS, OTHER PEOPLE'S MONEY 1 (Harper Ed. 1967).I Trusts had flourished prior to Roosevelt's administration "in part because Attorneys General were  F friendly to Big Business.">$ Thomas A. Bailey, THE AMERICAN SPIRIT 646 (1963).>  F  TABLE ONER$ *Eliot Jones, THE TRUST PROBLEM IN THE UNITED STATES 441-45 (1928). R (BILLS IN EQUITY AND INDICTMENTS UNDER SHERMAN ANTI-TRUST ACT) PRESIDENTIAL ADMINISTRATION BILLS IN EQUITY INDICTMENTS Harrison (1890-1893) 4 3 Cleveland (1893-1897) 4 2 McKinley (1897-1901) 3 0 Roosevelt (1901-1909) 18 25 Taft (1909-1913) 46 43 Wilson (1913-1920) 35 45  F  TABLE TWOR$ *Eliot Jones, THE TRUST PROBLEM IN THE UNITED STATES 441-45 (1928). R (CONTEMPT PROCEEDINGS, FORFEITURE PROCEEDINGS AND TOTALACTIONS UNDER SHERMAN ANTI-TRUST ACT) PRESIDENTIAL ADMINISTRATION CONTEMPT FORFEITURE TOTAL Harrison (1890-1893) 0 0 7 Cleveland (1893-1897) 2 0 8 McKinley (1897-1901) 0 0 3 Roosevelt (1901-1909) 0 1 44 Taft (1909-1913) 1 0 90 Wilson (1913-1920) 0 0 80 Senator Robert M. La Follette of Wisconsin refused to accept Roosevelt's attempt to distinquish between "good" and "bad" trusts. La Follotte stated that T.R. "put the Sherman Anti-Trust law under the ban of executive disapproval...His denunication of the law was an executive sanction to violate the law. It opened the floodgates for trust organization, and upon Theodore Roosevelt, more than any man, must rest the responsibility for the gravest problem which ever menanced the industrial freedom of the American people. He prosecuted on an average six cases a year against a carefully selected list of these combinations. He went just far enough to give color to the claim that he was upholding the law, but noth)0*0*0*Ԍfar enough seriously to injure those prosecuted or deter in the slightest degree the hundreds that were organizing every month during his administration." La Follotte concluded from reviewing the cases against the trusts that "the actions were so brought that the government would, at best, win only a nominable victory; and...that decree of the court would be so limited by the allegation of the complaint as to have the defendant combination in a position, under its existing form or by an easy shift, to continue its  F wrongdoing."B$ R. M. La Follette, AUTOBIOGRAPHY 296-297 (1960 Ed.). B Roosvelt and the Insurgents were part of a "revolution" to purge the rule of "a Machine" which "controlled the preliminary steps which led to the nomination of candidates and then decided the  F election."V$ WILLIAM ROSCOE THAYER, THEODORE ROOSEVELT: AN INTIMATE BIOGRAPHY 344-345.V T.R.'s first acheivement was to bring the "Big Interests" under "the power of law." He was backed by the advocates of "the right of the people to rule," The tools he advocated were described by Thayer: "(P)rogressives, bent on trusting implicitly the intelligence, the unselfishness, and the honesty of the people, proposed three novel political instruments for obtaining the pure democracy they dreamed of. First, the initiative, by which a certain number of voters could suggest new laws; second, the referendum, by which a vote should be taken to decide whether the people approved or not of a law that was in operation; and third, the judicial recall, by which a majority of voters  F  could nullify a decision handed down by a judge."V$ WILLIAM ROSCOE THAYER, THEODORE ROOSEVELT: AN INTIMATE BIOGRAPHY 344-345.V  F  In 1912 a book written by Colonel House, Philip DruAdministrator: A Story of Tomorrow 19201935, outlined plans for a central bank, income tax and the establishment of "Socialism as dreamed of by Karl  F0 Marx."Y$ F ԍ Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich 85 (1989).Y On the title page Mazzini was quoted: "No war of classes, no hostility to existing wealth, no wanton or unjust violation of the rights of property, but a constant disposition to ameliorate the condition  F of the classes least favored by fortune."Y$ F ԍ Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich 87 (1989).Y Giuseppe Mazzini (18051872), the founder of the "Young Italy" party, was thrice sentenced to death. He was imprisoned and exiled against and again "forced to spend more than twenty years in hiding, and on three occasions condemned to death, he lived to see the  F triumph of the cause to which he had devoted his life."G$ F ԍ How Much Do You Know? 188 (Undated).G In the autumn of 1912, immediately after Woodrow Wilson's election, a book was published entitled PHILIP DRU: ADMINISTRATOR. It was authored by Colonel House of Texas. The book proposed an appointed board of economists to work out a tariff law which would abolish the theory of protection as a governmental policy. Also, it suggested a graduated income tax, a new banking law (flexible currency bottomed largely upon commercial interests), corporations being required to share earnings with Uncle Sam and the States, labor to be independent of supply and demand, an old age pension law and a laborer's insurance law and the right of labor to have a representative on boards of corporations with a share of earnings to be given to labor in return for elimination of the right to strike with all grievances submitted  F to arbitration.;$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 44 (1962).; House wrote his "novel" anonymously, shortly after meeting Wilson, during the winter  F of 19111912.$ F ԍ#\ P[,QiP# Alexander L. George & Guliette L. George, Woodrow Wilson and Colonel House 131 (1964).  Philip Dru was barred for health reasons from the military career he desired. So he became the leader of an insurrection against incompetent administrators and the dictator of the U.S. He dispensed with constitutional government, instituted a series of reforms by executive decree and then  F benevolently relinquished his powers.$ F ԍ #\ P[,QiP#Alexander L. George & Guliette L. George, Woodrow Wilson and Colonel House 131 (1964). In 1915 House was still trying to conceal his connection as  F author of the book.$ F ԍ#\ P[,QiP# Alexander L. George & Guliette L. George, Woodrow Wilson and Colonel House 131 (1964). Colonel House, a small, thin, retiring Texan who always talked in almost a whisper, inherited a sum of money that made it unnecessary for him to work for a living. He became advisor to a number of Texas Governors--one of whom who gave him the title of honorary colonel. He struck up a friendship with  F$ Wilson after he became the Democratic nominee in 1912.J$ His friendship may have begun in 1912. He met Wilson earlier.J Soon it was said that the Colonel's ear was  F% the one to reach if you had something to say to the President.@$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 18-19 (1964).@ Colonel House created Wilson's domestic and foreign policies, selected most of his cabinet and appointments and ran the State Department. House was influential with Paul and Felix Warburg, Otto H. Kahn, Louis Marburg, Henry Morgenthau, Jacob and Mortimer Schiff, Herbert Lehman and with bankers and politicians in  F( Europe.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 2 (1962).: h)0*0*0*Ԍ Wilson was also supported by a self-made financial wizard named William Gibbs McAdoo who did much work in Wilson's 1912 campaign. He was named Secretary of the Treasury in 1913 and became Wilson's son-in-law by marrying Nellie Wilson. She was about the age of one of McAdoo's daughters and  FX married him in a White House ceremony held a few months before her mother's death.=$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 19 (1964).= The year 1912 was the year of the "New." Wilson had his "New Freedoms" and Roosevelt had his "New Nationalism." William Allen White, in his autobiography, noted that experience with governing powers and association with Theodore Roosevelt "gave hundreds of thousands of young men in their twenties, thirties, and early forties, a quickening sense of the inequities, injustices and fundamental wrongs of the political and economic overlay on our democracy, which was keeping too large a per cent of its citizens  F below average participation in the blessings of our democracy."A$ THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF WILLIAM ALLEN WHITE 367 (1946).A Teddy Bear Roosevelt was the man to control the big trusts with more government: "Our social philosophy simmered down to this: The national income must be shifted so that the blessings of our civilization should be more widely employed than they were. To make that shift, what Colonel Roosevelt called 'predatory wealth' or 'aggrandized capital' should have its claws pared, its greed checked, its rapacity quneched so far as is humanly possible. And the shift or redistribution of national income should be acheived by using government where necessary as an agent of human welfare. Lord, how we did like that phrase 'using government as an agency of human welfare'! That was the slogan, that was the Bull Moose platform boiled  F  down to a phrase."$ White at 487-488. The Progressive Platform of 1912 was modeled mainly after a radical draft by Dr. George W. Kirchwey, Dean of Columbia University Law School. The platform "declared for direct primaries, nation-wide presidential preferential primaries, the direct election of United States Senators, the short ballot, and  F finally the initiative and referendum and recall in states."$ White at 485. On February 25, 1912, Roosevelt was questioned about a speech he had made three days before in Columbus, Ohio in which he proclaimed a new charter for democracy and vigorously advocated the initiative, referendum and recall. Thayer suggested that these reforms might tend to destroy "representative" government. Roosevelt replied that: "I can name forty-six Senators who secured their seats and hold them by the favor of a Wall Street magnate and his associates in all parts of the country. Do you call that popular, representative government?" Taft fought back and said in April: "Every man who has blood in his body, and who has been  FX misrepresented as I have...is forced to fight."S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 99 (1964).S In the elections of 1912, William Howard Taft was opposed to the Aldrich Bill. So, the Morgan people sponsored Theodore Roosevelt's Third Party Ticket to  F draw democratic votes away from Taft.$ RON CHERNOW, THE HOUSE OF MORGAN 148-149 (1990). The only man who ever refused a partnership with J.P. Morgan & Company was George Walbridge Perkins (b. 1-31-1862). The partnership offer came the first time Morgan met Perkins and after only a few moments conversation on a non-business subject. "More extraordinary still, the man had never had a day's banking experience." This first meeting offer was "perhaps the most dramatic episode in the annals of high finance." Forbes at 278. At the time Perkins was Vice-President of the New York Life Insurance Company. A Morgan partner had asked Perkins to come to come into the office to meet Morgan several times. Since Perkins had been named to the Palisades Park Committee and wanted to raise money, he finally took up the offer. Morgan immediately offered Perkins $25,000 of the needed $125,000. He added that he would provide the entire amount if Perkins would take a desk and go to work for him. "I mean, come in here as a partner." Perkins then replied: "I can't do that. I am with the New York Life and must spend my days there." Finally, about a year later, Perkins joined Morgan as a partner remaining with New York Life. Forbes at 278-279. Two of Perkin's ancesters were David Walbridge and George Walbridge--both prominent men in Michigan. The former was a Congressman who presided at the meeting in Kalamazoo where the Republican Party was born. Forbes at 283. He married Miss Evelina Ball of Cleveland in 1899. His son, George W. Perkins, graduated from Princeton in 1917. He also had a daughter. Forbes at 287. Perkins was "brought up in the life insurance business." He spent much time in Europe to get a license to do businss there and he succeeded in "gaining admittance to every civilized country on the face of the earth." Forbes at 279. In Russia he arranged to handle a large bond issue for the right to do business there. He brought the bonds back, handled the deal with skill and was rewarded with a position in 1900 on the Finance Committee of New York Life--"a position then keenly coveted by the greatest financial interests in the metropolis." Forbes at 279. In 1902, George Perkins approached John W. Gates (while Morgan was in France) and asked what price would be required to take control of the great southern Louisville and Nashville Railroad. Gates made the trade and Morgan obtained control. Bernard Baruch, MY OWN STORY 172 (1957). In speaking of the days of secrecy before the SEC, Baruch told the story about Stillman, who on his return from Europe told Perkins: "I see you're back." Perkins replied: "Oh, you need not confirm it." Bernard Baruch, MY OWN STORY 261 (1957). At the age of 39, Perkins was drawing a bigger salary than the President of the United States and refusing a partnership in the country's greatest banking house. "At forty he was a member of Morgan and Company." Forbes at 280. A decade later he retired from Morgan. Forbes at 282. In 1900 he became a Morgan partner. In 1903 he was elected First Vice-President of New York Life. Forbes at 285. On December 31, 1910, he retired from Morgan "for the purpose of devoting more time to work of a public and semi-public nature, notably profit-sharing and other benefit plans." Forbes at 285. "Wall street gossip that Mr. Perkins was asked to resign because of certain stock-market operations was widely credited by those ignorant of Mr. Perkin's philosophy of life, for it did seem an extraordinary thing for a man under fifty, full of health and vigour and ambition, to step down from a shining banking pedestal into financial retirement." Forbes at 286-287. In an address on "The Modern Corporation" around 1907 at Columbia College Perkins said: "The corporations of the future must be those that are semi-public servants, serving the public, with ownership widespread among the public, and labour so fairly and equitably treated that it will look upon its corporation as its friend and protector rather than as an ever-present enemy; above all, believing in it so throughly that it will invest its savings in the corporation's securities and become partners in the business...For business purposes in this country the United States Government is a corporation with fifty subsidary companies, and the sooner this is realized the sooner we can get the right kind of supervision of semi-public business enterprises and, in this way, give the public the publicity and the protection to which it is entitled in the conduct of business by corporations. In no other way can the public be protected from evils in corporation management." Forbes at 286. Perkins originated profit-sharing and "When the insurance investigations came along, the forces of the other companies were demoralized whereas ours stood by us like a stone wall." He later introducedh)0*0*0* profit-sharing to U.S. Steel and International Harvester Corporation. Forbes at 282. He became a member of the Finance Committee of U.S. Steel, oversaw a gigantic merger of farm machinery manufacturers into the International Harvester Corporation and effectively financially piloted that organization as chairman of the Finance Committee. Forbes at 285. He was a member of thirty-five (35) non-business societies and associations interested in the public welfare, education, art, etc. Forbes at 286.  The Aldrich bill failed because the name of Aldrich "was so closely linked to Morgan and Wall Street, and the resentment against these two influences was so strong,  Fx that the bill was readily defeated."$ Skousen at 17-18. It was decided that central banking would have to come under  F@ the Democrats with a new bill said to be designed to "strip Wall Street of its power."$ Skousen at 18. Among the supporters of the NPRL (National Progressive Republican League) were the wealthy Pinchots, A.T. Cochrane (the "carpet king"), J. Coleman du Pont, Medill McCormick of the Chicago Tribune, H.H. Wilkerson (Cruciable Steel), Frank Munsey (New York press) and George Perkins of the  F(# Morgan Syndicate).K$ Russel B. Nye, MIDWESTERN PROGRESSIVE POLITICS 263-264 (1959).K George W. Perkins, an "ex-Morgan partner", urged Theodore Roosevelt to run, covered many pre-convention expenses, stage-managed the convention and chaired the new party's  F$ executive committee.$ RON CHERNOW, THE HOUSE OF MORGAN 148-149 (1990). The only man who ever refused a partnership with J.P. Morgan & Company was George Walbridge Perkins (b. 1-31-1862). The partnership offer came the first time Morgan met Perkins and after only a few moments conversation on a non-business subject. "More extraordinary still, the man had never had a day's banking experience." This first meeting offer was "perhaps the most dramatic episode in the annals of high finance." Forbes at 278. At the time Perkins was Vice-President of the New York Life Insurance Company. A Morgan partner had asked Perkins to come to come into the office to meet Morgan several times. Since Perkins had been named to the Palisades Park Committee and wanted to raise money, he finally took up the offer. Morgan immediately offered Perkins $25,000 of the needed $125,000. He added that he would provide the entire amount if Perkins would take a desk and go to work for him. "I mean, come in here as a partner." Perkins then replied: "I can't do that. I am with the New York Life and must spend my days there." Finally, about a year later, Perkins joined Morgan as a partner remaining with New York Life. Forbes at 278-279. Two of Perkin's ancesters were David Walbridge and George Walbridge--both prominent men in Michigan. The former was a Congressman who presided at the meeting in Kalamazoo where the Republican Party was born. Forbes at 283. He married Miss Evelina Ball of Cleveland in 1899. His son, George W. Perkins, graduated from Princeton in 1917. He also had a daughter. Forbes at 287. Perkins was "brought up in the life insurance business." He spent much time in Europe to get a license to do businss there and he succeeded in "gaining admittance to every civilized country on the face of the earth." Forbes at 279. In Russia he arranged to handle a large bond issue for the right to do business there. He brought the bonds back, handled the deal with skill and was rewarded with a position in 1900 on the Finance Committee of New York Life--"a position then keenly coveted by the greatest financial interests in the metropolis." Forbes at 279. In 1902, George Perkins approached John W. Gates (while Morgan was in France) and asked what price would be required to take control of the great southern Louisville and Nashville Railroad. Gates made the trade and Morgan obtained control. Bernard Baruch, MY OWN STORY 172 (1957). In speaking of the days of secrecy before the SEC, Baruch told the story about Stillman, who on his return from Europe told Perkins: "I see you're back." Perkins replied: "Oh, you need not confirm it." Bernard Baruch, MY OWN STORY 261 (1957). At the age of 39, Perkins was drawing a bigger salary than the President of the United States and refusing a partnership in the country's greatest banking house. "At forty he was a member of Morgan and Company." Forbes at 280. A decade later he retired from Morgan. Forbes at 282. In 1900 he became a Morgan partner. In 1903 he was elected First Vice-President of New York Life. Forbes at 285. On December 31, 1910, he retired from Morgan "for the purpose of devoting more time to work of a public and semi-public nature, notably profit-sharing and other benefit plans." Forbes at 285. "Wall street gossip that Mr. Perkins was asked to resign because of certain stock-market operations was widely credited by those ignorant of Mr. Perkin's philosophy of life, for it did seem an extraordinary thing for a man under fifty, full of health and vigour and ambition, to step down from a shining banking pedestal into financial retirement." Forbes at 286-287. In an address on "The Modern Corporation" around 1907 at Columbia College Perkins said: "The corporations of the future must be those that are semi-public servants, serving the public, with ownership widespread among the public, and labour so fairly and equitably treated that it will look upon its corporation as its friend and protector rather than as an ever-present enemy; above all, believing in it so throughly that it will invest its savings in the corporation's securities and become partners in the business...For business purposes in this country the United States Government is a corporation with fifty subsidary companies, and the sooner this is realized the sooner we can get the right kind of supervision of semi-public business enterprises and, in this way, give the public the publicity and the protection to which it is entitled in the conduct of business by corporations. In no other way can the public be protected from evils in corporation management." Forbes at 286. Perkins originated profit-sharing and "When the insurance investigations came along, the forces of the other companies were demoralized whereas ours stood by us like a stone wall." He later introducedh)0*0*0* profit-sharing to U.S. Steel and International Harvester Corporation. Forbes at 282. He became a member of the Finance Committee of U.S. Steel, oversaw a gigantic merger of farm machinery manufacturers into the International Harvester Corporation and effectively financially piloted that organization as chairman of the Finance Committee. Forbes at 285. He was a member of thirty-five (35) non-business societies and associations interested in the public welfare, education, art, etc. Forbes at 286.  White noted that George W. Perkins "had risen rather suddenly in the Roosevelt councils." "He represented money and the power of money. I felt that Morgan had cast Perkins into the Progressive movement as an anchor to windward; that he was Roosvelt's friend --'just in  F' case'!"$ White at 459. One of those whom J.P. Morgan allowed to make his decisions and handle his affairs was  F' George W. Perkins.'$ Stephen Birmingham at 379.' There were two factions at the 1912 Roosevelt convention. One was headed by the Pinchots who represented the views of the convention and the other by George Perkins who represented Roosevelt's New York friends. Of the latter White said: "They did not realize that theh)0*0*0* Progressive party, which they were founding, was a part of the middle-class protest (perhaps 'revolt' is a truer word) that had begun with the demand for free labor in abolition times--that had bloomed modestly in the agrarian protest of the Grangers and the Greenbackers--that had flowered in Populism and almost fruited under Bryanism in the Democratic party, and was ripening under the Roosevelt policies and the Progressive party into a responsible middle-class rebellion at the slow-moving economic progressive made by our government. These New Yorkers regarded the Progressive party as merely a decent machine to get Roosevelt elected without a rump convention of the Republicans and a formal bolt of Taft's nomination." Roosevelt was described as "pendulating between Perkin's room and Pinchot's room" at the Blackstone  F@ Hotel.$ White at 487. There was a dispute over the wording of the plank on antitrust which was in T.R.'s hand as he went from Perkin's room to Pinchot's room again and again. The left-wing Progressives wanted to "catelogue specifically the evils of the trust which could be defined in law and made actionable." The  F right-wing wanted "a general definition of the kind of antisocial conduct which would be indictable."$ White at 485. Perkins, who supported a plank with no specific listing of indictable acts, became angry when the compromise antitrust language was read by Dr. Lewis, the chairman of the platform committee: "Perkins rose, slammed his chair back, and walked out of the convention, a one-man bolt. It was the contention of Mr. Perkins' friends that the clerk of the committee gave Dr. Lewis the wrong plank to read. That is possible. It is not in my judgment probable. At any rate, a sizable row arose behind the curtain. The plank Lewis had read, which in my recollection was the one the committee had adopted, was given to the press. But Mr. Perkins publicity agent, who was also secretary of the national committee--Oscar King Davis--saw to it that, after the convention adjourned, the morning papers carried the Perkins plank in the  F0  platform."$ White at 486. The followers of Roosevelt, on the whole, believed that the trusts were here to stay, that the Sherman Act was an anachronism and that big government was needed to regulate big business. Perkins, the largest  FP contributor to Roosevelt's 1912 campaign, believed "they were for socialism with private property."H$ E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 180 (1964).H The Democrats promised that there would be no central bank if Wilson was elected in 1912. (10-5). In the Baltimore platform it was stated: "We oppose the establishment of a central bank." Texas Congressman Callaway said: "True we did not say: 'We oppose the establishment of a central board,' but I submit in all candour that there is no real difference so far as the concentration of power is concerned between a central bank which controls the entire banking interests of the country, and a central board which controls the entire banking interests of the country..." (11--83-84). Woodrow Wilson's Morgan connection was not well-known: "Such is the power of propaganda that the name of Wilson for most people still suggests liberalism and progressivism. Wilson, in fact, was a standpat southern conservative, opposed to trust-busting and every kind of social reform. His administration was little more than an adjunct to J.P. Morgan and Company, whose representatives had little difficulty switching him  F  from a policy of neutrality with respect to the European war to one of belligerency."V$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 964-965 (1968). "It was charged that Roosevelt made terms with J. Pierpont Morgan, the elder. He probably consented to certain consolidations that Morgan was planning, but the gun was in the President's ribs. If he did connive with Morgan, it was because he had to." White at 393. V The Committee on Credentials in the June Chicago Convention was dominated by Taft forces. Men  F`" were seated who would do the administration's bidding.R$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 99 (1964).R In the contest for convention delegates, local  F(# organizations were told to back Taft or lose all federal patronage.S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 99 (1964).S The Democrats nominated  F# Woodrow Wilson in Baltimore on the 46th ballot who then ran on his platform of "New Freedom."S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 101 (1964).S When Theodore Roosevelt was refused the Republican nomination for President, he revolted under  FH& the "Bull-Moose" banner after denouncing the Chicago proceedings as fraudulent.S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 100 (1964).S He selected Hiram Johnson of California as his running mate who had also run as a Republican in name but a Progressive in policy. Johnson had vigorously championed the cause of I & R as Governor to break the grip of the Pacific Railroad Company and had successfully defended the judicial recall power. Surrounded by high-minded amateurs--muckrakers, social workers, sponsors of movements for the initiative andh)0*0*0*Ԍreferendum, toilers in local good-government campaigns, T.R. gave a eloquent speech entitled his  F 'Confession of Faith."S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 100 (1964).S The Roosevelt-Johnson Ticket was a "Contract With the People" which included tarriff reforms, strict regulation of industry, direct election of U.S. Senators, recall of judicial decisions, women's sufferage, presidential primaries, minimum wage for women, a graduated income tax, an end to child labor and initiative, referendum and recall of judicial decisions and easier procedures for amending the federal constitution. The platform also included planks relating to the improvement of the currency, the control of corporate wealth, and promised "to bring the Government nearer to the people by giving the  Fx people a more direct right over the government."R$ WILLIAM ROSCOE THAYER, THEODORE ROOSEVELT: AN INTIMATE BIOGRAPHY 376.R While T.R. advocated government control of the monopolies and trusts--which Brandeis suggested to Wilson was his weakness because they were merely  F regulatedthe viewpoint of Democrat Wilson was "Free men need no guardians."N$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 43 (1983).N Louis D. Brandeis  F advised Wilson that the bankers should be excluded entirely from control of the system.$ SECRETS at 277. Brandeis first met Wilson on August 28, 1912 "when Wilson was still searching for an effective campaign formula to rival Roosevelt's New Nationalism...Brandeis suggested to Wilson that he focus his campaign on Roosevelt's apparent alliance with 'big business' by distinquishing carefully between T.R.'s program of 'regulated monopoly'--i.e. a program that accepted consolidated business while trying to force 'the trusts' to be good--and a program that denied monopoly even tacit legitimacy, seeking instead to 'regulate  F competition' toward the end of precluding the conditions conducive to monopolistic power."K$ RICHARD M. ABRAMS, OTHER PEOPLE'S MONEY xvi (Harper Ed. 1967).K Brandeis resented the fact that investment bankers acheived their wealth and power "without risking anything of  F their own--they used other people's money."$ Id. at xxxviii. Brandeis found nothing in the Federal Reserve Act that was "seriously designed to provide small or new business with the credit needed to survive in competition  F with the credit power of the big corporations."$ Id.  Brandeis led the fight against the Aldrich plan with  Fh a series of articles on the money trust in Harper's Weekly.>$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 107 (1967).> Brandeis compared Americans to gooses: "The goose that lays golden eggs has been considered a most valuable possession. But even more profitable is the principle of taking the golden eggs laid by somebody else's goose. The investment bankers and their associates now enjoy that privilege. They control the people through the people's own money. If the banker's power were commensurate with their wealth, they would  F  have relatively little influence on American business."$ LOUIS D. BRANDEIS, OTHER PEOPLE'S MONEY 12-13 (Harper Ed. 1967). A related taxation saying is the French finance minister's comment that the art of taxation consists of obtaining the most feathers from a goose with the least amount of hissing. On October 14th, while leaving his hotel, Roosevelt was shot by an assassin with a revolver by the name of John Schrank. He asked that the man not be hurt, then went to his room to change his white  F8 shirt. Despite a major wound, he proceeded to the auditorium and spoke for more than an hour.R$ WILLIAM ROSCOE THAYER, THEODORE ROOSEVELT: AN INTIMATE BIOGRAPHY 379.R The bullet was slowed by his manuscript in his pocket. T.R. complained that "On account of my broken rib...I  F could not speak as loudly as usual."S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 91 (1964).S T.R.'s wound speedily healed and on October 30 he closed his campaign with an address to 16,000 people in Madison Square Garden. John F. Schrank in 1912 shot Theodore Roosevelt as he was leaving a hotel in Milwaukee. Since he had been shot in a state without the death penalty, TR later said: "I may gravely question, if he has a more unsound brain than Senator La  F Follette or Eugene Debs."n$ F ԍ American Heritage Magazine, 199 Things Every American Should Know 8 (1989).n John Shrank was a Roman Catholic.l$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 164 (1975).l Wilson described I & R as allowing the people to resume "control of their own affairs." He said: "I believe that we are upon the eve of recovering the most important "prerogatives of a free people, and that  F the initiative and referendum are playing a great part in that recovery."($ THE NEW FREEDOM 236 (1913).( Wilson defined initiative and referendum: "The initiative is a means of seeing to it that measures which the people want should be passed,--when legislatures defy or ignore public opinion. The referendum is a means of seeing to it that the unrepresentative measures which they do not want shall not be placed  F$  on the statute book."($ THE NEW FREEDOM 237 (1913).( W.W. answered those who claimed I & R was an attack on the principle of a republican government: "Yet how absurd is the charge that we who are demanding that our government be made representative of the people and responsive to their demands,--how fictious and hypocritical is the charge that we  F( are attacking the fundamental principles of republican institutions!"($ THE NEW FREEDOM 243 (1913).( Wilson saw the value of allowing the people to vote on propositions as well as on politicians:h) 0*0*0*Ԍ "My proposal is that we stop going through the mimic play; that we get out and translate the ideals of American politics into action; so that every man, when he goes to the polls on election day, will feel the thrill of executing an actual judgment, as he takes again into his own hands the great matters which have been too long left to men deputized by their own choice, and seriously sets about carrying into accomplishment his own purposes." "We Americans have been too long satisfied with merely going through the motions of government. We have been going to the polls and saying: 'This is the act of a sovereign people, but we won't be the sovereign yet; we will postpone that; we will wait until another time. The managers are still shifting the scenes; we are not ready for the real  F  thing yet."($ THE NEW FREEDOM 256 (1913).( On November 5, 1912 Woodrow Wilson received a minority of all votes cast but obtained 435 electoral votes compared to 88 for T.R. and 8 for Taft. It has been suggested that the majority of the voters in the Republican party favored T.R. as proven by the 4.1 million votes he received compared to 3.3 million obtained by Taft. Wilson got 6.3 million votes while Socialist Party candidate Debs got 900,672  F votes.S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 101 (1964).S On December 26, 1912, Carter Glass and Professor Parker Willis went to Princeton, New Jersey to confer with Wilson about a new central bank. Wilson, who had once been an economics teacher, intended  F to make monetary reform the central feature of his administration.k$ F ԍ American Institute of Banking, Principles of Bank Operations 307 (1966).k Wilson had some doubt as to whether the recommendation for the Federal Reserve plan should be put into the first inaugeral address. Carter Glass spent a considerable period of time with Wilson at Trenton and Princeton. "Out of these conferences grew Wilson's ardor for the Federal Reserve System and the currency reform fight that he so successfully led in his early career at Washington, producing the most constructive domestic legislation  F of the time."P$ JAMES KERNEY, THE POLITICAL EDUCATION OF WOODROW WILSON 266 (1926).P Wilson put Glass in touch with House, who, in turn "was conferring with the great Wall  FP Stree bankers and getting their views."P$ JAMES KERNEY, THE POLITICAL EDUCATION OF WOODROW WILSON 266 (1926).P House looked over all the cabinet candidates before they were  F commissioned--until he break at Paris.P$ JAMES KERNEY, THE POLITICAL EDUCATION OF WOODROW WILSON 484 (1926).P Col. Edward Mandel House was one of the authors of the graduated income tax and the Federal Reserve. In 1912 the Democratic House of Representatives appointed the "Pujo Committee" to investigate the "Money Trust." It was named after Rep. Arsene Pujo of Louisiana. The five months of hearings resulted in four volumes of 6,000 pages. The Pujo investigation was conducted by Special Counsel Samuel Untermyer--one of the main contributors to the Wilson campaign fund and one of the wealthiest Jewish  F corporation lawyers in New York.$ In his 1926 listing in WHO'S WHO IN AMERICAN JEWRY, he noted that he had made a fee of $775,000 for carrying through the merger of Utah Copper Company and the Boston Consolidated and Nevada Company. H.S. Kennan at 120-121. In 1912 Israel Cohen stated: "We must realize that our party's most powerful weapon is racial tension. By propounding into the consciousness of the dark races that for centuries they have been oppressed by the whites, we can mould them to the program of the Communist party. In America, we will aim for subtle victory. While inflaming the Negro minority against the Whites, we will endeavor to instill in the Whites a guilt complex for their exploitation of the Negroes. We will aid the Negroes to rise in prominence in every walk of life in the professions and in the world of sports and entertainment. With this prestige the Negro will begin a process which will  F(#  deliver America to our cause."$ F ԍ Communist spokesman Israel Cohen, A Racial Programme for the Twentieth Century; Congressional Record 7633 (June 7, 1957).  F$  In 1913 H.G. Wells wrote The World Set Free. Thirty years before the atomic bomb, he wrote of a war that devasted the world. "Not until all his visions have been realized and a world state rises upon the ashes  FH& of the old nations will his ghost be able to move on."Z$ F ԍ William Irvin Thompson, Passages About Earth 56 (1974).Z Grand Duke Alexander of Russia commented after his 1913 America visit: "The rustic republic of Jefferson was rapidly giving way to the Empire of the Rockefellers, but the average mentality of the man Fh) onthestreet had not caught up with this new order of things."y$ F ԍ Emanuel M. Josephson, The "Federal" Reserve Conspiracy & Rockefellers 34 (1968).y h)!0*0*0*Ԍ In 1913 the Pujo Committee issued a report stating that "341 directorships in 112 corporations controlled resources amounting to $22,245,000,000. Many of these directorships, including the Wall Street  F House of Morgan, were interlocking."#$ Thomas Bailey at 671.# In March 1913 the Pujo Commission reported the existence of a "Money Trust" controlled by an inner ring consisting of J.P. Morgan and Company, the National City Bank of New York, Lee, Higginson and Company of Boston and New York, Kidder, Peabody and Company and Kuhn, Loeb and Company. (11--78). Through a set of inter-locking directorates, stock-holding companies and other means, these five banking houses controlled 112 banks and financial and industrial  Fx companies with $4.4 billion in assets. This finance gang was led by J.P. Morgan, George F. Baker,$ According to Who's Who, George Fisher Baker was a banker born at Troy, New York on March 27, 1840. He was Chairman of the Board of First National Bank of New York. B.C. Forbes, MEN WHO MADE AMERICA GREAT 14 (1917). Baker was "the closest associate" of J.P. Morgan and in 1917 was "the most powerful national banker in Wall Street, the dominating director of more corporations than any other man in the United States and perhaps the third richest living American." "It is none of the public's business what I do." Forbes at 11. Forbes said: "Did every financier adopt the Baker attitude toward the public and toward public opinion there would be a revolution in this republic in twelve months." Forbes at 11. "George F. Baker...is the dean of the old school, the school of secrecy, the school that for a long time did not have to reckon with the power of public opinion." Forbes at 11. Baker's adjunct to First National Bank of New York, the First Security company, resulted a prohibition in the National Bank Act. He was the first to conceive the idea of setting up a separate enterprise whose ownership was in reality identical with that of the bank itself--each share of the bank carrying with it a share in the "other" enterprise. "One could not be sold without the other. The invention has proved highly profitable." Forbes at 12. Who was Baker before his rise to the top? "The career of no prominent American is more of a sealed book than that of George F. Baker. I tried repeatedly to learn something of his earlier career from both professional and social friends, but all in vain." Forbes at 12. Jacob Schiff had a meeting at the home of George F. Baker who was known as the "Sphinx of Wall Street." OUR CROWD 223. Both Morgan and George F. Baker joined in the 1904, Japanese war bond loan. OUR CROWD at 309. When Bernard Buruch wanted to sue the U.S. Rubber Company, Morgan and George F. Baker of the First National Bank "pulled us off the suit." MY OWN STORY 214. There was a George F. Baker III. RICH AND SUPER-RICH at 34. He was a member of the FNCB board. His father, George F. Baker II was closely associated with J.P. Morgan "and for many years the dominant owner of the First National Bank of N.Y. which merged in 1955 with National City Bank." Baker and Baker II, the latter married to a Schiff daughter "for many years had heavy holdings in many large corporations, including especially U.S. Steel and AT & T." ROCKEFELLER SYNDROME at 49 (Others). First National Bank of New York was incorporated by brokers (aided by a 23-year-old clerk from the N.Y. State banking department in Albany named George F. Baker, who some years later would endow the Harvard Business School) with the approval of national banking authorities. It became the nation's largest underwriter and distributor of government and for a time corporate bonds. Martin Meyer, THE BANKERS 53-54 (1974). John Mortimer Schiff was the brother of Dorothy Schiff. His wife Edith (the daUghter of the late and second husband George F. Baker) was called TeeTee Baker and died in 1975. MEN, MONEY & MAGIC 27. John Schiff married George F. Baker's daughter Edith and was of German-Jewish extraction. OUR CROWD at 418. Jacob Schiff's grandson John Mortimer Schiff married George F. Baker's grandaughter. The couple lived in Oyster Bay Long Island. The grandson was also Senior Partner in Kuhn, Loeb and Company (like his father and grandfather). His brother-in-law was George F. Baker, Jr. THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 65. In 1918 George F. Baker Jr. was pictured as marching in a Liberty Loan parade with Jacob Schiff, Walter Frew, and Morgan the Younger. THE VERY RICH 176. Senator La Follette charged in a speech that a trust of fifty men controlled the nation. George F. Baker told reporters that he was in error. "He said he knew personally that not more than eight men ran this country." H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 119 (1968 Ed.). Later, in his MEMOIRS, La Follette said that speech had cost him the presidency of the United States while the Wilson speech in favor of the Aldrich plan brought him that high office. Kennan at 119-120. , and James Stillman. (11--78). The conclusion was reached that any business requiring more than $10 million had to obtain the approval of the ring of five. (11--79). The two Congressman most responsible for calling the Pujo hearings were not invited to testify. The eleven Congressman on the committee did not ask a dozen questions each during the five-month investigation. One member of the committee was Rep. James Byrnes of South Carolina who was later placed in charge of the Office of War Mobilization  F( during W.W.II by Benard Baruch. $ H.S. Kennan at 121.  Morgan appeared before the committee with eight attorneys and denied both the existence of the "Money Trust" and even the possibility of its existence. In a follow-up letter to the Pujo Committee, he stated that there had been no proof of any concerted policy or harmony of action binding the 180 bankers and bank directors serving upon the boards of corporations having resources aggregating $25,000,000,000.  F Service on a directorate was in most instances a duty--not a privilege.$ Bailey at 673-674. Morgan told the committee that "money is a commodity" and said he made loans mainly on character. There was no mention of his selling faulty rifles to the Union during the Civil War at a great profit "collecting his money from the Treasury before he paid for his original purchase." He was charged with defrauding the United States. In 1895 he forced President Grover Cleveland to purchase $100 million in gold from the Rothschilds "after  F threatening to paralyze the country with another money panic." $ H.S. Kennan at 122.  Brandeis wrote: "Break the control so exercised by the investment bankers over railroads, public-service and industrial corporations, over banks, life-insurance and trust companies, and a long step  F will be taken toward attainment of the New Freedom.">$ J.D. Brandeis, OTHER PEOPLE'S MONEY 51-53 (1914).> How it worked was detailed by Brandeis: "J.P. Morgan (or a partner), a director of the New York, New Haven & Hartford Railroad, causes that company to sell to J.P. Morgan & Co. an issue of bonds. J.P. Morgan & Co. borrow the money with which to pay for the bonds from the Guaranty Trust Company, of which Mr. Morgan (or a partner) is a director. J.P. Morgan & Co. sell the bonds to the Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company, of which Mr. Morgan (or a partner) is a director. The New Haven spends the proceeds of the bonds in purchasing steel rails from the United States Steel Corporation, of which Mr. Morgan (or a partner) is a director. The United States Steel Corporation spends the proceeds of the rails in purchasing electrical supplies from the General Electric company, of which Mr. Morgan (or a partner) is a director. The General Electric Company sells supplies to the Western Union Telegraph Company, a subsidary of the American Telephone and Telegraph Company; and in both Mr. Morgan (or a partner) is a director." Although the existence of a formal "Money Trust" agreement was not proven by the Pujo Committee, "there was a great deal of cooperation among the major powers in Wall Street. The Morgan-Baker-First National Bank group and Rockefeller-Stillman-National City bank group formed the inner circle. The  F(# powers were Steel and Oil, each with its massive bank."#$ Birmingham at 343-344.# "As usually happened after Congressional investigations, when the publicity died down, everybody went back to what he had been doing all  F$ along. No one was punished, or even scolded, and there were no immediate reforms."9$ Stephen Birmingham, "OUR CROWD," 344 (1967).9 In 1913, Louis Brandeis said: "The fetters which bind the people are forged from the people's own gold." The 1913 Federal Reserve Act provided that the names of the owner banks must be kept secret.  Fh) According to R.E. McMaster,$ Lt. Col. Arhibald E. Roberts, BULLETIN TO RESTORE THE CONSTITUTION (July 1984). See: "Federal Reserve Directors: A Study of Corporate and Banking Influence," Committee of Banking, Currency and Housing, U.S. House of Reps., 94th Congress, 2nd Session (August 1976).  publisher of THE REAPER, Swiss and Saudi Arabian contacts statedh)"0*0*0* that the following banks own controlling stock in the Federal Reserve System: 1) Rothschild Banks of London and Berlin, 2) Lazard Brothers Bank of Paris, 3) Israel Moses Self Banks of Italy, 4) Warburg Bank of Hamburg and Amsterdam, 5) Lehman Brothers Bank of New York, 6) Kuhn, Loeb Bank of New York, 7) Chase Manhattan Bank of New York, and 8) Goldman, Sachs Bank of New York.  F  The proximate model for the central bank was the Bank of England chartered in 1694.$ SECRETS at 255. Before 1913 the U.S. and Russia were the only great powers left not under control of the One-World, Money  Fx Controlled Dictatorship.A$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 19 (1st Ed. 1963).A The banking interests lost their battle to gain full private control over the Fed but won the struggle to create a money system that would rely upon the commercial banks as its  F operating partners.$ SECRETS at 279. Wilson's compromise was swiftly subverted. The Fed did not become the  F "capstone" he had envisioned speaking for the public and keeping a lash on bankers.$ SECRETS at 291. "The House of  F Morgan...would skillfully harness the Fed and use it to amplify its powers."9$ RON CHERNOW, THE HOUSE OF MORGAN 130 (1990).9 President Wilson said: "Don't deceive yourselves about for a moment as to the power of the great interests which now dominate our development. They are so great that it is almost an open question  F whether the government of the United States can dominate them or not."T$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 23 (1976); Dwinell, p. 190.T He also said: "The government of the United States at the present time is the foster child of special interests--the big  FH bankers--the big manufacturers--the big masters of commerce."w$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 23 (1976); M. GREEN, J. FALLOWS & D. ZWICK, WHO RUNS CONGRESS.w Once the split succeeded and Wilson had been elected President, Wilson "paid off like a slot machine  F rigged to stop on three cherries." The Aldrich Bill became the Glass Bill.$ ALLEN at 4. Rep. Wilson of Texas said Wilson's legislation was "wholly in the interest of the creditor classes, the banking fraternity, and the commerical world, without proper provision for the debtor classes and those who toil, produce and sustain  F the country."$ SECRETS at 278. The Wilson administration "was a completely under the thumb of Wall Street as the subsequent Harding, Coolidge and Hoover administration. John W. Davis, the Democratic candidate for  F President in 1924, was a Wall Street Corporation lawyer."L$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 203-204 (1968).L It is remarkable that the creation of the Fed was accomplished just before a World War, just after an income tax, and the national debt repayment was permanently shelved as in England. In 1913 the Fed was created by the men who financed the Soviet Revolution. In 1913 on February 3 the Sixteenth Amendment was ratified (Income Tax). In 1913 on April 8 the Seventeenth Amendment was ratified taking away the direct voice of States in national affairs. In 1913 on December 23 the Federal Reserve Act was passed two days before Christmas.  Fx  William McAdoo stated: "Sound paper currency represents stored wealth.^$ "Asset currency, the devise of the swindler, should be done away with." (10--27).^ If it does not represent wealth in storage and subject to demand, then it is a fictitious and defective currency." He then defined stored wealth that could back paper money: "The stored wealth behind paper money may consist of gold or silver--or of bonds and securities, or commercial paper, or stable commodities; but in any event it is something of recognized value. To vitalize actual wealth and make it liquid and serviceable, by turning it into money (when money is required) is the fundamental idea behind all sound  F$  systems of national finance."9$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 207 (1931).9 The Bryan Democrats and Byran favored making the notes obligations of the government while Glass and his supporters stood opposed. Wilson asked McAdoo to have a quiet talk with Bryan to reduce the  F' points of difference prior to a meeting of the three.9$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 232 (1931).9 McAdoo met Byran for lunch several days later and explained the major features of the Federal Reserve Bill. Byran objected to the private issuance of notes: "The government alone should issue money." He was not much impressed by the idea of issuingh)#0*0*0*Ԍnotes against commercial paper but thought the responsibility of the government was sufficient backing. McAdoo replied: 'I agree with you that the notes should be issued by the government, but they should be  F based on such unquestioned security that no liability can ever attach to the government.'"9$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 233 (1931).9 Byran still wondered how McAdoo was going to secure the notes. "Anyway, I don't see that security is necessary. The government can issue the money and the Reserve Banks can borrow it from the government when and as they need it." McAdoo replied: "If the government issues the bank notes, it will be liable for their payment. Why shouldn't it require the banks to turn over good commercial paper as security? You see, the fundamental theory of this bill is to promote commerce through a credit system that can expand and contract automatically with the varying needs of trade." But Bryan favored money issued against gold or silver rather than asset currrency which McAdoo defined as "issued against  F tangible commercial values."9$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 233 (1931).9 McAdoo said: "I don't understand why you are opposed to asset currency. Why should there be any objection to the government making itself secure? Why shouldn't the  F( banks put up security and protect the government's liability?":$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 233 (1931). : Bryan then asked about interest on the money that the government advanced to the Federal Reserve Banks. McAdoo said he opposed a fixed interest rate or circulation tax from being arbitrarily imposed on Federal Reserve notes. "What we ought to do is to give the Federal Reserve Board the power to impose, from time to time, such rates of interest as in its judgment may be wise, or to charge no interest or circulation tax at all. This will make the arrangement flexible and responsive to the needs of the country. Suppose we put a provision to that effect in the bill?" Byran replied: "I think you are right. If the provisions we have discussed are inserted, the bill  F would satisfy me and I would give it my hearty support."9$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 234 (1931).9 The minority report by the Republicans on the House Banking and Currency Committee criticized governmental guarantee of the notes. The N.Y. Times called the bill a piece of "Bryan banking" and said "the radical vice (of the bill) lies in making the circulating notes an obligation of the government instead  F of the banks.":$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 234 (1931).: From the time of the creation of the Fed until the close of WWI, "the government sold to the American people more than thirty billion dollars in bonds and short-term obligations." This was done at low interest  F and "the banking community protested, and declared that the interest rates were not high enough.":$ William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 236 (1931).:  F8  The word "reserve" in 1913 referred to a 40% gold requirement.>$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 235 (1967).> The Glass bill differed in making the Secretary of the Treasury chairman and the Comptroller of the Currency an ex-officio (non-voting) member of the board appointed by the President. (11--82). Congressman Towner said: "If the Aldrich Bill could have been patented, this (Glass) bill would be an infringement. If it could have been copyrighted, this would have been an invasion." (11--84). The Aldrich Plan was presented to Congress as the result of the three-year National Monetary Commission study which cost $300,000. Actually the only commission member who helped draft the plan was non-banker Aldrich with the help of special assistant to the commission--A. Platt Andrew. The other members had simply "had a two-year joy ride around Europe and cheerfully signed everything which  F Aldrich asked of them.">$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 106 (1967).> Glass noted that his commission had spent $300,000 to make its report to  F! the 62nd Congress.l$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2344 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969).l The topic of currency and the Aldrich bill was debated in 1913 at the University of Texas. Winfree W. Meecham, Jr., of Anderson, Texas said of the proposed Fed: "This is a centralized monied monopoly for the benefit of the bankers and the bankers alone--a monopoly which has the power of life or death over the business interests of every community--a monopoly which may yield its too great influence in politics, to secure privileged legislation--a monopoly which may laugh at the threats of those who created it.  F(  Such a power should not be given to control the finances of this country."G$ BULLETIN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF TEXAS 52-53 (June 22, 1913).G h)$0*0*0*Ԍ The Fed was created on December 23, 1913. (1--277). Henry Cabot Lodge wrote to Senator Weeks: "The powers vested in the Federal Reserve Board seem to me highly dangerous...The bill as it stands seems to me to open the way to a vast inflation of the currency....I cannot vote for it as it stands, because it seems to me to contain features and to rest upon principles in the highest degree menacing to our prosperity, to stability in business and to the general welfare of the people of the United States." In his September 10, 1913 speech to Congress in favor of the Federal Reserve Bill, Rep. Carter Glass noted that: "Five times within the last 30 years financial catastrophe has overtaken the country under this  F system..."l$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2343 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969).l Glass claimed that the Federal Reserve System would remove the "cancer" of stock speculation: "The whole fight of the great bankers is to drive us from our firm resolve to break down the artificial connection between the banking business of this country and the stock speculative operations at the money centers...the Banking and Currency Committee of the House has gone to the very root of this  F gigantic evil and in this bill proposes to cut the cancer out."p$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2344-45 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969). p Banks opposed his Act, he said, because it would deprive them of "profits derived from a system which makes them the legal custodians of all the  F reserve funds of the country..." which they had put into Wall Street stock operations.$ Id. at 2345. But in real  FH truth their (the big bankers) fundamental and insuperable objection is to the reserve requirement."$ Id. at 2344. An opponent of the Fed stated: "You have 12 banks under one control each of the 12 regional  F reserve agents directly appointed by this board and subject to its autocratic discretion."$ Id. at 2354. On September 13, 1913, Rep. Oscar Calloway of Texas spoke against the Fed. He said he would rather "endure for a while the bad system that we have, the iniquities of which we understand, then to usher in this Trojan horse, loaded with what we know not what, and have to go through years of struggle and  F suffering before we understand its evils."l$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2347 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969).l A board of seven was provided for which would have a  FP monopoly of note issue.$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2348 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969).  Rep. Calloway asked: "When a board appointed by any one man has discretionary power to determine the welfare of every man, woman and child in the country, have we liberty?" "What protection have we here from the misue of power? Faith, faith, faith; faith in man, fallible man, swept by all the passions, prejudices, and ambitions, mental misgivings, short-sightedness, and misconceptions  F  of man."l$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2350 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969).l "The bill exempts the capital of the regional reserve banks from municipal, county, State and national taxes. The schools, the eleemosynary institutions, the local governments are  F   weakened in the exact proportion this capital bears to the wealth of the community."l$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2352 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969).l "The Government at present guarantees the bank-note circulation, holds the bonds owned by the banks to secure the Government for circulating the bank notes. The Government owes the banks the amount of the bonds. The bank owes the Government the amount of the bank notes, or is bound to call them in and pay them off before it is entitled to its bond placed with the Treasury to secure the Government against the note circulation. The Government pays the bank 2 per cent on the bond; the bank pays the Government one-half of 1 per cent on the note circulation. The Government could, by agreement with the banks, assume complete liability for the note circulation, which amounts to the face value of the bonds, and cancel the bonds, carry a sufficient redemption fund in the Treasury to secure the note circulation, just as it does today for the $346,000,000 greenbacks outstanding, and retire those bank notes as they  F%  find it in the public interest..."l$ III DOCUMENTARY HISTORY OF BANKING AND CURRENCY IN THE UNITED STATES 2353 (H. Krooss Ed. 1969).l Charles A. Lindberg Sr. told the Congress: "This act establishes the most gigantic trust on earth....When the President signs this act the invisible government by the money power, proven to exist by the Money h)%0*0*0*Ԍ Trust investigation, will be legalized....This is the Aldrich Bill in disguise...The  F  new law will create inflation whenever the trusts want inflation."$ ALLEN at 4. Glass promoted the bill as requiring immediate passage by hinting at decennial  F  financial panics.$ "A no less strong objection to modern banking is, the ruinous fluctuations it causes in all kinds of business, by alternate expansions and contractions of the currency. These are inseperable from the system." (17--9) (1837).  (11--82). Sen. Owen said on November 24, 1913: "The chief purpose of the...bill is to give stability to the commerce and industry of the United States; prevent financial panics or financial stringencies." (11--83). Senator Elihu Root said of the FRA: "This Bill proposes to put in pawn the credit of the U.S. We are  F setting our steps in the pathway that brought Rome to its fall."B$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 85 (1st Ed. 1963).B Root claimed the new system was  F an invitation to inflation.$ SECRETS at 281. Given the gold standard was still in effect, inflation was no big issue in 1913. They would have been "appalled to learn that the new Federal Reserve Notes they were authorizing would become, in fact, the fiat paper money that had been proposed thirty years earlier by the Populist  F Party."$ SECRETS at 282. Wilson and other Presidents have been ignorant or misinformed by the banking fraternity: "President Wilson himself knew nothing of the practical aspects of banking...What he learned about the subject Mr.  F House taught him, with some help from Glass, Owen and McAdoo."B$ ARTHUR D. HOWDEN SMITH, MR. HOUSE OF TEXAS 74 (1940).B Like the President, Congressmen were not well-informed when the Federal Reserve was first created. House was quoted: "Most of the members of Congress never bothered to read either the Aldrich Bill or the Glass-Owen  Fh Act."B$ ARTHUR D. HOWDEN SMITH, MR. HOUSE OF TEXAS 72 (1940).B The Federal Reserve Act contained almost 40,000 words or roughly half an issue of the  F0 Reader's Digest.c $ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 1 (1964).c The Glass bill passed the House by a vote of 287 to 85 "in eight days without any public hearing." (11--83). The main House alteration was to delete language requiring the promotion of "stability in the price level." (11--83). The Federal Reserve was created on December 23, 1913 during the Christmas holidays. One promise that was not kept was that by Carter Glass that the Fed would operate under "the X-ray  F of publicity" so that there "can be nothing sinister about its transactions." $ SECRETS at 281. When the FRA was passed, the United States was divided into 12 districts with 12 Federal Reserve banks (Boston, New York, Philidelphia, Cleveland, Richmond, Atlanta, Chicago, St. Louis, Minneapolis, Kansas City, Dallas, San Franciso and St. Louis. (12--59). Missouri won 2 Reserve Banks because the  F Speaker of the House was Champ Clark of Missouri. $ SECRETS at 292. Each national bank became a member-bank of the Federal Reserve Bank in its district was required to furnish capital of that reserve bank and keep a minimum portion of its cash reserves on deposit. (12--59). Under the original FRA, the legal reserves required of national banks in New York, Chicago and St. Louis were reduced from 25% to 18%. This permitted these banks to increase their loans by more than 33%. (12--60). The reserves required of the national banks in the 51 reserve cities were reduced from 25% to 15%. This was an increase in liabilities of over 66%. (12--61). All other national banks had their reserve dropped from 15% to 12% which allowed them an increase in loans of 25%. (12--61). The FRA also changed the required amount of cash to be kept in the vaults of national banks. Before the act, national banks in New York, Chicago and St. Louis were required to keep a cash reserve of 25% in their vaults. After the FRA, the cash was divided between the member banks and the Federal reserve banks: 6/18 to be in cash in member banks, 7/18 in cash deposits with their Federal Reserve Bank and 5/18 in cash with either of the above (12--62). A national bank in New York, Chicago or St. Louis could, after the act, loan $250,000 with a minimum of $15,000 in its vaults whereas before the act loans of $180,000 required a cash reserve of $45,000. (12--62). Similar reductions were permitted for other national banks in different fractions. (12--63). The President of the First National Bank of Chicago, Lynman G. Gage, was asked in 1880 (of 1885): "You keep a generous reserve of cash ON HAND?" He replied: "I should not sleep nights with less than FORTY per cent." After the FRA the required percentage dropped to 7% ON HAND. (12--64). Formerly no interest was paid on  F' reserve balances commercial banks are required to maintain at the 12 Federal Reserve Banks. $ SECRETS at 154. The rule of using other people's money was applied to begin operations: "All national banks had toh)&0*0*0*Ԍsubscribe immediately 3 percent of their capital and surplus for stock in the Federal Reserve System to  F provide it with capital to begin."O $ Donald L. Kemmerer, III DICTIONARY OF AMERICAN BIOGRAPHY 6 (1980).O The "elastic currency" furnished as a purpose of the 1913 act "was later understood as the bankers' right  F  to issue credit and currency in abundance, and later to withdraw money from circulation."O$ RAYMOND C. BAUMGARDNER, OUR WORLD WITHOUT MONEY 64 (1st Ed. 1966).O The monetary reforms of 1913 helped to preserve the status quo and stabilize the old order. The Guggenheims, Seiligmans, Schiffs, Warburgs, Baruchs, Lehmans "and their satellites controlled banking and  Fx politics.">$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 109 (1967).> "Money-center bankers would not only gain dominance over the new central bank, but  F@ would also enjoy new insulation against instability and their own decline."i$ WILLIAM GREIDER, SECRETS OF THE TEMPLE: HOW THE FEDERAL RESERVE RUNS THE COUNTRY 275 (1989).i Over 200 amendments  F to the Federal Reserve Act were approved by Congress between August 4, 1914 and July 5, 1958.>$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 235 (1967).> In 1914 the same banks that had obtained $400 million in deposits by the Czar in 1905 bought the  F controlling number of shares in the Federal Reserve Bank.$ The New York banks were Chase, National City, Guaranty Trust, J.P. Morgan Co., and Hanover Trust. The stock was paid for "with the Czar's sequestered funds." The Czar deposited $3550 million in the Bank of England, $25 million in Barclay's, $30 million in Lloyd's Bank, $100 million in the Bank of France, $80 million in the Rothschild Bank in Paris and $132 million in the Mendelssohn Bank in Berlin.  F  Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 219 (1987). Sir Edward Grey, Foreign Secretary of the Liberal Government (1905-1916) admitted the close relationship between the government and British banking houses: "I regard it as our duty, wherever bona fide British capital is forthcoming in any part of the world and is applying for concessions to which there are no valid political objections, that we should give it the upmost support we can and endeavor to convince the foreign government concerned that it is to its interest as well as our own to give the concessions for railways and so forth to British firms who carry  Fh  them out at reasonable prices and in the best possible way."$ Dietz at 611. In the British-German negotiations over the Bagdad railway in 1914, Sir Ernest Cassell of Cassell and  F Company (British) negotiated with Dr. von Gwinner of the Deutsche Bank (German).$ Dietz at 611-612.  After the  F bankers had negotiated, Sir Edward Grey and the German Ambassador initialed the document.$ Dietz at 612. John Ruskin trained an entire generation of English leaders "who ran England until World War I" and included Cecil Rhodes, future Prime Minister Albert Grey, future Prime Minister Lord Arthur Balfour, sometime British intelligence researcher Arnold Toynbee, British Roundtable founder Lord Alred Milner and  F others.$ UGLY TRUTH at 143. In 1914 the First World War began after the assassination of Archduke of Austria. In 1914 the Fed began operations.  FX  In 1903 Franz Joseph, as head of the Austro-Hungarian empire, vetoed a candidate for pope.8$ Peter de Rosa, VICARS OF CHRIST 255 (1988).8 Franz Joseph of the Merovingian Habsburg dynasty launched World War I after his nephew was  F assassinated in 1914.;$ J.R. Church, GUARDIANS OF THE GRAIL 91 (1989).;  Fx  In April of 1914, Dr. Gerard Encausse wrote in the French Occultist review (Mysteria): "(S)ide by side with the international politics of each State, there exist certain obscure organizations of international politics...The men that take part in these councils are not the professional politicians, or the brilliantly dressed ambassadors, but certain unpretentious, unknown men, high financiers, who are superior to the  F! vain ephemeral politicians who imagine they govern the world."c$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against Man and God 910 (1974).c There are 12 regional reserve banks. (1--264). They were incorporated on May 18, 1914 by 5 regional banks. (1--272). The first and last chance the people of Texas were given to vote on I & R occurred in November of 1914. Senate Joint Resolution 12 by Senator Horace W. Vaughn of Texarkana provided in pertinent part: "The Legislature shall provide by law for submitting to the vote of the people, upon the petition of 20 percent of the qualified voters of the State the enactment of laws and the approval or rejection of any law  F( enacted by the Legislature."0$ AUSTIN AMERICAN (November 3, 1914).0 The amendment to Section I of Article III was defeated with 62,371 votes for and 66,785 against. In the Governor's race 213,000 votes were cast; slightly more than half of theh)'0*0*0*Ԍcitizens cast a vote on the historic but watered-down form of I & R. The proposed amendment passed in Travis County by 623 to 380. It also was approved in Waco by 143 to 131 and in Harris County by 515  F to 355. It failed in Cuero by 54 to 66.2$ AUSTIN AMERICAN 3 (November 4, 1914).2 In 1914 the I & R were presented to the people of Texas in watered-down form and rejected. The movement had successfully obtained woman's sufferage and the direct election of U.S. Senators, had insured secret ballots, presidential primaries, corruption acts and initiative, referendum and recall in many state constitutions. The fires of direct democracy and liberty had been stroked for almost three decades and the apostles of direct democracy, satisfied with the handiwork, paused. Progressivism was "the only reform movement ever experienced by the whole  F@ American nation."M$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 9 (1983).M A cynical, yet accurate, viewpoint of the demise of the movement was provided by Agar: "Unhappily, the so-called Progressive era of Roosevelt, Taft and Wilson represented little more than protest. The Progressives thought all they had to do was to repair the machinery of democratic government and the country would survive. Actually, democracy, is powerless in a world of big business. If it can ever succeed, it must be in Jefferson's world of free farmers,  F  or Bryan's world of the businessman of the cross-roads store.",$ THE PEOPLE'S CHOICE 276 (1933)., Herbert Agar described the period which spawned the Progressives and suggested it was short-lived for lack of a plan: "When the country began to fill up, when in 1890, the old frontier disappeared and there was little more free land, when the time came that intelligent planning was needed to keep the country prosperous, trouble began. By the end of the century, a farmer's revolt and a laborer's revolt had appeared. These revolts found political expression in the progressive movement, which, for a few years improved the moral tone of politics, but which came to nothing because it, too, was  F  without a plan.",$ THE PEOPLE'S CHOICE 198 (1933)., The conservative defenses against the movement included the defense of weak government, the denial  F of class conflict and loyalty to the two major political parties.N$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 16 (1983).N The progressives, carried into lofty heights by their belief in the inherent intelligence and good sense of the average voter, were, perhaps, too hasty at placing questions before the voters. Instead of putting all their ducks in a row, they too enthusiastically attempted to do too much, too soon. As Hoftstadter observed: "Confronted by an array of technical questions, often phrased in legal language, the voters shrank from the responsibilities the new  F system attempted to put upon them."* $ THE AGE OF REFORM 268 (1955).* Woodrow Wilson noted in 1911: "I suppose that there is not a single voter who has ever voted a ticket with more than ten or fifteen names on it who will not admit that he knew nothing about most of the persons he was voting for and cared very little about them. Moreover, it had become obvious to anybody who knows anything about the practical operation of politics that the politicians who make up the long ballots with scores of names on them feel that they have perfect control of all the nominations except for a few conspicious offices. They often feel that they have to be careful about a nomination for governor or for congressmen or for mayor or judge, but, beyond these few conspicious offices, they can do what they please, depending upon the more or less excellent and well known name to pull the rest of the ticket through. This means, of course, that they  F`"  put up for genuine election one or two men and virtually appoint the rest to office."m!$ ADDRESS, "Commission City Government," Seattle, Washington, May 20, 1911, ANNALS OF AMERICA 270.m Faced with a tremendous list of both names and propositions, the voters had ample reason to vote a straight party ticket and vote against questions they could not understand because of legal jargon. The difficulty of having too many ballot choices, at one setting, is that it permits the selection process to dominate and eliminate choice. As Wilson stated in his remarks: "It is evident upon the face of it that this not a process of selection, or election either, on the part of the people. It is a process of appointment at the hands of the political managers. It has become an axiom among those who understand practical politics that if you give the peopleh)(0*0*0*Ԍ F  something to do which they cannot do, you virtually take it away from them."|"$ ADDRESS, "Commission City Government," Seattle, Washington, May 20, 1911, ANNALS OF AMERICA 270. | To eliminate the dominance of the political managers, Wilson suggested no more than five or six candidates: "Five or six men the people can watch and hold responsible; more than five or six would escape their notice and would constitute a crowd which they could not follow either with their applause or their  F censure."m#$ ADDRESS, "Commission City Government," Seattle, Washington, May 20, 1911, ANNALS OF AMERICA 270.m The object of securing accountability was central to Wilson. Power and accountability for its use was a major theme in his political thought. Politicians want to escape notice and review by the public. As he said in 1911: "The thing which the astute politician should most desire is that authority should be as much subdivided as possible; that each officer should have a function so obscure that nobody could have the time or the curiousity to watch him; that there should be no system of central control; that no officer should be subordinated to any other officer; and that, above all, there should be independent elections to the several places to be filled. This delightful confusion constitutes the most admirable opportunity for management and contrivance and private combination imaginable. Anything that simplifies the system of necessity purifies it, because simplification  F  means that there are no hiding places for schemes or 'frame-up' combinations."m$$ ADDRESS, "Commission City Government," Seattle, Washington, May 20, 1911, ANNALS OF AMERICA 270.m The blame game is most effective when authority is allocated so vaguely that the public is confused on who to blame for failures. The need is for authority to be strictly delegated so that the voters can hold good performances and bad performances in mind at the next elections. However, when an official with power is appointed, no elected, not subject to removal, the abuse of authority is almost encouraged from the start. One of the principle elements in the successful drive to awaken the people to corruption and special privilege was publicity. The work of the reformists movement largely relied upon good journalism. They used the social scientist's method of "careful and painstaking gathering of data--and with devastating effects. This investigative function--which was later largely taken over by governmental agencies--proved  Fp absolutely vital in educating and arousing Americans."O%$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 25 (1983).O They relied upon exposure with the muckraker as a central figure. Information and exhortation combined to stimulate action. The muckraker supplied the grievances and the party then suggested remedies. As Hofstadler observed: "What was new in muckracking in the Progressive era was neither its ideas nor its existence, but its reach--its nationwide character and its capacity to draw nationwide attention, the presence of mass muckracking media with national circulations, and huge resources for the research that  F  went into exposure."*&$ THE AGE OF REFORM 187 (1955).* In California William Randolph Hearst's San Franciso "Examiner" battled the Southern Pacific Railroad. Coast to coast his newspapers combated "monopolies, presenting the worker's side of  F labor-management disputes and espousing political, economic and social reforms."R'$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 57 (1964).R In local government Wilson urged the need for publicity: "The indispensable conditions of success in city government, as in all government, are first, publicity, and second, alert public opinion guided in some definite way by those who really understand the business at hand. Nothing ought to be done by a city government, or by any other government, information regarding which is not accessible day by day to any citizen who desires to obtain it. Without publicity, public opinion has not sufficient matter to work upon. With publicity will come the necessity that those who conduct the government should explain the things which are not easily understood by the newspapers or by critics of any kind; and with  F(  the necessity of explaining will come as a natural consequence the necessity of leading."m($ ADDRESS, "Commission City Government," Seattle, Washington, May 20, 1911, ANNALS OF AMERICA 372.m h))0*0*0*Ԍ In some cases the budget for one story ran as high as $4,000--a small fortune in those days. During Roosevelt's first elected term as President, Rep. Joseph C. Sibley of Pennslvania wrote to Standard Oil's John Archbold to suggest that the big corporations join forces and establish a propaganda bureau, get "permanent and healthy control of the Associated Press and other kindred avenues" to create a publicity  F  machine to oppose the movement of interference with business by government.R)$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 77 (1964).R The muck-raking era was brought to a close in 1915 according to Texas Congressman Oscar Callaway. The J.P. Morgan interests got together 12 men "high up in the newspaper world" to select newspapers "to control generally the policy of the daily press of the United States...They found it was necessary to purchase control of 25  F@ of the greatest papers."=*$ 54 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD 2947 (February 9, 1917).= Morgan died in 1917 after controlling 30 banks and corporations.S+$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 105 (1964).S After a time the movement lost its strength and was absorbed into the body politic. In his analysis of the decline of the Progressives, Hofstadler wrote that the progressives had a profound distrust of organizations. They inherited a dislike for the tactics that the machines had used for dominance. The progressive movement lacked the necessary organization with the discipline strong enough to continue  F to oppose the influences they were trying to break up.*,$ THE AGE OF REFORM 269 (1955).* It was not a "unified movement" since the  F reformers had a variety of conflicting positions.M-$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 2 (1983).M Wilson also suggested the futility of attacks on the machine without established organizations of a competing nature. He noted that the complication of affairs gave the "expert" undue importance and that those advisors outwitted the people even with the new forms granting democratic participation: "Our attacks upon the machine are for the most part futile because they ordinarily take the form of still further elaboration of process. We invent some new form of primary, we introduce the practice of the 'initiative' and 'referendum,' we create the privilege of 'recall,' and before we are through we have given the voters so many things to do that they need the assistance of professional advisors in doing them, and can easily be outwitted by these very advisors in the  F  very processes which were meant to free them from control."6.$ II COLLEGE AND STATE 189 (Nov. 18, 1909).6 The result of the compromise between busting the trusts and regulating them led to Big Government: "Interest-group activity gained impetus not only from the dissatisfaction with parties but also from the  F transformation of governance."N/$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 57 (1983).N At a time when the power of Big Business was increasing, the progressive party was swallowed up by the Democratic and Republican parties. The counter-balance to the now multi-national corporations, banks and other organized special interests, has again become obvious as domination and exploitation of the people through appointed and elected individuals in the bureaucratic, executive, legislative and judicial branches. The movement was laid to rest prematurely and must again arise to the new grave challenges. The secret not taught in public education, yet suspected by many apathetic voters, is that appointed boards and commissions have a great deal to do with the fact that although new faces may be re-elected, the general policies of the government do not change. The appointments are often granted to repay political campaign debts and contributors of money or assistance. Jefferson divided humanity into two basis camps: "Men by their constitutions are naturally divided into two parties: 1. Those who fear and distrust the people, and wish to draw all powers from them into the hands of the higher classes. 2. Those who identify themselves with the people, have confidence in them, cherish and consider them as the most honest and safe, although not the most wise depository of the public interests." Hamilton expressed a weakness in republican government: "(T)hose who administer it may forget their obligations to their constituents, and prove unfaithful to their important trust." At least those who are elected must consider what the people want to hear. Appointed officials who are given their office in repayment of time, services rendered or contributions view their positions as their rightful property or return on an investment. In August of 1915 Elihu Root wrote that: "The one, the true one, looks upon appointment to office with a view to the service that can be given to the public. The other, the false one,h)*0*0*0*Ԍlooks upon appointment to office with a view to what can be gotten out of it." John Stuart Mill warned that: "In no government will the interests of the people be the object, except where the people are able to dismiss their rulers as soon as their devotion of those rulers to the interests of the people becomes questionable." W.W.I--German Kaiser--sent troops to get Gate of Istar-- Gate of Babylon--from Iraq. Empire of anti-christ. Restoration of Babylon in midst of Iran-Iraq war. Calls himself the new Nubachdeiser. Moslems anti-new world order. Bush told Congress new world order will be in place once Persian Gulf is over.  F  In 1915 perhaps the world's worst blooper occurred when the Washington Post reported that Wisoon  F` spent his afternoon "entering" (rather than entertaining) his fiancee.K0$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).K Secretary of State William Jennings Bryan, a neutralist, resigned in 1915 "as Wilson moved inexorably toward participation in the war on specious grounds." The promise of American participation led the  FH leaders of Britain and France to hold out.1$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 297 (1980). In 1916, at a time when momentous decisions were being made in foreign policy, Wilson felt increased tension, showed irritability and displayed intolerance toward  F any opposition "with outbursts of anger over trivia."2$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 297 (1980). Wilson was "a cultural Anglophile and mistakenly thought he was doing England a favor, as well as American bankers who had lent heavily to  Fh Great Britain and France with the blessings of the government."3$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 297298 (1980). For 121 years America had maintained Washington's policy of avoiding permanent entanglement and alliances with other nations until Woodrow Wilson's war message to Congress in April 1917. One of  F Wilson's major campaign promises was that he would keep us out of the European war.:4$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 1 (1962).: In 1940  FP FDR campaigned like Wilson did in 1916 on the promise to keep the U.S. out of the European war.;5$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 17 (1962).; On May 27, 1916, Wilson made his first speech endorsing the idea of world government--in the form  F of the League to Enforce Peace.:6$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 2 (1962).: In September 1916, Wilson appointed a "brain trust" of 150 to draw up a charter for world government. The League of Nations Covenant was prepared for a new socialist one-world to follow WWI. But things went sour at the Paris Peace Conference and the Senate made it plain it would not authorize the U.S. to  F become part of a world federation.<7$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 2-3 (1962).< At the urging of House, Wilson in September of 1916 appointed a committee of 150 to draw up a charter for world government. The group included college professors, graduate students, lawers, economics and writers. Individuals on the committee included Walter Lippman (columnist), Norman Thomas (head of the American Socialist Party), Allen Dulles (later head of CIA),  F John Foster Dulles (later Secretary of State) and Christian A. Herter (former Secretary of State).:8$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 2 (1962).: John Foster Dulles and Allen Dulles became senior partners at the firm of Sullivan and Cromwell. That firm was chief legal counsel to J. Henry Schroeder Bank which helped finance Hilter's rise to power  F initially aided by the Warburg-controlled Mendelsohn Bank of Amsterdam.99$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 95 (1985).9 Woodrow Wilson knew four days beforehand that the Luitania was carrying six-million rounds of ammunition plus explosions and weapons and thus that passengers proposing to sail were violating U.S.  F(# law.N:$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 175 (1976).N In the Income Tax Act of 1916, the Bank of England was empowered to assess and tax itself with  F% "nobody in control." The same privilege was given to the Bank of Ireland in 1918.H;$ DENIS FAHEY, MONEY MANIPULATION AND SOCIAL ORDER 14 (1944).H In 1916 Perkins was chairman of the Progressive Convention and delayed the nomination until the Republican nomination was made against White, Ickes, Pinchot and others. When the delegates to the convention finally met, they could not support Republican businessman Hughes and they "rebelled,  Fh) overrode Perkins and nominated Roosevelt anyway."G<$ Russel B. Nye, MIDWESTERN PROGRESSIVE POLITICS 274 (1959).G By 1916 the Bull Moose party had virtuallyh)+0*0*0*Ԍcollapsed, and convervatives were in unchallenged control of the GOP. Wilson was opposed by progressives who believed that bankers and industrialists had caused America to enter World War I in April 1917  F "in order to protect their loans to the Allied nations, especially Great Britain."O=$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 106 (1983).O In Senate Document No. 346, it is stated: "The responsibility for World War I rests solely upon the shoulders of the International Financiers. It is they, upon whose heads the blood of millions of dying  F rest."A>$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 74 (1st Ed. 1963).A "Morgan was instrumental in pushing U.S. into WWI to protect his loans to British  Fx government."S?$ Gary Allen and Larry Abraham, NONE DARE CALL IT CONSPIRACY 52 (1971).S  F  Felix FrankfurterU@$ Frankfurter, a Viennese Jew, was appointed Justice on the Supreme Court by FDR. General Hugh Johnson said he was "the most powerful single individual in the United States." It was estimated that he was responsible for choosing 125 individuals for key positions in government. FDr admitted his Jewish  FX extraction. George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 107 (1940). In 1932 he put together FDR's "brain  F  trust." James Reston, Memphis Commercial Appeal 6 (June 25, 1976). He "was founder on the A.C.L.U."  F The New Standard Jewish Encyclopedia 70 (1970). Hamilton Fish, Jr.'s Congressional Committeee said in a January 17, 1931 special report: "The A.C.L.U. is closely affiliated with the communist movement in the U.S. and fully 90% of its efforts are on behalf of communists."U said: "The real rulers in Washington are invisible, and exercise power from behind the scenes." In 1917, as secretary and counsel to President Wilson's Mediation Commission, he agitated for the release of Tom Mooney, who along with W. K. Billings, had been convicted for bombing  F` the San Francisco Preparedness Day Parade which killed 10 and wounded 50 on July 22, 1916.JA$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 67-68 (1970).J In 1917 British Prime Minister Arthur James Balfour promised to help find a home. England assumed control of Palestine after WWI and Jewish immigration increased rapidly. In 1917 the Catholic Canon Law was promulgated providing that "ipso factor excommunication" is incurred by "those who enrol in the masonic sect or in other associations of the same sort which plot  F against the Church or the legitimate civil authorities."NB$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 247 (1984).N Lord Kitchener, under Cecil Rhodes, established concentration camps to hold captured Boars. Eventually some 117,000 Boers were imprisoned in 46 camps. Between 18,000-26,000 died in the camps--many from disease. "It was tantamount to mass murder." Before Nazi Germany and communist  F Russia there was South Africa.:C$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 364 (1990).: A Secret Society was established by Cecil Rhodes in connection with Rothschild, Morgan, Carnegie, and Rockefeller. A small highly secret group called the Round Table  FP directed operations.>D$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 50 (1970).> The key financer of the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia, Lord Alfred Milner, ran the secret society for Rothschild (who was dropped from mention in Rhode's last and next-to-last  F will).<E$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 91-92 (1985).< George Louis Beer, a member of the Round Table group since about 1912, was one of the  F instigators of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations.JF$ Carroll Quigley, THE ANGLO-AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 168 (1981).J Associates of J.P. Morgan and Company created an American parallel group to the Milner Group before  F8 the first World War.JG$ Carroll Quigley, THE ANGLO-AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 260 (1981).J The two groups were established to prevent the American people to react with  F patriotic fury if it was discovered that the CFR was in fact a subsidiary of the British Round Table.9H$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 93 (1985).9 The British counter-part of the Illuminati is called the British Institute of International Affairs. There are also organizations in France, Germany and other nations. These and their front organizations infiltrate every phase of their nation's affairs "but, at all times, the operations of these organizations were and are masterminded and controlled by the Internationalist bankers who, in turn, were and are controlled by the  F Rothschilds."2I$ Myron Fagan, THE ILLUMINATI 2 (1967).2 At the Congress of Vienna the first attempt at one world government was made by the Rothschilds "on the theory that all the crowned heads of European governments were so deeply in debt to them that they would willingly or unwillingly serve as their stooges. But the Czar of Russia caught the stench of the plot and completely torpedoed it. The enraged Nathan Rothschild, then the head of that dynasty, vowed that someday he or his descendents would destroy the Czar and his entire family, and his  F! descendents did accomplish that very threat in 1917."2J$ Myron Fagan, THE ILLUMINATI 2 (1967).2 According to the French writer, Jean Drault, old Amschel Mayer said to customers in his shop: "One  F# day this flag will rule the world!"WK$ F ԍ Louis Marschalko, The World Conquerors 51 (Undated).W Before World War I, a picture postcard was sold in Jewish shops in Russia, Lithuania and Poland. A rabbi was shown holding the Torah in one hand and in the other Nicholas II, the Czar of Russia. Under the picture was the (here translated) caption: "This sacrificial animal  FH& shall be my absolution, it will be my substitute and expiatory offering."lL$ F ԍ Louis Marschalko, The World Conquerors 49 (Undated). See Leviticus 16:15.l  Five families to study closely are the Morgans, the Schiffs, the Rothschilds, the Rockefellers and the Warburgs: h),0*0*0*Ԍ "Among the leaders of world communism acclaimed by Quigley are the Rockefellers and Morgans...as well as...Schiffs, Warburgs and most of the Rothschilds. Jacob Schiff is credited with giving $20 million to the Bolshevik revolution. A year after his death, the Boshevics deposited over 600 million rubles to Schiff's banking firm, Kuhn and Loeb. It was Jacob Schiff and his family who played a prominent role in developing the Reform and Conservative apostate Jewish movements and who aided them at critical stages of their development in putting into action the demonic masterplan to undermine all world religions.  Fx  Fragmentation and divide and conquer tactics were the order of the day."LM$ Rabbi Marvin S. Antelman, TO ELIMINATE THE OPIATE 26-27 (1974).L Max Warburg ran the M.N. Warburg Company in Frankfurt, was a major financier of the Boshevic Revolution and his bank financed Hitler. Paul Warburg married Nina Loeb while Felix married Frieda  F Schiff. The Rothschilds and the Schiffs shared a double house in Frankfurt.IN$ Rabbi Marvin S. Antelman, TO ELIMINATE THE OPIATE 82 (1974).I Lenin was given money by Jacob Schiff, Guggenheim, Max Breitung, and the banking house of Kuhn,  F Loeb and Co. whose directors were Schiff@O$ It is said Jacob Schiff arrived in 1868 as did Adolph Ladenburg. Another source says he emmigrated to the U.S. in 1865 and obtained a job as a clerk in a brokerage house. Kuhn, Loeb and Company was founded in 1867 with $500,000 by Abraham Kuhn and Solomon Loeb (retired Cinncinati clothing merchants). The company "financed some of the great American railroads." In the eighteeth century the Schiffs and Rothschilds shared a double house in Frankfurt banking circles. Schiff reportedly bought his partnership with Kuhn, Loeb and Company with Rothschild money. DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 26 (1981). The head of Kuhn was Jacob Schiff "whose family ties with the Rothschilds went back a century." James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 21 (1988). Jacob Schiff came from a family of German-Jewish bankers who at one time shared the two-family house in Frankfurt where Mayer Rothschild lived. Joseph J. Thorndike, Jr., THE VERY RICH 174 (1976). Schiff was a German Illuminist on a mission for the House of Rothschild to get control of the U.S. monetary system. He bought out Kuhn, Loeb & Co. with Rothschild money. The directorships he held included the New York City National Bank, the Equitable Life Assurance Society and the Union Pacific Railroad. William Josiah Sutton, THE NEW AGE MOVEMENT 234 (1983). The money for his control of the company has been linked to the Rothschilds who were heavily involved in railroads in Europe: "Liberal amounts of Rothschild funds had enabled Jacob Schiff to purchase a partnership in Kuhn, Loeb Company and less than 20 years later acheive an unchallenged domination over the largest railway system of the United States." H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 95 (1967). One of Sara Warburg's daughters married Paul Schiff who was director of the Creditanstalt in Vienna. Schiff obtained silver ignots for Hamburg around 1857 which increased the prestige of the Warburgs. Wechberg at 144. Dorothy Schiff's cousin Carola Warburg was Mrs. Walter N. Rothschild. Jeffrey Potter, MEN, MONEY & MAGIC 22 (1976). Felix Warburg (1871-1937), Paul's brother, married Frieda Schiff (daughter of Jacob Schiff). Wechberg at 146. The marriage occurred in 1895 and the couple settled in New York. Barnard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY? 188 (1988). Paul Warburg married Nina Loeb, daughter of Solomon Loeb of Kuhn, Loeb and Company. His brother Felix married Frieda Schiff, daughter of Jacob Schiff, the ruling power behind Kuhn, Loeb and Company: "Paul and Felix were connected through marriage to the New York firm of Kuhn, Loeb and Company, which was then second only to the Morgans as an issuing house in America. This connection gave the Warburgs a special position in the international banking world." Wechberg at 146. Jacob Schiff married Therese (Loeb's eldest daughter) on May 6, 1875. James Trager, THE PEOPLE'S CHRONOLOGY 558 (1979). He married Solomon Loeb's daughter Therese. "Within a few years of his arrival in New York and his marriage to Therese Loeb, he had pushed his gentle father-in-law into the background and taken over the direction of the banking house." Soon the company was "deep into the great and risky business of railroad finance." Thorndike at 174. Both Paul and Felix Warburg became partners in Kuhn, Loeb and Company (hence Paul was a partner of Jacob Schiff). Schiff was a partner of Paul Warburg. Epperson at 109. Jacob Henry Schiff was invited to join Kuhn, Loeb and Company when he was 28 years old. At age 38 he headed the firm. Barnard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY? 184 (1988). On January 1, 1875, Schiff was admitted as a partner in Kuhn, Loeb & Co.. In 1877 he moved the firm into railroad financing in 1877 by underwriting a loan to Chicago's North Western. After Kuhn's retirement in 1885, he headed the company, with the help of Abraham Wolff. James Trager, THE PEOPLE'S CHRONOLOGY 558 (1979). Jacob H. Schiff, a Jewish immigrant from Germany, was Kuhn, Loeb & Company's "guiding spirit" who became a partner in 1875. He spent 46 years with the firm. He saved Union Pacific when it was thought impossible. In 1897 President McKinley approved its reorganization. Wechsberg at 146. Paul M. Warburg also took part in the reorganization of the Union Pacific. Barnard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY? 173 (1988). Schiff became a Wall Street legend for his part in the battle for control of the Northern Pacific Railroad between E. H. Harriman (Schiff's man) and James J. Hill (backed by J.P. Morgan). The share price of the railroad went from $100 to $1000 in one week during the battle. "On the record Hill won, some say because Harriman's last order to keep onh)0*0*0*Ԍbuying arrived at Schiff's office on a Saturday, when Schiff was in the synagogue." Thorndike at 174. Hill kept control of the Northern Pacific but Harriman still held Union Pacific. "Schiff, alone among investment bankers, was thereafter recognized as Morgan's peer." Throndike at 174. On May 6, 1901, Wall Street panicked as brokerage houses sold stock to raise funds to cover their short positions in Northern Pacific Railroad stock. Harriman and Schiff along with James Tillman of New York's National City Bank competed for control of the railroad controlled by J.P. Morgan and and James J. Hill of Candian Pacific. Stillman's bank was the repository of John D. Rockefeller's Standard Oil Company Money. Schiff and Harriman had acquired control of the Union Pacific, the Southern Pacific, and the SP's susidiary the Central Pacific and now sought control of the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy to gain access to Chicago. When the shares got to $1000, they grew frightened and let short-sellers cover their positions at $150 a share. They joined forces to form the Northern Securities Company, a holding company which controlled the Great Northern and the Chicago, Burlington & Quincy as well at the Northern Pacific. Trager at 679. See Supreme Court ruling 1904. See Charles Stillman 1850. In his speech to the New York Chamber of Commerce just before the Panic of 1907, Jacob Schiff said: "Unless we have a central bank with adequate control of credit resources, this country is going to undergo the most severe and far-reaching money panic in its history." H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 111 (1967). In the spring of 1905 the Fabian Society met with the Bolseviks in London. Joseph Fels, a wealthy American soap manufacturer, gave loans as did other members of the non-violent society. Epperson at 101. On May 1, 1905, on the anniversity of the founding of the Illuminati, Lenin began the Russian Revolution. Epperson at 102. The Czar of Russia deposited $400 million in the Chase Bank (Rockefellers), the National City Bank, Guaranty Bank (Morgans), the Hanover Trust Bank and the Manufacturer's Trust Bank. He also deposited some $80 million in the Rothschild Bank in Paris. Epperson at 102. "It will be seen, that, in deciding how finances should be arranged to finance Lenin and Trotsky, to overthrow the Russian government, delegates from ALL waring ations attended. It was finally decided that the banking house of Kuhn-Leob of New York, should place $50 million (about $450 million in 1988 dollars) to the credit of Lenin and Trotsky into the Bank of Sweden. Both British and American intelligence officers reported these facts to their respective governments in 1917." Comdr. R.C.N. William Guy Carr, THE PAWNS IN THE GAME. Pope Pius XI wrote: "We are well aware that not a few of them (the people in Russia) groan beneath the yoke imposed on them by men who in very large part are strangers to the real interests of the country." Fahley at 13. From the day he was placed at the head of Kuhn, Loeb & Co., Schiff's behavior was that of an avowed enemy of Russia. W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 33-34 (1st Ed. 1963). Kuhn, Loeb and Company floated several Japanese loans during the Russo-Japanese war. Schiff called the Russian government an "enemy of mankind" because of its treatment of Jews. Wechsberg at 147. J.P. Morgan, the First National Bank and the National City Bank, along with Schiff, loaned $30 million to Japan to attack Russia from the east. Epperson at 102. In 1906 Schiff's firm helped float loans to Japan that totaled $400 million. He was the first private westerner to be received by the emperor. Barnard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY? 184 (1988). When Lord Reading came to New York for a WWI loan for the British and French, Schiff demanded assurances that none of the benefits would pass to the Russian government. When no such assurances were made, Kuhn, Loeb and Company withdrew although individual partners (including Schiff's son) subscribed. Wechsberg at 147. h)0*0*0*Ԍ In 1911 under the Taft administration, Schiff was very instrumental in getting the commercial treaty between the United States and Russia repealed because of Russia's "discrimination against Jews holding American passports." Barnard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY? 184 (1988). Wilson was also supported by members of the banking dynasties--Jacob Schiff, Benard Baruch, Henry Morgenthau, Thomas Fortune Ryan and the publisher of the New York Times (Adolph Ochs). Kolko at 205 and 211. Roosevelt was given enough support to divide Taft's Republican vote and elect Wilson in 1912. Skousen at 19. He also supported the candidacy of Woodrow Wilson. Kolko at 205 and 211. Jakob Schiff, wealthy American banker, had a part to play in the Russian Revolution. Emil Ludwig, in JUNE 1914, referred to a telegram send by Lord Rothschild to Wilhelm II on the eve of the war: "This Banker could have embarassed us as much as Schiff of New York embarrassed Russia." W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 33-34 (1st Ed. 1963). According to the French High Commissioner, in February of 1916 it was learned that a Revolution was being fomented in Russia. Jakob Schiff, Kuhn, Loeb & Co. (Directors were Jakob Schiff, Felix Warburg, Otto Kahn, Mortimer Schiff, Jerome H. Hanauer), Guggenheim and Max Breitung. W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 38 (1st Ed. 1963). Boris Brasol, in THE WORLD AT THE CROSS ROADS, revealed that a February 15, 1916 secret report was received by the Imperial Russia General Headquarters from one of its agents in New York. On February 14, 1916, the first confidential meeting of the Russian Revolutionary Party of America took place in the East Side of New York City. There were 62 delegates present--fifty of which were veterans of the revolution of 1905--the other twelve being new members. A large percentage of the delegates were Jews. The proceedings of this clandestine meeting were almost entirely on the finding of ways and means to start a great revolution in Russia since the "most favorable moment for it is close at hand." Money was the only problem and ample funds were promised with "the name of Jacob Shiff" being repeatedly mentioned. Fahley at 6-7. House Banking and Currency Commitee Chairman Louis McFadden said that the private banking monopolies "financed Trotsky's mass meetings of discontent and rebellion in New York. They paid Trotsky's passage from New York to Russia so he might assist in the destruction of the Russian empire. They fomented and instigated the Russian Revolution and they placed a large fund of American dollars at Trotsky's disposal in on of their branch banks in Sweden." Epperson at 103. Wilson's administration obtained Trotsky's release when he was held by authorities in Canada. Charles Crane, Chairman of the Democratic Finance Committee, was accompanying Trotsky. Epperson at 103-104. In 1916 a notorious meeting was held in Stockholm between the former Russian Minister of the Interior Protopoff and Max Warburg (whose two brothers were members of the international banking firm of Kuhn, Loeb and Company in which Jacob Schiff was a senior member). Fahley at 7; Brasol at 70-71. The British financiers gave funds to Trotsky as far back as 1907. The Morgan-Rothschild-Rhodes group's front men, Sir George Buchanan and Lord Alfred Milner provided major subsidies for the Bolshevik Revolution around 1917. Jacob Schiff told his grandson he gave $20 million as reported in the February 3, 1949 issue of the New York Journal-American. Skousen at 40-41; Epperson at 109. In April of 1917 Jakob Schiff openly boasted of being instrumental in overthrowing the Czarist regime by his financial support of the Russian Revolution. W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 33-34 (1st Ed. 1963). In the Spring of 1917 Schiff began subsidizing Trotsky along with Max Warburg and Olaf Aschberg (Nye Bankers of Stockholm), the Rhine-Westphalian Syndicate and Jivotovsky (a wealthy industrialist whose daughter later married Trotsky). During the 1919 investigations by the Senate Overman Committee, the subject of where Trotsky got some $10,000 was followed by adjournment of the committee. When it reopened, that subject was no longer of interest. Epperson at 103. The Czar abdicated on March 15, 1917. Epperson at 102. The Bolseviks replaced the Kerensky government on November 7, 1917. Epperson at 104. British documents suggested that Wilson backed a secret mission to Russia in 1917 to rescue Czar Nicholas and his family in 1918. The U.S. government put $75,000 at the disposal of Sir William Wiseman, a partner in the New York banking House of Kuhn, Loeb & Company. Epperson at 105. The complete text of the March 3, 1918 Brest-Litovsk Treaty guaranteed that "no harm" would come to the Romanovs. Epperson at 106. On October 20, 1918, Lenin stated: "I am frequently accused of havingh)0*0*0*Ԍwon our revolution with the aid of German money. I have never denied the fact, nor do I do so now. I will add though, that with Russian money we shall stage a similar revolution in Germany." W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 35 (1st Ed. 1963). The French Intelligence Service reported that Schiff had donated $12 million to Russian revolutionaries before the revolution. The Bolsheviks transferred 600 million roubles in gold between 1918 and 1922 to Kuhn, Loeb & Co. W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 34 (1st Ed. 1963). Jacob Schiff, according to his grandson, bragged that he had personally put up $20 million. JACOB SCHIFF, NEW YORK JOURNAL-AMERICAN, Feb. 3, 1949. Schiff contributed funds for the creation of the University of Chicago. (19--170). Hull House Professor J. Laurence Laughlin was Economics Department Head at the University of Chicago and was under Yale Professor William Rainey Harper--who was brought in upon Jacob Schiff's recommendation. (19--172). The money to found the CFR came in part from Jacob Schiff. Epperson at 197. The CFR was incorporated in 1921 and took off in 1927. Courtney at 1. Jacob Schiff "lived in the grand style" with a mansion on Fifth Avenue, a place on the Jersey shore for the early summer, and another at Bar Harbor for the late summer. With the exception of August Belmont, most of the Jewish families kept to their own social sphere (OUR CROWD) and "set their faces against intermarriage with Gentiles." Throndike at 174. Schiff used charity as cover for his One World Government activities. He was one of the most important successors of Albert Pike. William Josiah Sutton, THE NEW AGE MOVEMENT 235 (1983). Jacob H. Schiff has been described as a member of "the newly rich American Jewish community" and it is said one of his favorite sayings is that "Twice blessed is he who gives in secret." When he son-in-law Felix began to build "an elaborate mansion on Fifth Avenue, he responded by stopping speaking to him. Stephen Birmingham, AMERICA'S SECRET ARISTOCRACY 228 (1987). After Morti Schiff had put in a year with the Great Northern Railroad, Jacob Schiff decided to send him to the Montagu House in London and then to M.M. Warburg & Co. in Hamburg. Jeffrey Potter, MEN, MONEY & MAGIC 23 (1976). In London Morti Schiff was taken under the wing of Sir Ernest Cassel. Cassel encouraged his spending money because "a gentleman must learn how to spend gracefully." Jeffrey Potter, MEN, MONEY & MAGIC 23 (1976). Morti Schiff went to Europe often for Kuhn, Loeb & Co. and for cures. He also had French stables. Jeffrey Potter, MEN, MONEY & MAGIC 40 (1976). Mortimer L. Schiff was President of the Boy Scouts of America. Wechsberg at 147. @, Felix WarburgNP$ In the 16th century Simon von Cassel was a pawnbroker and money dealer. He got permission to settle in Warburg in 1559. Wechsberg at 142. Marcus Gumprich Warburg moved to Hamburg in 1773 when the situation for Jews eased. Weshsberg at 142. M.M. Warburg and Company was founded in Hamburg in 1798 by two brothers--Moses Marcus and Gerson Warburg. Joseph Wechsberg, THE MERCHANT BANKERS 141 (1966). Abraham Samuel Warburg (Mose's son-in-law) took over the firm when the brothers died. Wechsberg at 143. Abraham's widow Sara ran the bank until joined by her sons Siegmund and Mortiz. Wechberg at 144. Mortiz Warburg had sons known as the "Five Hamburgers" while the Rothschild sons were called the "Five Frankfurters." Wechberg at 144. There were intermarriages between the Hapsburgs and Warburgs (Rosenbergs, Gunzburgs, Oppenheims and Goldschmidts). Wechsberg at 144. The Warburgs were dealing with the Rothschilds as early as 1814. Wechsberg at 143. Siegmund had "close connections with Baron Lionel von Rothschild in London. In 1872 the Warburgs subscribed to a Rothschild loan to France. Weschsberg at 145. Moritz "had friendly connections with Baron Alphonse Rothschild in Paris, Baron Leopold in London, Baron Albert in Vienna." Weschsberg at 145. The Warburgs--like the Rothschilds--almost always use the family's traditional first names. Wechsberg at 149. Aby Warburg, the oldest son of Moritz, founded the Warburg Institute--attached to the University of London. He was known as the Professor. Wechberg at 144. The Warburg family was the primary stockholder in the Reichsbank--the central bank of Germany. (1--172). Chase Manhatten Bank is named after Sean Chase who immigrated from Ireland in 1845. A wealthy madame left him 3 bawdy houses in her will, a distillery and enough money to get into money-lending. He joined Tammany Hall and his bank went from a usury house to a respectable banking house. His son, Charles, married into the Rockefeller family while hinting his relation was Salmon P. Chase. Charley Chase the First, a Havard law graduate, attracted Jacob Schiff's attention. Schiff was Rothschild's Agent. The Chase connection provided an in to the rackets and labour. Chase accepted Kuhn & Loab money and became second in orbit behind Morgan/Rockefeller First National. CREATIVE FRAUD 45 (1978). In 1910, Ford Moore, 26-year-old-son of the millionaire owner of the Rock Island Railroad, "died of a heart attack brought about by a prolonged orgy." He had stopped first at the Everleigh Club. The Everleigh sisters plied their trade from 1900 to 1910 when the mayor of Chicago had them closed down. The sisters left behind a fortune. Dana Thomas, THE MONEY CROWD 37 (1973). Charles helped create climate for acceptance of the National Monetary Commission of 1907 and helped pass the Volstead Act of 1920 (a fait accompli in 1917). CREATIVE FRAUD 46 (1978). Schiff formed Northern Securities Company following the idiom of Cle du Nord in France. The "Unholy 100 Club" included Morgan, Rockefeller, Roosevelt, Vanderbilt, Vanderlip, Chase, and Biddle. CREATIVE FRAUD 46 (1978). The Chase family backed Carry Nation with her prohibition band wagon. This was a Schiff, Rockefeller and Chase ruse to force independent brewery and distillery owners to join the 100 club. The 100 became the Fortune 500. CREATIVE FRAUD 47 (1978). Under the Volstead Act, Warburg and Rockefeller money was ran through Chase Bank for rum running. CREATIVE FRAUD 47 (1978). John D. Rockefeller bought Chase Bank while his brother William bought the National City Bank of New York. Chase was then merged with Warburg's Mahattan Bank to form Chase-Manhattan "the most powerful financial combine in the world today." Skousen at 16. The Warburg family owned the Manhattan Bank which later became Chase Manhattan (after merging with the Warburg bank). The founder of Chase National Bank, John Thompson, named his bank after Chief Justice Chase. Epperson at 162. (But See Sean Chase). William B. Thompson, the director of the New York Federal Reserve bank, gave a personal contribution of $1 million to the Bolsheviks. He also was a heavy stockholder in the Chase National Bank owned by the Rockefellers. Epperson at 109. Max and Paul placed a loan of $80 million (marks) in treasury bonds in the USA in 1900 and later the firm joined the inner sanctum of German financiers. Wechsberg at 147. The Hamburg Warburgs were invited by Kuhn, Loeb and Company to participate in floating Japanese loans which Max Warburg discussed in London with delegate Korekiyo Takahashi (who later became Prime Minister) who was assassinated in 1936. Wechsberg at 146. Max was the head of the Bank of Germany. ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 25 (1973). Maxh)0*0*0* helped finance the Russian Bolshevik Revolution from Germany. DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 26 (1981). Max Warburg provided the major share of the funds for the Bolshevik Revolution. Other internation bankers that contributed were Olaf Oschberg of the Nye Banken of Stockholm, the Rhine Westphalian Syndicate, and a wealthy banker named Jivotovsky whose daughter later married Leon Trotsky. Skousen at 41. Lenin left Switzerland in an armored train, and was protected by German troops (rather than made a prisoner of war) at the time Germany was at war with Russia. His destination was Sweden where he obtained about $22 million marks from a Swedish bank. Epperson at 104. Between 1918 and 1922, Lenin shipped more than 600 million worth of rubles in gold to Kuhn, Loeb and Company. Skousen at 41; Arsene de Goulevitch, CZARISM AND THE REVOLUTION; Anthony C. Sutton (Hoover Institute at Standford University), WESTERN TECHNOLOGY AND SOVIET ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT--1917-1930 (1968). This firm had both Paul and Felix Warburg as partners with Jacob Schiff and Otto Kahn. Paul Warburg was taken to the signing of the Treaty of Versailles by Woodrow Wilson. Max Warburg was a member of the German delegation, President of the M.N. Warburg and Co. and helped Lennin in crossing war-torn Germany during his return to Russia from exile in Switzerland. Epperson at 109. Max (with firm member Dr. Carl Melchior) was a delegate to Versailles and resigned in protest before the German Assembly voted for the treaty. Wechsberg at 155. In 1924 Coudenhove-Kalergi founded the Pan-European Union after receiving a call from Baron Louis Rothschild. Rothschild said one of his friends, Max Warburg, had read his book. "To my great surprise, Warburg spontaneously offered us 60,000 gold marks, to tide the movement over for its first three years." He described Max: "Max Warburg, who was one of the most distinquished and wisest men that I have ever come into contact with, had a principle of financing these movements...He remained a convinced Pan European for his entire life and we were bound by a warm friendship until his death in 1946." UGLY TRUTH at 211. Count Richard Coudenhove-Kalergi "is the subject of thick dossiers at every police headquarters in Europe." UGLY TRUTH at 209. The Hamburg bank was the first German bank to get a dollar credit from International Acceptance Bank in New York--chaired by Paul Warburg. Wechsberg at 148. The German bank was established with the help of the Warburgs in 1923 "which issued its own notes based on gold and received gold through the help of the Warburgs." Wechsberg at 148. When depositors withdrew large amount of foreign money in 1930 from the Hamburg bank, Max successfully went to New York to seek help from Felix and Paul. Wechsberg at 148. In 1931 the Austrian Creditbank in Vienna collapsed. In the period December 21-31, 1930, the Warburgs had to repay 80% of their foreign depositors and 50% of the German depositors. Wechsberg at 148. Baron Louis von Rothschild agreed to have the Rothschild-controlled Creditanstalt take over a failing agricultural bank--the Bodernkreditanstalt in 1929-1930. Even the Rothschilds could not prevent the crash. Wechsberg at 164. Germany's "British and American creditors were the underwriters for the Nazi's rise to power." (19--50). It was those creditors who "advised Germany to suspend its foreign commitments and authorized it to put into effect, with the blessings of its creditors, the system that was to enable Dr. Schacht and Hitler to finance war preparations and finally unleash war itself." Jacques Rueff, THE MONETARY SINS OF THE WEST 53 (1972). Max's only son Eric M. Warburg became a partner in the Hamburg firm in 1929. Wechsberg at 148. The moratorium was an amicable exchange between the London, New York and German branches of the Warberg and Schroeder banking houses. (19--50). Paul and Max jointly decided "in 1931 to deny Germany further credits and to precipitate the great 1931 European banking crisis. The Morgan-influenced American Secretary of State, Henry Stimson, proposed the 1931 moratorium in a way that ensured Hitler's ascendency in Germany." (19--50). Dr. Schacht was the President of the Reichsbank. T. L. Jarman, THE RISE AND FALL OF NAZI GERMANY 173 (1961). Max Warburg remained Schacht's deputy at the Reichsbank until 1938. (19--50). Hjalmar Schacht was Nazi Economics Minister. (19--5). Max headed the German Secret Service and at the time of the Versailles Treaty was not only in charge of Germany's finances--he was the leader of the German espionage system. Epperson at 261. In 1938 Max was informed by Schacht that the Warburg firm was no longer a member of theh)0*0*0*ԌReichsanleihe-Konsortium. Wechsberg at 149. Max's motto was "en avant." Wechberg at 146. Paul Mortiz Warburg (1868-1932) was born in Hamburg, Germany on August 10, 1868. Paul Warburg's family banking house of M. M. Warburg of Hamburg and Amsterdam "was the chief representative of the great European banking family, the Rothschilds." H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 95 (1967). Paul Warburg grew up in his father's banking house in Hamburg, Germany. The bank, like the Rothschilds', dated back to the late eighteenth century. WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 25 (1976). Warburg testified in 1913 that he studied banking in London and Paris..." (1--173). Later he lived in England and in France where he served the Russian Bank for Foreign Trade which had an agency in Paris. WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 26 (1976). Before going to the U.S. he also went to India, Japan and China. WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 26 (1976). Paul Warburg, a Rothschild associate, immigranted to the U.S. in 1902. James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 21 (1988). He joined the banking firm of his father-in-law--Solomon Loeb--of Kuh, Loeb and Company. He "married the daughter of founder Loeb and moved to New York in 1902." Wechberg at 146. His response to the Panic of 1907 was: "Let us get a national (central) clearing house..." (1--173). He played the most significant role in getting the Federal Reserve adopted. Stephen Birmingham, OUR CROWD 400 (1967). Paul was awarded a $500,000 a year salary "to go up and down the country preparing the climate for a central banking system in the United States." Skousen at 17; James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 21 (1988). On July 27, 1910, the Currency committee of the Merchants of New York recognized a proposed United Reserve Bank as the plan of Paul Warberg "to end all currency famines and relieve the national treasury of all responsibility for the money market, international exchanges and movements of gold." Coogan at 236. In the spring of 1911 the "National Citizens League for the Promotion of a Sound Banking System" was set up by Warburg and other New York bankers who "arranged to have the league centered in Chicago." Kolko at 186. The front organization was headed by J. Lawrence Laughlin of the Rockefeller-dominated University of Chicago. His former student and close confidante H. Parker Willis wrote the Aldrich bill in new dress. Skousen at 20. Col. Ely Garrison, friend and financial advisor to Theodore Roosevelt and Woodrow Wilson, wrote: "Mr. Paul Warburg is the man who got the Federal Reserve Act together after the Alrich Plan aroused such nation-wide resentment and opposition. The mastermind of both Plans, was Alfred Rothschild of London." ROOSEVELT, WILSON AND THE FEDERAL RESERVE. Warburg was a Britisher, invited, he said, to formulate a banking system "providing the creation of a Central Reserve Association with regional branches." His own words show what was missing in America: "I do not claim to have originated any new banking principle; but from my arrival in America I have been impelled to urge the adoption of the fundamental principles upon which, under various forms, were based the principles of every industrially advanced country except the United States." THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM, ITS ORIGIN AND GROWTH 8 (1930). Paul M. Warburg described lawful money in October of 1913: "Let us first see what is lawful money. The answer is: gold dollars, silver dollars (not silver certificates), and greenbacks. Any greenback presented at the Treasury in Washington must be paid in gold." II THE FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM 293 (1930). Paul Warburg was appointed to the first Federal Reserve Board in 1914 and "served the Board in other capacities until 1926." Barnard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY? 174 (1988). He was appointed as the first Vice-Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors and served from 1914-1918. The board that served with him was hand-picked by Col. House. Skousen at 23. His family banking house was M.M. Warburg Company of Hamburg and Amsterdam. During W.W.I that company financed Germany's war against the allied forces. During the war years, Paul Warburg's firm of Kuhn, Loeb Company had 5 representatives in the U.S. Treasury department in charge of Liberty Loans thus financing America's war effort against the Kaiser. At the same time M.M. Warburg was financing the Kaiser's war against the US! H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 102 (1967). Paul Warburg headed up the project of getting money for the communist cause as a member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve. CLEON SKOUSEN, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 41. Paul Warburg worked with Nelson Aldrich (whose daughter Abby marriedh)0*0*0* John D. Rockefeller, Jr.). DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 26 (1981). Nelson Aldrich was the maternal grandfather of Nelson Rockefeller. WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 25 (1976). In June 1914 the Warburgs "concluded agreements between Germany and England for a delineation of financial interest spheres in Turkey and Africa." Wechsberg at 154. In his speech to the Twin City Bankers' Club on October 22, 1915, Warburg told a story: "When reading a sketch of the life of Lucullus (a Roman General), I was surprised to find myself suddenly thinking about the Federal Reserve Act. Lucullus was sent to Cyrene to write laws and to mold the people into some form of sound government--whereupon Lucullus said: 'that it was hard to be a law giver for them when they were having such good fortunes. In fact, nothing is more ungovernable than a man reputed to be prosperous; and, on the other hand, nothing is more receptive of authority than a man who is humbled by misfortune.'" Warburg then added: "So, you see, even in those days they required a 1907 in order to be ready for some sound legislation." (1--170-171). He also quoted Walter Bogehot, a British economist, who said: "Political economy is only an absorbing topic when a nation is, financially and industrially uneasy." (1--171). Morgan Man Benjamin Strong (Pres. of New York Fed) wrote to Paul Warburg: "If the United States government embarks once more upon the expedient or experiment of issuing fiat paper, although in this case supported by bank assets and percentage in gold reserve, the day will come when we will deeply regret it..." SECRETS at 283. Paul Warburg was "quiet austere and remained almost aloof." Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 30 (1970). Paul Warburg served on the Board of Directors for American I.G. Farben along with Edsel Ford, Charles D. Mitchell (President of Rockefeller's National City Bank of New York), Walter Teagle (President of Standard Oil of New York) and Herman Metz (a director in the Bank of Manhattan). In 1939 Standard Oil of New Jersey supplied I.G. Farben $20 million worth of high-grade aviation gasoline. Epperson at 273. Paul Warburg opposed making notes an obligation of the government: "No government of repute assumes the function of a direct issue of elastic notes (that is, against commercial paper). The state may issue its own obligations to pay its own fiscal debts, but it is not the function of the state to buy commercial paper and issue its demand obligations on it, so that if Mr. Jones want to do a large business in sugar, tea, cotton, or in manufacturing, the government would have to increase its debts in order to pay for the same." William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 235 (1931). McAdoo was astonished by Warburg's argument. "Under the Federal Reserve Act the government does not 'buy commercial paper.' It does not buy anything. It issues money in the form of banknotes against adequate security, highly fortified by the endorsements of banks and business concerns. It may not be the function of the state to go into the promissory note business, but it is certainly the function of any decently conducted government to provide sufficient currency to carry on legitimate commerce. And what could be a better measure of the amount of currency than the legitimate requirements of business itself?" William G. McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 235 (1931). Paul Warburg, along with W. Averell Harriman and Lewis Strauss, made a $375,000 loan to Land--the inventor of the Polaroid camera--and were all vastly enriched by their stock. Lundberg at 62. Strauss served as Secretary of Commerce under the Eisenhower administration. Phoebe Courtney, THE CFR 7 (1968). Harriman was the chief Vietnam Peace Negotiator and Ambassador at Large. Courtney at 10. Wilson named Baruch to create a War Industries Board on the advice of Paul Warberg. (19-183). This board "became the central planning agency for the wartime economy, allocating raw materials, machinery, and labor, and making or breaking great fortunes at will." (19--182). Louis McFadden, Chairman of the Senate's Banking and Currency Committee, regarded Warburg as "one of the most ardent propagandists--and financiers of world government in the U.S.A." Speech to U.S. Senate, June 10, 1932; WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 26 (1976). After creating the Fed, Warburg moved on to create the World Bank. RAYMOND C. BAUMGARDNER, OUR WORLD WITHOUT MONEY 64 (1st Ed. 1966). Paul Warburg died on January 24, 1932. On February 17, 1950, James Warburg, the son of Paul Warburg, told the Senate: "You will have world government. The only question is whether it will be by conquest or consent." WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 26 (1976). In THE WEST IN CRISIS, he wrote: "History is written more by accident than design; often by the wholly irrational acts of madmen." Epperson at 7. h)0*0*0*Ԍ In 1925 S.G. Warburg went to N.M. Rothschild and Sons in London as a trainee. Wechsberg at 155. Siegmund Warburg was worth about $6 million in gold marks but invested it in German war loans. Wechsberg at 154. S.G. Warburg called on Baron Neurath, Germany's foreign minister, in March 1934 and suggested that Hitler be required to resign as German Chancellor. Wechsberg at 155-156. He then left Berlin at once and arrived in London in April 1934. Wechsberg at 1934. Siegmund G. Warbury came to England as a refugee and established his bank in 1946. Sampson at 439. He served as London correspondent for Kuhn Loeb. Sampson at 440. He was a Hamburg partner 1930-1936 even though he'd gone to London. Wechsberg at 149. Siegmund George Warburg was born on September 30, 1902 as the only child of Georges Siegmund and Lucie K. Warburg. Siegmund conducted the Aluminum war successfully. Wechsberg at 157-162. N, Otto KahnQ$ On January 1, 1897, Otto Hermann Kahn, a German banker, was admitted to the firm. He was a naturalized British subject who joined the New York banking firm of Speyer & Co, in 1893. He stayed there two years and traveled in Europe for a year and then married the daughter of Abraham Wolff. He joined with Schiff and Edward Henry Harriman, 49, in reorganizing the bankrupt Union Pacific Railroad by pruning away unprofitable branches and "creating a simplified bond structure to replace the company's old tangle of debts (the Union Pacific would soon be able to buy control of the Southern Pacific and to buy a 40 percent interest in the Northern Pacific). Trager at 657. Otto Kahn was the power behind the Metropolitan Opera. Wechsberg at 147. Otto Kahn served in the Jewish International Banking House of Kuhn, Loeb and Company which financed the Bolshevik Revolution of 1917. His partners were Paul and Felix Warburg and Jacob Schiff. On first going to the U.S. Kahn was a clerk in the firm of Speyer and Company. He married a grand-daughter of Mr. Wolf--one of the founders of Kuhn, Loeb and Company. In June 1931, Mrs. Otto Kahn visited Russia where she was honored with the pomp and ceremony to be given to the wife of one of their sovereigns. Fahey at 34. Otto Kahn was a multimillinaire who was a German patriot and a patriotic American. He joined the patriotic party when he wanted to enter the House of Commons. His attempt to become President of the English-speaking Union was defeated by the timely exposure of his Bolshevik activities. His house was a meeting place for Soviet agents such as Nina Smorodin, Claire Sheridan, Louise Bryant and Margaret Harrison. Fahey at 34. 1, Mortimer Schiff  F and S.H. Hanauer (all who were Jewish).8R$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 51. 8 Money was transfered to the Bosheviks by the  F Westphalian-Rhineland Syndicate and the Lazare BrothersS$ The Lazzards (French-Jewish in origin) work closely with Morgen Grenfell (which is associated with Morgan Guaranty Trust of New York). , the Gunsbourg Bank of St. Petersburg,  FH Speyer & Co. and the Nye Bankers of Stockholm--all sent money to the Bolsheviks.8T$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 52.8 William B. Thompson, the director of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, gave a personal contribution of $1  F million to the Bolsheviks.QU$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 109 (1985).Q Jacob Schiff, the partner of Paul Warburg (prime creator of the U.S. Fed),  F gave Lenin $20 million.QV$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 109 (1985).Q Lord Alfred Milner, the organizer and head of the Round Table Group  Fh (backed by Lord Rothschild), also was an important financier of the Bolshevik Revolution.W$ F ԍ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 80 (1985). Petorgrad at the time of the Bolshevik Revolution was teeming with English. Sir George Buchanan was probably heavily involved. Id. at 80.  Clinton  F0 Roosevelt and Horace Greeley put up most of the money to publish the communist "Manifesto."X$ ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 21 (1973); Wickliffe Vennard, THE FEDERAL RESERVE HOAX pp.96-97. Later an American soap manufacturer, John Fels, gave a large sum to help Lenin when he was in London trying  F to get his revolutionary movement started.Y$ ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 21 (1973); LANSBURY, MY LIFE, Quote: Keynes at Havard, p. 22. Later other U.S. capitalists put up hundreds of millions  F to finance Lenin. Lenin paid back to Kuhn-Loeb at least 600 million gold rubles.>Z$ ARSENE DE GOULEVITCH, CSARISM AND THE REVOLUTION.> Many believe the Communist Revolution in Russia was successful because the people hated the tyranny of the Czars. While the Boshevik Revolution took place in November, 1917, the Czar had abdicated seven months earlier. Kerensky issued a general amnesty and some 250,000 dedicated  Fp revolutionaries came back to mother Russia.U[$ F ԍ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 75 (1985).U The February 1917 Russian Revolution "was provoked by Freemasons and was operated from the few  F masonic lodges left after decades of persecution from Tsarist Secret Police."N\$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 283 (1984).N  FX  On March 27, 1917, Trosky left New York City with 275 followers]$ Trotsky was given $10,000 in cash by the Rockefellers when he sailed from New York. Eustace  F Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 213 (1987). on his way to Canada. He was  F  stopped by the Canadian government. Wilson's government allowed him to continue.^$ Pressure for release was applied on the Canadian government by the future Kuhn, Loeb partner Sir William Wiseman and Colonel House of the United States. Armed with a U.S. passport, Trotsky went on his way to met Lenin. The whole Bolshevik revolution took place in one cityPetrograd. it took years to  FX solidify power throughout Russia. Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 77 (1985). Trotsky was accompanied by Charles Crane of Westinghouse Company. Crane was also Chairman of the Democratic  F Finance Committee.Q_$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 103 (1985).Q On April 6, 1917, Wilson entered America into the war. The Lusitania was heavily laden with  F munitions for the Allies.Q`$ F ԍ Collin Simpson, Lusitania (Little Brown 1972).Q There was speculation that Wilson had an extramarital romance with Mrs. Mary Allen Hulbert Peck of Princeton, New Jersey. Samuel Undermyer may have had damaging letters between the two lovers which could have intimidatted Wilson. The letters were said to have been  F`" purchased from Mrs. Peck by Bernard Baruch for some $65,000.[a$ F ԍ Hope Ridings, Scandals in the Highest Office 196 (1973).[ W.W. I. was estimated to have cost eighty thousand million pounds--an amount which would have  F$ bought up the whole of France and Belgium and everything they contained five times over.:b$ HOW MUCH DO YOU KNOW? 34 (Odhams Press 1939).: While World War I was raging, Lenin was provided safe passage in a train of sealed boxcars through  F' Germany.c$ Lenin took with him some $5$6 million in gold. A very wealthy and lifelong socialist named  F Alexander ("Parvus") Helphand was instrumental. Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 76 (1985). On April 16th, after arriving in Petrograd, he proclaimed: "The Russian Revolution which you have carried out has laid the foundation for...a new epoch. Long live the wordwide socialist revolution!"  Fh)  On May 13, 1917d$ F ԍ On May 13, 1981, exactly 64 years later, Pope John Paul II was shot. Peter Lalonde, One World  F Under AntiChrist 177 (1991)., "Our Lady" appeared to three children in Fatima, Portugal and told them toh)-0*0*0* return in six months. At the next appearance three secrets were revealed to Luciaa Catholic nun who did not reveal the first two secrets until 1941. On October 13, 1917 a crowd of in excess of 100,000 witnessed the sun zigzagging, approaching earth and then rainsoaked clothing became totally dry. The  FX third secret was delivered by Lucia to Bishop Silva who never read it.Me$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, End Vision 2 (July 1992).M Kerensky was a Freemason who took over after the Petrograd uprising in July 1917. He appointed  F "exclusively Masons to the government."Nf$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 283 (1984).N He failed primarily because of his inability to control the  Fx economy and due to his refusal to withdraw from the European war.Ng$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 283 (1984).N In the summer of 1917 KuhnLoeb of New York placed $50 million to the credit of Lenin and Trotsky  F in the Bank of Sweden.(h$ In the Spring of 1917, Schiff began to finance Trotsky. Also Max Warburg and Olaf Aschberg of the Nye Bankers of Stockholm, the Rhine Westphalian Syndicate and Jivotovsky (whose daughter later  F married Trotsky). Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 78 (1985).( This was reported by American and British intelligence to their respective  F governments.ii$ F ԍ Robert Henry Goldsborough, Lines of Credit: Ropes of Bondage 8 (1989).i Kuhn Loeb has been reported to be owned "lock, stock and barrel" by the  F` Rothschilds.Vj$ F ԍ George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 38 (1940).V  F  Lenin led the second Russian revolution of 1917 in November.jk$ F ԍ Robert Henry Goldsborough, Lines of Credit: Ropes of Bondage 10 (1989).j When a French and British blockage of Soviet ports threatened a collapse of the Bolshevik Revolution, Juilus Hammer "illegally  F circumvented the blockades and sent the needed materialson credit!"jl$ F ԍ Robert Henry Goldsborough, Lines of Credit: Ropes of Bondage 12 (1989).j On November 7, 1917, the Bosheviks replaced the Kerensky government. A general election was held  F and the Bosheviks received only 30% of the vote.Qm$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 104 (1985).Q Number of Jews in Russia after Boshevik  F Revolution.7n$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 93.7 Afterwards "Kerensky and most of the Masons involved in the earlier revolution fled to France, where  F they established Lodges under the aegis of the Grand Orient of France."No$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 283 (1984).N The Bolsheviks stated in a resolution of the 4th Congress of the Communist International: "Freemasonry is a most dishonest and infamous swindle of the proletariat by the radically inclined section of the middle classes. We regard it as  FP our duty to oppose it to the uttermost."Np$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 283 (1984).N  F  Wilson refused the request of Japan to enter the revolution against the Bolsheviks in 1919.Qq$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 108 (1985).Q When the FRA was first passed, the founders "believed that the amount of currency and credit would be just right if issued against real bills, that is, short-term liquidating paper based on commercial,  F industrial and agricultural transactions."er$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 6 (1964). e Change were made: "Two early changes, which at first glance, seem only technical, really marked a departure from the strict real-bills principle. In 1916 the Reserve Banks were authorized to make direct advances to member banks on their promissory notes secured by Government securities or eligible paper. The change was made primarily in the interest of operating efficiency, but it actually broke the direct link, so important to founders of the System, between self-liquidating transactions  Fx  and the flow of credit."cs$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 7 (1964).c "The next year the relation between real bills and Federal Reserve notes was officially changed. The original act provided that notes must be collateralized by an equivalent amount of eligible paper. Whenever a Reserve Bank had to issue notes it would get them from the Federal Reserve Agent, depositing eligible paper as collateral. In practice, however, the Reserve Bank could then cancel its liability for the notes by depositing gold with the Federal Reserve Agent and taking back the eligible paper. In 1917 an amendment to the act turned practice into law by permitting the use of  F$  gold as collateral for notes."ct$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 8 (1964).c "The same network of Brotherhood organizations which had given the United States and other 'capitalist' countries through revolution, was now actively creating the ideology (communism) which would oppose those countries! It is crucial that this point be understood: both sides were created by the same people in the same network of secret Brotherhood organizations. This vital fact is almost always overlooked in h).0*0*0*Ԍ history books. Within a short one hundred year period, the Brotherhood network had given the world two opposing philosophies which provided the entire foundation for  F  the so-called 'Cold War': a conflict that lasted nearly half a centry.">u$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 354-355 (1990).> The inflatable money system and communism arose from the same mystical network. Marxism closely followed Christianity in having a final battle and utopian messages. Communism is actually capitalism  F taken to extreme.:v$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 370 (1990).: While free enterprise tends to favor free and open markets, capitalism tends to  Fx move in the direction of monopoly.:w$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 371 (1990).: In communist Russia the economic system was ultra-capitalistic "because its industry was even more monopolized, and the nation's economy was even more dominated, by the same institutions which dominate capitalist nations. The most significant of those institutions was the Soviet central bank, which operated just like the central banks of Western nations. The major difference was that the Russian central bank had, and still has at the time of this writing (1990), an even  F` more intrusive role in the country's economic life.":x$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 372 (1990).: In Russia the Gosbank was in fact semi-autonomous "to which Soviet enterprises were, and still are, deeply in debt." All transactions had to  F go through it. It was also in charge of dispersing wages to all of the workers.>y$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 372-373 (1990).> Communist Russia was "a financial capitalist's dream. The Marxist idea that everything is owned 'collectively' under communism simply meant that a select elite in banking and government had complete authority to direct the use of all exploitable resources in the country. Soviet workers were paid wages with which they could buy personal goods, but under Soviet law they could not own land, buildings, businesses, or any large industrial equipment. Soviet citizens could sell only 'used' or personally-produced items, but they could not hire others for personal profit or engage in middleman activities. Although there existed limited exceptions to these restrictions and a flourishing black market, Soviet laws nevertheless created an effective monopoly in which Russian workers were highly exploited in a rigid feudalistic system; we  F need only compare communist Russia to medieval feudalism to appreciate that fact.":z$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 373 (1990).: The elite, just as under feudalism, of communist Russia, were allowed special luxeries and privileges. These included  FP fancy shops, easy travel and sending their children abroad to be educated.:{$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 374 (1990).: While the Tsar fell, the Ikhrana intelligence organizations penetrated into the innermost circles of the  F Bolshevik Party and directed many activities.:|$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 376 (1990).: Between 1918 and 1922 the Bolsheviks transferred 600 million rubles in gold to Kuhn, Loeb and  F Company (Schiff, Kahn and Warburgs).}$ F ԍ V.B. Vennard, Conquest or Consent 34 (1963). The Czar was with about $30 billion in 1913 dollars. On November 6, 1917, Red Guards drive to the Imperial Bank and reomved all the Romanoff gold and jewels. Victor Hammer fenced many of the Crown jewels to collectors in Europe and the United States.  FX Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 218 (1987). Lenin stated on October 20, 1918: "I am frequently accused of having won our revolution with the aid of German money. I have never denied the fact, not do I so so  F now. I will add though, that with Russian money we shall stage a similar revolution in Germany."(~$ F ԍ W.B. Vennard, Conquest or Consent 35 (1963). Jacob Schiff, as early as 1905, had transfered large  F sumes to support the revolutionary movement in Russia. Robert Henry Goldsborough, Lines of Credit:  F Ropes of Bondage 8 (1989).( While Lenin and Trotsky were establishing their violently antiChristian government in Russia with the backing of some New York bankers, "revolutionaries in New York were establishing an American communist party with the financial backing of Dr. Juius Hammer, a wealthy New York City pharmaceutical manufacturer from Odessa, Russia." This pattern, described by Knuppffer as smelling "of  F@ treason and collusion between alleged opponents," continues today.j$ F ԍ Robert Henry Goldsborough, Lines of Credit: Ropes of Bondage 10 (1989).j J.P. Morgan, Guaranty Trust and Chase Bank (120 Broadway) backed the Bolshevik Revolution in concert with German bankers, FDR and Hitler. The New Deal and Hitler's Four Year Plan had many  F`" similarities--both were plans for fascist takeovers of their respective countries.N$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 166 (1976).N After the end of World War I, in November 1918, Paul Warburg devoted his energies "mainly to the formation of what even more than the Federal Reserve Board was his own particular brainchild, the International Acceptance Bank." His son described it as a sort of banker's bank, to be owned by leading American and European banks and also private bankers, which would specialize in financing international trade by means of bankers' acceptances issued under letters of credit." This bank was then  F' incorporated in 1921.@$ David Farrer, THE WARBURGS 90 (Stein and Day 1975).@ The International Acceptance Bank stockholders included the Svenska Handelsbanken and Skandinaviska Kreditakiebolager (Sweden); Sir Ernest Cassel and the National Provincial Bank and N.M. Rothschild & Co. (Britain); the Schweizerische Kreditanstalt of Zurich andh)/0*0*0*ԌDreyfus Sohne & Cie. of Basel (Switzerland); Hope and Co. and the Nederlandische Handel Maatschappie  F (Holland); M.M. Warburg & Co.C$ David Farrer, THE WARBURGS 90-91 (Stein and Day 1975).C In his midtwenties, James Warburg joined his father's highly respectable International Acceptance Bank. He had earlier served as a junior clerk at the First National  FX Bank in Boston.A$ David Farrer, THE WARBURGS 157 (Stein and Day 1975).A He later succeeded his father as President of the International Acceptance Bank and  F  sat on the board of the Union Pacific Railroad.A$ David Farrer, THE WARBURGS 159 (Stein and Day 1975).A In 1918 Walter Lippmann was made the official interpreter of the meaning of Wilson's Fourteen Points to the British Government. Lippmann was a Havard graduate who was a member of the British Round  F@ Table Group. His biweekly columns were copyrighted by the New York Tribune which was owned by J.H.  F Whitney--son of William C. Whitney who was a New York Utility millionaire.>$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 35 (1970).> Other Round Table  F newspapers included the New York Times, Christian Science Monitor, the Washington Post and the  F Boston Evening Transcript.>$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 37 (1970).> In 1918, Woodrow Wilson's Secretary of the Interior, Franklin K. Lane, stated in a private letter: "All  F that book has said should be, comes about...The President comes to Philip Dru, in the end.";$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 44 (1962).; "Wilson evidently had in mind a federal government for the world similar in its general makeup to the Federal  F Government established by the several North American states in 1789."J$ F ԍ Scott Nearing, United World 115 (1945).J Professor Corliss Lamont, whose father was the Senior partner of J.P. Morgan & Co., was head of the  F "Friends of Soviet Russia" and of the "American Council on Soviet Relations."\$ F ԍ Rev. Denis Fahey, The Rulers of Russia 80 (3rd Ed. 1984).\ The man responsible for creating subgroups of the Round Table was Lionel Curtis. He established local chapters of the Round Table called the Royal Institute of International Affairs. "In the United States, the  F Round Table 'front group' was named the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).":$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 362 (1990).: The CFR was a  F front for J.P. Morgan and Company. The Morgan experts included Lamont and Beer.7$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 951-952.7 Corlis Lamont was named by HUAC as "probably the most persistent propagandist for the Soviet Union to be found  FP anywhere in the United States.">$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 54 (1970).> George Louis Beer, a member of the Round Table group since about 1912, was one of the instigators of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign  F Relations.J$ Carroll Quigley, THE ANGLO-AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 168 (1981).J Trade with the USSR began with Wilson with the declared intention of mellowing the  F8 Bolsheviks.H$ Anthony C. Sutton, THE BEST ENEMY MONEY CAN BUY 209 (1986).H On May 1, 1918, the American League to Aid and Cooperate with Russia was organized in Washington, D.C. to support the Bolsheviks when they controlled only a small fraction of Russia. It was created by Wall street with George P. Whalen of Vacuum Oil Company as Treasurer and Coffin and Oudin of G.E., along with Thompson of the Federal Reserve system, Willard of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad  F and assorted socialists.N$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 167 (1976).N In 1918 the British Cunlifee Currency Committee recommended restoring the gold standard and thereby doubling the national debt and the taxes required to pay it. The moral was that is it very wicked for debtors to defraud their creditors but creditors are quite justified in robbing their debtors. In 1925  F Winston Churchill did restore the gold standard.$ Fahey at 98. The financial measures that led to an increase in the British national debt from 650 million to 7,434 million pounds by 1919, were prominently conceived by Jewish Lord Reading (Rufus Isaacs). The Cunliffe Commission, presided over by Lord Cunliffe (Governor of the Bank of England and formerly of the Jewish bank of Goschens and Cunliffe), made the recommendation prior to the end of the war that the huge debt be made repayable in gold. The result,  F$ again, was disaster.K$ A.N. Field, THE UNTAUGHT HISTORY OF MONEY 12 (April/May 1938).K In 1918 the new Bolshevik government repudiated all the Tsar's debts and cited a 1792 declaration of the French revolutionary government: "The sovereignty of peoples is not bound by the treaties of  F' tyrants.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 71 (1987). ;  Fh)  Wilson and FDR compared.H$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 134 (1970).H Wilson's right-hand advisor, James F. Dale, was Dean of Legislativeh)00*0*0*  F Reporters in New Jersey and represented the Newark News. He split with Wilson and claimed he had broken most of his government precepts that he had taught at Princeton. Dale was offered the position of Secretary to the President. He declined but recommended Joe Tumulty who readily accepted the  FX position. Colonel George Harvey, the editor of Harper's Weekly, broke with Wilson and became his  F  bitterest enemy.H$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 136 (1970).H As Assistant Secretary of the Navy, FDR went to Paris and attended part of the conference. He went across on the "George Washington" with his wife, Bernard Baruch, Charles Schwab and John Hancock. He returned with Wilson who invited him to his cabin to discuss the Covenant. FDR became a vocal  F supporter of the League of Nations.G$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 15 (1970).G At the Paris Peace Conference, Woodrow Wilson failed "to acheive fullscale diplomatic recognition for the bloodsoaked Boshevik terrorists in Russia, a goal which was fervently shared by the Prime Minister  F( of England, Lloyd George.M$ F ԍ Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 206 (1987). President Wilson's advisor Benard Baruch was the political representative of the Rothschilds in America. David LloydGeorge's private secretary was A.G.D. Sassoon, Barta direct descendant of Mayer Amschel Rothschild and a member of the British Privity Council. Clemenceau was advised by Georges mandel (Jeroboam Rothschild). The three advisors  F  determined the essential provisions of the infamous peace treaty. George Armstrong, Rothschild Money  F Trust 6667 (1940). M The defeat of Taft and victory of Wilson has been attributed to Bernard  F Baruch.$ He "must be given credit for the defeat of President Taft and for the election of President Woodrow  F Wilson." Benjamin Freedman, Common Sense (October 1, 1968). Louis T. McFadden said that Wilson was "under guidance and control of New York usurers." Congressional Record 1259512603 (June 10, 1932). Baruch was called the "unofficial President of the United States" and the "most influential private citizen  F  in the United States of America today." American Magazine 36 (October 1933). He referred to himself once as having had "more power than perhaps any other man" in World War I. Congressional Record 13080 (June 27, 1934). At Paris, House suggested to Wilson that he should make better use of his aids to carry his load.  FH Wilson thought House was trying to plant spies by his side and subvert him.=$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 48 (1964).= On April 3, 1919, at the Paris conference, Wilson had "high fever, cough, vomiting, diarrhea, and insomnia. The following day blood appeared in his urine. "Wilson's thought processes were no obviously garbled. He believed the French servants around him were spies and according to one account he thought he should be personally  Fh responsible for all the furniture in the palace at Versailles."$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 298 (1980). Wilson in April of 1919 suffered from a thrombosis in his brain diagnosed by his doctor as influenza. He made a sudden decision to go home, worried about furniture in the Paris house, suspected French servants, insisted that official cars not be  F used for pleasure trips, and banished House.?$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 103 (1964).?  FP  Baruch said of House "the Colonel's hand was in everything."7$ Rose L. Martin, FABIAN FREEWAY 162 (1966).7 Like House, Baruch favored  F compromise on Lodge's reservations.>$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 117 (1964).> House knew Wilson was vulnerable to blackmail. House attracted the attention of some members of the Rothschild Banking Complex and pro-Zionist political groups that originated the CFR in 1919. At the Paris Peace Conference in 1919 House "was trampled on very roughly by Felix Frankfurter, Mr. Baruch and some one-world bankers after the war had been  F8 won."H$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 109 (1970).H Wilson campaigned to a state of exhaustion for the League of Nations and the Versailles Treaty. He delivered some 40 speeches on a 3-week swing through the west in the fall of 1919. On September 26 his health was shattered by a stroke that almost killed him. On March 19, 1920 when the Senate rejected the  F  treaty, Wilson lay ill in the White House. He told his doctor: "Doctor, the devil is a busy man."S$ ERNEST R. MAY AND THE EDITORS OF LIFE, THE PROGRESSIVE ERA 164 (1964).S Dr. Cary T. Grayson warned Wilson that his proposed League of Nations tour might cost him his  Fx life.$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 298 (1980). Senator Lodge said Wilson believed his destiny was to be President of the World. On October 2, 1919, after his tour, Wilson had a massive stroke. He thought Harding would be "deluged" in 1920 and  F that public opinion favored the League.$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 298 (1980). When Senator Lodge opposed Wilson on the League of Nations, House suggested compromise "but his  F`" words no longer held any influence."=$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 55 (1964).= Lodge used the strategy of reservations saying Wilson's hatred  F(# for him would prevent them from being appended to the treaty.>$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 115 (1964).> House asked Stephen Bonsal, his aid during the Peace Conference, to talk privately to Lodge. Lodge gave a less than 100 word summary statement which was taken to the White House and never heard of again. Lodge took the silence of the  F% White House as the final slap in the face.?$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 116 (1964).?  F'  House was disliked and distrusted by Cary Grayson and the First Lady.>$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 103 (1964).> A picture shows  F' Wilson smiling at House with Mrs. Wilson sitting in between looking sullen.>$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 20 (1970).> House wrote that the agitation against Craufurd-Stuart was the work of the First Lady--not Wilson. She coldly wrote him that she could think of nothing he could do and remembered that he had opposed her marriage to Wilson.h)10*0*0*ԌHouse sent Wilson his views about the League of Nations to Wilson in care of the First Lady. He got no reply although he had earlier been addressed by Wilson as "dearest friend." House worried about a  F "bedroom circle" and some of his letters were not opened until 1952.B$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 114-115 (1964).B When word was received by cable in Paris that the U.S. Senate had rejected the Wilson League of Nations Treaty in 1919, Col. House called together a gathering of one-worlders to prepare for the next attempt. This was called the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) in the U.S. and its office was established on property donated by the Rockefellers. The CFR "is actually the Illuminati in the United States, and its heiarchy. The masterminds in control of the CFR, to a very great extent are the descendents of the original Illuminati conspirators but, to conceal that fact, most of them changed their original family names to American sounding names. For example, the true name of the Dillons, Clarence and Douglas Dillon,  F once Secretary of the United States Treasury Department, is Lapowski."5$ Myron Fagan, THE ILLUMINATI 2 (1967). The CFR followed a comparable British organization called the Royal Institute of International Affairs. This institute developed the Round Table Group which emerged about 1891. Bot the Institute and the CFR appeared just after World War I. Cecil Rhodes is credited with brainstorming the Royal Institute. His financial support came mostly from the Rothschilds. Caroll Quigley revealed the strong ties between the Rothschilds and the Lazard Brothers to both Rhodes  F and the Institute. Tragedy and Hope at 130. Where Rhodes was influential, South Africa, harry Oppenheimer now controls most of the wealth and communications. He was referred to a "the biggest  Fx industrialist in South Africa." Washington Post A29 (April 30, 1970).5 On May 19, 1919, Col. House called together a group of Americans and Englishment in Paris. The result was an agreement to form an organization "for the study of international affairs." In 1921 the American participants formed the Council on Foreign Relations. Its purpose was to create a "positive"  F foreign policy for the U.S.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: When things soured at the Paris Peace Conference and it became obvious that the U.S. Senate would not ratify the League of Nations, House called together his most reliable  F intellectuals (John Foster and Allen Dulles, Herter and Tasker H. Bliss).:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: On May 19, 1919 the decision was made for a group "for the study of international affairs." The American group returned home  F and in 1921 created the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: On May 30, 1919, after a series of meetings, an "Institute of International Affairs" was agreed upon at the Majestic Hotel in Paris. One of the two branches would be in America. The British branch became known as the Royal Institute of  F International Affairs (RIIA).;$ James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 36 (1988).; On June 17, 1919, less than two weeks before the signing of the Versailles Treaty, British and American negotiators established The Institute for International Affairs. The British moved quickly to  F establish their branch of this internationalist branch.H$ Leonard & Mark Silk, THE AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 186 (1980).H The establishment of the American branch was much slower. There were two camps. One was headed by the U.S. official negotiators Tasker H. Bliss and Edward House along with advisors Herbert Hoover and Thomas W. Lamont--along with their aides. The other side was composed of the twelve scholars that had served the American delegation in an advisory  F8 capacity.H$ Leonard & Mark Silk, THE AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 186 (1980).H Most of the scholars were from Havard, Yale and Columbia.H$ Leonard & Mark Silk, THE AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 187 (1980).H The experts on the American delegation to the Paris Peace Conference "were most closely associated with J.P. Morgan and  F Company."J$ Carroll Quigley, THE ANGLO-AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 191 (1981).J In 1919 a lecture was delivered at an international dinner at Buda-Pesth. The lecture occurred only a few days after the collapse of the Judaeo-Bolshevist domination of Bela-Kuhn over Catholic Hungary. The speech was reported by Count de St-Aulaire, former Ambassador of France at Madrid and London. According to the Count, a number of Jewish revolutionariesm expelled from Hungary, returned there in American uniforms after the armistice. Their reports guided President Wilson in his attitude of all that concerned the interests of Israel. The Count said this explained Wilson's scandalous partiality toward the Bolsheviks. The Jewish Banker told the international dinner that those who were astonished at the alliance between Israel and the Russia forget that the Jewish nation is the most nationalistic of all peoples. Marxism is simply one of the weapons of Jewish nationalism. The world renovation process is carried on from above by Jewish control of the riches of the world and from below by Jewish guidance of revolution.  F(# The Jews use Bolsheviks for destruction and the League of Nations for reconstruction.m$ Denis Fahley, Professor of Philosophy and Church History, THE RULERS OF RUSSIA 5 (3rd Ed. 1939).m In 1919, with Rockefeller funding, Dewey founded the Progressive Education Association. To control the school system, Rockefeller and his allies knew that they had to gain control of the teacher's colleges. There was a hook to every grant: "Rockefeller 'fronts' always ended up on the boards of the institutions  F' being 'helped.' This gave them a big 'say' in how things were run."Y$ F ԍ Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich 79 (1989).Y John D. Rockefeller donated $100,000 to establish an International Institute at Teachers College. Dr. George S. Counts became associate  F( Director of the Institute.c$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 145 (1958).c h)20*0*0*Ԍ After 1919 the move for a Pan European federation was actively pushed by such influential statesmen  F as Aristide Briand.J$ F ԍ Scott Nearing, United World 117 (1945).J In 1920, returning from Versailles, Wilson stated: "There was a secret force at work in Europe which  F  we were unable to trace."7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 41.7 Wilson played the double game for the Warburgs and the Duponts.'$ CREATIVE FRAUD 48 (1978).' In February of 1920, Edwin Gay, Wesley Mitchell and their entire wartime staff met in New York with partners of the Roundtable investment banks--Lazard Freres and Kuhn Loeb. (19--183). On May 18, 1920 a secret meeting of fifty financial heavy-weights was called by W.P.J. Harding, Governor of the Federal Reserve Bank. He opened the meeting by saying that "There is an extravagance in this country which must be curbed." The detailed facts of this secret meeting were not disclosed until Senate Document 310  F was recorded on February 24, 1923--three years after the plot was put in motion.O$ RAYMOND C. BAUMGARDNER, OUR WORLD WITHOUT MONEY 67 (1st Ed. 1966).O On March 19, 1920, the entrance of the U.S. into the League of Nations, under the Lodge reservations, was voted down in the U.S. Senate. The count was 49 in favor and 35 against. Of the 35 Senators who voted "nay" a dozen were Republicans. The other 23 were Democrats loyal to Wilson. Another vote  F on the issue was never taken.>$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 145 (1964).> When George Creel visited Wilson a few days after the vote, Wilson  FH had the pallor of death itself. "If only I were not helpless," he whispered.>$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 147 (1964).> In 1920 on May 18 a secret Meeting of Fed and Class "A" Stockholders to drastically deflate credit and currency.  F0  In September of 1920 there was a meeting called the Brussels Conference of Experts.:$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 327 (1966).: The BIS has been characterized as a "superbank" that was conceived in a series of economic planning conferences which began in Brussels in 1920 and continued in London, the Hague, Netherlands and Geneva. It is further suggested that Wilson helped create it with the help of Aristide Briand--a proponent of the United  FP States of Europe. The purpose of BIS was to control the world's money supply./$ Texe Marrs, MILLENNIUM 174 (1990)./ At the beginning of the 20th Century the outlook for the United States was for the elimination of the National Debt: "In 1910 the U.S. Federal debt was only $1 billion, or $12.40 per citizen. State and local debts were practically non-existent. By 1920, after only six years of Federal Reserve shenanigans, the  F8 Federal debt had jumped to $24 billion, or $228 per person.^$ SHELDON EMRY, BILLIONS FOR THE BANKERS DEBTS FOR THE PEOPLE 4 (February 3, 1986).^ The progressive movement came apart due to differences over the League of Nations, internal quarrels and mistakes: "Moreover, by 1920, the Democratic progressive coalition was wrecked, a victim of disagreement over the League of Nations, of sectional and class disharmony among its members, and not  F  least, of political blunders."O$ ARTHUR S. LINK AND RICHARD L. MCCORMICK, PROGRESSIVISM 111 (1983).O The reform movement attracted local leaders of "exceptional  F magnetism."*$ THE AGE OF REFORM 266 (1955).* Their dominant impulse, however, was negative in tone. They wished to protect the  F public against knavery and emphasized that facet in their movement.*$ THE AGE OF REFORM 267 (1955).* They should have, instead,  Fx have exposed the evils and then given positive momentum and direction to popular rule.*$ THE AGE OF REFORM 267 (1955).*  F  President Wilson died while tended by a Roman Catholic nurse.l$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 164 (1975).l At Wilson's funeral, Rabbi Stephen S. Wise spoke to a crowd jamming the Madison Square Gardens. "May history compassionately embalm in oblivion the names and deeds of those who, to punish your and my leader--the hope-bringer of mandkind--struck him down and broke the heart of the world." "God  F# forgive them!" House, who was not invited to the funeral, in a soft hat wet with rain, looked on.>$ Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 253 (1964).> In 1920 the Republican National Committee sent the mistress of Warren Harding on a roundthe FH& world cruise before the election.K$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).K Winston Churchill stated in 1920:  Fh)  "From the days of SpartacusWeishaupt to those of Karl Marx$ Spartacus was idealized by Marxist historians "as the champion of the revolutionary masses..." H.H.  F Scullard, From the Gracchi to Nero 96 (1968)., to those of Trotsky, Bela h)30*0*0*Ԍ Kun, Rosa Luxembourg, and Emma Goldman, this world wide conspiracy for the overthrow of civilization and for the reconstruction of society on the basis of arrested development, of envious malevolence and impossible equality, has been steadily growing. It played a definitely recognizable role in the tragedy of the French Revolution. It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the nineteenth century, and now at last this band of extraordinary personalities from the underworld of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people in the hair of their hands, and have become practically  F@  the undisputed master of that enormous empire."R$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The New World Order 104105 (1990). Another version reads: "This movement among the jews is not new...It has been the mainspring of every subversive movement during the Nineteenth Century; and now at last this band of extraordinary personalities from the underwolrd of the great cities of Europe and America have gripped the Russian people by the hair of their heads and have  F  become practically the undisputed masters of that enormous empire." Illustrated Sunday Herald, "Zionism vs. Bolshevism," 5 (February 8, 1920).R In 1920 low of old M2. In 1920 a level period.  F  The CFR was formed in New York City on July 29, 1921.$ Epperson at 196.  F ԓ The CFR was incorporated on July 29, 1921 in New York.;$ James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 36 (1988).; Paul Warburg was one of the  FH incorporators.9$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 93 (1985).9 House was one of the founding members of the CFR. The others were nearly all  F bankers or lawyers.;$ James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 37 (1988).; The original crowd that created the Federal Reserve System "were all in the original (CFR) membership." They included Jacob Schiff, Averell Harriman, Frank Vanderlip, Nelson  F Aldrich, Bernard Baruch, J.P. Morgan and John D. Rockefeller.9$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 93 (1985).9 J.P. Morgan's personal attorney, John W. Davis, was the founding President of the CFR. Paul Carvath, the first Vice-President of the CFR, also represented the J.P. Morgan interests. The council's first chairman was Morgan partner Russell  F Leffingwell. Morgan also had the loyalty of many professors due to his large academic endowments.;$ James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 38 (1988).; The money to found the CFR came in part from J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, Benard Baruch, Otto  F Kahn, Jacob Schiff and Paul Warburg.$ Epperson at 197.  F  Fabian H.G. Wells wrote The Outline of History which was published in 1921. His last chapter was on  F the next stage in history and said a "new order now has to be established."$ F ԍ H.G. Wells, The Outline of History 1086 (1921). Tennyson wrote of a time when "the battle flags were  F furl'd in the Parliament of man, the Federation of the World." William O. Douglas, A World Without War 147 (1961). He described the League of Nations as "a first project of union..." and called for "a world league of men." A merger  Fp was required: "The world perishes unless sovereignty is mereged and nationality subordinated."R$ F ԍ H.G. Wells, The Outline of History 1091 (1921).R He advocated a World State: "The loyalties and allegiances today are at best provisional...Our true State, this state that is already beginning, this state to which every man owes his upmost political effort, must be now this nascent Federal World State to which human necessities point. Our true God now is the God of all men. nationalism as a God must follow the tribal Gods  F  to limbo. Our true nationality is mankind."R$ F ԍ H.G. Wells, The Outline of History 1087 (1921).R  Fx  Failure to control immigration helped destroy ancient Rome.F$ F ԍ Will Durant, Caesar and Christ 366.F On December 24, 1921, the Jewish Walter Rathenau said: "Three hundred men, each of whom knows all the others, govern the fate of the European continent, and they elect their successors from their  F! entourage."7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 41.7 Norman Montagu, who served as Governor of the Bank of England from 1920-1944, was called the  F# "currency dictator of Europe" and was "the chief architect of Britain's global preeminence.":$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 325 (1966).: He had no use for government and feared democracy. When he traveled he went incognito under the assumed name of "Professor Skinner." Benjamin Strong was a devoted colleague who took over the New York Fed after being named Secretary of the Bankers Trust Company of New York by Henry P. Davison in 1904 as the successor to Thomas W. Lamount. Strong was jointly nominated to the New York Fed by both Morgan and Kuhn, Loeb, and Company in 1914. In 1916 he met Montagu and both agreed to cooperate.  F( Later they often spent vacations together in southern France.;$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 326 (1966).; Strong was present at the Jekyl Island meeting. Benjamin Strong of Morgan Bankers Trust Company was the first Governor of the Newh)40*0*0*Ԍ F York Federal Reserve bank.$ Epperson at 174. Under his regime, the New York Bank "counted for more than the  F Federal Reserve Board in Washington."$ Mayer at 467. In his letters to Montagu Norman he "very clearly viewed himself as holding a position functionally equivalent to that of the Governor of the Bank of England, though legally he was merely the chief executive officer of one of twelve banks supervised by a national  F  board."$ Mayer at 417. Although the New York bank acts as agent for the system in the purchase and sale of securities, it no longer has independence of action since decisions are now made by a system-wide  F committee.$ Mayer at 419. At least initially the "other eleven banks were so many expensive mausoleums erected  Fx to salve the local pride and quell the Jacksonian fears of the Hinterland."+$ Lundberg, 60 FAMILIES at 122. + Strong was an "adept in high finance" who "for many years manipulated the country's monetary system at the discretion of directors representing the leading New York banks. Under Strong the Federal Reserve System, unsuspected by the nation, was brought into interlocking relations with the Bank of England and the Bank  F of France..."'$ Lundberg, 60 FAMILIES 122.' Strong owed his career to the Morgan Bank, Henry P. Davidson who made him Secretary of the Banks Trust Company of New York (in succession to Thomas W. Lamont) in 1904. He was Morgan's agent in banking rearrangements after the crash of 1907. In 1909 Davidson made him Vice-President of the Bankers Trust in succession to Lamont. He was the joint nominee of Morgan and Kuhn, Loeb & Co. in 1914 to the New York Fed. In 1916 he met Norman for the first time and they  F immediately agreed to work in cooperation for the financial policies they both revered.$ Quigley at 326. After the creation of the Fed and other central banks, an on-going effort has been made to set up a central body which will acknowledge no authority above it on this planet. This banker's dream would make a stable banking system for the world and end all hope of freedom and plenty for the individual, industry and for nations. In 1922 at a conference of international bankers at Genoa it was resolved that  F0 "in countries where there is no central bank of issue one should be established."=$ Rev.Denis Fahey, THE RULERS OF RUSSIA 72 (1939).= Mayor John F. Hyland, of New York, said on March 26, 1922 in Chicago: "The real menance of our Republic is the Invisible Government, which, like a great octupus, spreads its slimy length over the City, State, and Nation. And at the head of this octopus is the small group of Banking Houses, generally  F referred to as the international Bankers."A$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 77 (1st Ed. 1963).A The Brotherhood was formally outlawed in 1922 after an investigation by CHEKA, the first Soviet intelligence organization. The prime target for infiltration for the Soviet espionage machine is  F8 Freemasonry.N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 284 (1984).N Henry Ford was a Hitler backer early in 1922. He was given a Nazi metal in 1938. Edsel Ford encouraged French Ford in 1942 to arm the German Wehrmacht. Ford-produced vehicles were used  FX against American soldiers when they landed in France in 1944.N$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 165 (1976).N In 1923 Eric Warburg went as a trainee "to the International Acceptance Bank founded two years  F earlier by his Uncle Paul."A$ David Farrer, THE WARBURGS 187 (Stein and Day 1975).A In 1923 Albert Fall, a key figure in the Teapot Dome scandal, became the first cabinet member in  F history to go to jail.K$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).K  F!  President Warren Harding died (one rumor was suicide) attended by a Catholic nurse.l$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 165 (1975).l  F`" Calvin Coolidge was Harding's VicePresident.V$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 201 (1990).V In 1923 Charley Chase II went to Italy to meet with the Grand Don of the Mafiosi in Sicily after the deal had already been cut by the Warburg-Rothschild connection. A cut of the action insured protection from Federal Reserve which controlled the Treasury and governments. In 1924 the underworld began  FH& establishment and competition was wiped-out by the FBI.&$ CREATIVE FRAUD 49 (1978).& In 1923 the German hyperinflation resulted after the middle classes gave their gold to the government in exchange for bonds and the government dared not to alienate its supporters by raising taxes. The Weimar government printed money to pay its debts to the middle class, skimmed the profit from theh)50*0*0*Ԍdebasement to pay for one million gold marks in reparations and left the middle class holding the bonds which had a face value of hundreds or even thousands of marks. In The Story of Money, Norman Angell, said of the devaluation: "It had inflicted rickets on a whole generation of undernourished babies, it had stopped schools, it had crippled the colleges and universities; it had transferred real wealth from weak hands to strong; those who had trusted if for a week, a day, an hour, fell with it, while those who  F juggled with it rose.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 266 (1987).; Richard CoudenhoveKalergi, in 1924, referred to Paul Warburg as "the founder of the Federal Reserve  F@ System."$ F ԍ An Idea Conquers the World 99, 117 (1924). He referred (p. 85) to PanAmerica by A.H. Fried as being "the first book I ever read in connection with PanEurope."  In 1924 the PanAmerican Union was founded by CoudenhoveKalergi after he received a call from Baron Louis Rothschild. Rothschild said Max Warburg, his friend, had read his book. "To my great surprise, said Count Richard, "Warburg spontaneously offered us 60,000 gold marks, to tide the  F movement over for its first three years."$ UGLY TRUTH at 211. Max remained a convinced Pan European until his death in 1946. Count Richard CoudenhoveKalergi is the subject of thick dossiers at every police headquarters  F( in Europe. $ UGLY TRUTH at 209.  In September 1924 the Institute of Pacific Relations was created at a meeting in Atlantic City. It never merged with the CFR "but the influence of the associates of J.P. Morgan have been strong on both. The chief figure in the Institute of Pacific Relations of the United States was, for many years, Jerome D. Greene, Boston Banker close to both Rockefeller and Morgan and for many years secretary to Havard  F University."J$ Carroll Quigley, THE ANGLO-AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 192 (1981).J The Morgan connection with the Rothschilds can be traced back to the time of the supply of gold for bonds to President Cleveland. The Morgan firm was selected at the suggestion of the  Fh Rothschilds.D$ George Wheeler, PIERPONT MORGAN & FRIENDS 18-19 (1973).D Lenin died in 1924. Before his death the plan provided for taking eastern Europe, then the masses of Asia and encircling of the United States as the last bastion of capitalism. He said they would not have to  F attack because it would fall like ripe fruit into their hands.X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 26 (1964).X Since 1925 CFR support has come from the Carnegie United Kingdom Trust and other organizations associated with J.P. Morgan, the Rockefeller and Whitney families, and the associates of Lazard Brothers  F and Morgan, Grenfell and Co.$ Quigley at 951. Although the Morgan fiefdom and the Morgan family was the power behind the creation of the Federal Reserve System and the power behind Wilson's throne, no families now directly control it. Citibank is now #1 stockholder in J.P. Morgan and #2 is Chase Manhattan Corporation. J.P. Morgan controls Morgan  F Guaranty which is the #1 stockholder in Citicorp.#$ Sutton and Wood at 44.# In 1925, Count CherepSpiridovich, the Russian Major General, estimated that the Rothschild family  F fortune was $300 billion and that $100 billion had been made out of World War I.V$ F ԍ George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 36 (1940).V  Fx  A book entitled The United States of Europe was written by Woytinsky and appeared in 1926. It  F@ described a Pan European federation as the first needed step toward a world economy.J$ F ԍ Scott Nearing, United World 117 (1945).J At this same time Count Richard CoudenhoveKalergi "for a time secured much publicity and a measure of official  F encouragement."N$ F ԍ Scott Nearing, United World 117118 (1945).N Count Richard CoudenhoveKalergi was named after Richard Wagner. His father  F! was an intimate of Richard Wagner, Theodore Herzl and Houston Stewart Chamberlain.}$ F ԍ Lyndon LaRouche and David P. Goldman, The Ugly Truth About Milton Friedman 209210 (1980).}  F(#  In March 1926 FDR was vice-president of the Fidelity and Deposit Company on Wall Street.G$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 11 (1970).G In 1927 the Rockefeller and later the Carnegie and Ford Foundations poured money into the  F% C.F.R.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: In 1927 the Rockefellers began to pour money into the CFR to be followed with financing by  FH& the Carnegie and Ford Foundations.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: In 1927 Harding's second mistress, nan Britton, published "The president's Daughter" which revealed  F( their love child.K$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).K h)60*0*0*Ԍ In 1928 Al Smith was chiefly backed by fellow-Catholic John L. Raskob, prime minister for the Du  F Ponts.H$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 204 (1968).H By 1928 the gold backing of "Federal Reserve Notes" had been further reduced from the original 40% called for in the 1913 Federal Reserve Act. Inflation was made easier as the Fed gained a wider margin of authority to float increasing quantities of these notes. The Fed was created to prevent the short-term  F liquidity crisises that wiped out otherwise solvent banks.$ SECRETS at 209. In 1928 Max Warburg was the second German to use the first transatlantic telephone. In addition to giving his greetings to his brothers Paul and Felix, "we put through a foreign exchange transaction of three  F million dollars with the International Acceptance Bank."@$ David Farrer, THE WARBURGS 83 (Stein and Day 1975).@ In 1929 an economic slump.  F  In 1929 the CFR acquired the Harold Pratt House at 58 East 68th Street, New York City.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: In 1929 the C.F.R. obtained the Harold Pratt House at 58 East 68th Street in New York City--largely  F with Rockefeller gifts.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: The very first issue of "Foreign Affairs" had an article suggesting that we should "enter heartily into the existing League of Nations, take a sympathetic share in every discussion broached in the League, and be ready to take more than its share in all the responsibilities which  F unanimous action of the nations constituting the league might impose.";$ James Perloff, THE SHADOWS OF POWER 36 (1988).; "We cannot squander ourselves into prosperity." --Herbert Hoover "Finance, like time, devours its own children." --Honore de Balzac "Must we condemn the unborn generation to fight again and to die for the right to be free?" --Herbert Hoover "Blessed are the young, for they shall inherit the national debt." --Herbert Hoover Hoover was a J.P. Morgan puppet--his opponent Smith was in the pocket of the Du Ponts whose  F@ banker was J.P. Morgan Company.H$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 204 (1968).H One major trouble spot is the original site of the Temple of Solomon on Mount Moriah, the Temple Mount in Jerusalem--the birthplace of the Knights Templar. In August 1929 the first large-scale attack on the Jews followed a dispute over use of the Wailing Wall in Jerusalem. On March 31, 1930 a report by Sir Walter Shaw was made atributing the attack of Arabs to hatred and disappointment of their hopes  F# for independence.J$ William L. Langer, ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WORLD HISTORY 1101 (1952).J The 1929 crash was caused by the Fed and "the Bank of England's stated intent to create such a crash." (19--185). A February 7, 1929 Fed memo noted that the Bank of England had demanded increased interest rates to prostrate the stock market of the U.S. (19--187). A February 4, 1929 cable by the Governor of the Bank of England, Montagu Norman, noted anticipated increases in interest rates. The Bank of England and the New York Federal Reserve Bank agreed to provoke a stock market crash. (19--188).h)70*0*0*Ԍ In 1929 the International Bankers got out of the stock market and then took $300 million out of circulation, then made two gold shipments to Europe and when the ceiling fell in they bought what they  F wanted at 20 cents on the dollar.A$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 23 (1st Ed. 1963).A In the 1920's Strong and Montagu determined to use the power of the U.S. and Britain to force all the major countries of the world to go on the gold standard "and to operate it through central banks free from all political control with all questions of international finance  F to be settled by agreements by such central banks without interference from governments.":$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 326 (1966).: On September 26, 1929, there was a minor financial panic in London (the Hatry case) which caused the BOE to raise its bank rate from 4.5% to 6.5%. British funds then began to leave the N.Y. stock  F market.:$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 344 (1966).: The Bank of England Governor sent a cable to the New York Federal Reserve on Black Friday (Oct. 24) congratulating liquidation in the stock market and reduction in call money rates. (19--188). British banks withdrew immense amounts of funds from the New York money market. Josiah Hirst, editor of the Economist, noted that in September 1929 the Bank of England raised its rate to 6.5% which "precipitated the Stock Exchange crisis and the slump of October." Also, the big and better-informed speculators began to liquidate in September. (19--189).  F  In the crash of 1929 Bernard Baruch|v$ BARUCH, BERNARD MANNES (1870-1965) Baruch was born on August 19, 1870 in Camden South Carolina. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). In Hebrew "Baruch" means "blessed." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 376 (1948). He was the son of a doctor who had emigrated from Poland. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). Simon Baruch was an emigrant from East Prussia. He despised German militarism and came to the U.S. at the age of 15. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 376 (1948). He was of German origin and fought under Robert Lee in the War Between the States. The family moved to New York after the war. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 32 (1966). Dr. Simon Baruch pioneered the Saratoga Spa. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 121 (1966). He experimented with water hydropathy and decided to further his research in the East. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 376 (1948). He was appointed professor at the College of Physicians and Surgeons at Columbia University.He pioneered in the treatment of appendicitis. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 376-377 (1948). On his mother's side, the early family founders had been distinquished rabbis of Charleston's historic Sephardic congregation and wealthy planters. In 1824 his grandmother had danced with Lafayette when he visited America. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 32 (1966). He was of the line of Isaac Rodriquez Marques. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 33 (1966); Margaret L. Coit, MR. BARUCH 102 (1957). His mother's family had been Portuguese Jews that settled in America seven generations before. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 376 (1948). In his youth he was described as a fat, dumpy little boy. He hunted with an old breech-loading rifle and worked on the farm his father maintained for agricultural research. He fought in street gangs. On one occasion he stole candy from a classmate's desk to his lifelong remorse and reform. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 377 (1948). Barney was eleven when he arrived in New York. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 377 (1948). He became good at boxing. Former heavyweight champion Bob Fitzsimmons said: "The ring lost a good man when Barney Baruch decided to take up another profession." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 377 (1948). He entered the College of the City of New York in 1884 at the age of 14. He had wanted to go to Yale but his mother did not consent. He was president of his senior class Every year his named was proposed but he was never admitted to the Greek society. His brother Herman, however, was admitted at a fraternity at the University of Virginia. D. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 134-135 (1966). The Baruch family was one of the great Sephardic families of New York. OUR CROWD 42 (1967). A year after the height of the Seligman-Hilton affair, a Greek-letter fraternity at City College barred Jewish members--"a slight that Bernard Baruch never forgave." OUR CROWD 164 (1967). Educated in New York City public schools and the College of the City of New York. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). Graduated in the 1880's. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 32 (1966). City College was long known as the "Jewish college of America." Other graduates included Jonas Salk, Arthur Kornberg, Felix Frankfurter and Morris Raphael Cohen. Bernard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY? 17 (1988). He especially enjoyed his classes in political economy. He declined to speak in public on the grounds of bashfulness. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 377 (1948). He was offered an appointment at West Point but failed to be admitted because of almost total deafness in one ear as a result of a baseball injury. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 377 (1948). His mother took him to see a phrenologist who said "Put this lad into business or finance. He will do big things." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 377 (1948). He began with wholesale dealers in glassware running h)0*0*0*Ԍerrands, dispatching invoices and copying letters for $3 a week. He was a gambler who played both cards and the race tracks. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 377 (1948). Worked as broker's boy earning $3 a week. Within 7 years he owned his own seat on the N.Y. Stock Exchange. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). He entered Wall Street to work for a retired clothing merchant named Julius A. Kohn. "The firm was chiefly concerned with trading in securities between nations." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 378 (1948). He left the street to take a job as a mucker in a San Francisco mine shaft. He invested his card winnings in a mining venture and lost every cent. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 378 (1948). He then returned to Wall Street to speculate in commodities. The firm of A.A. Houseman hired him at $5 a week. "He became a student of corporations, their organizations, personnel, history. He saturated himself with the industrial geography of the United States until he could draw from memory the location of the leading industries and railroads. He deduced the effect of weather fluctuations on commodities, crops and freight movements." He soon became a partner with a 1/8th share of the profits. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 378 (1948). Married into a merchantile Protestant and Dutch family of impeccable position. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 32 (1966). Like La Guardia and Schiff, he married a Gentile. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 33 (1966). His first major coup was in sugar where he made a profit of $60,000 when Congress refused to reduce the tariff. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 378-379 (1948). On July 3, 1898 he was told that the U.S. navy had sunk the entire Spanish fleet. This had not been reported. When the stock market re-opened, he and a senior partner of the firm made a "killing" when the market boomed. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 379 (1948). He represented Thomas Fortune Ryan in negotiations to purchase the Liggett and Myers Tobacco Company. With the $50,000 commission he bought his seat on the exchange. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 379 (1948). His heavy investment in Amalgamated Copper made him almost a million dollars after he went home for Yom Kippur day and was unavailable when the stock was going down prior to declaring a dividend. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 379 (1948). By 30 had earned his first million. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). "I piled up one million and another...And then I really began to make money." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 380 (1948). He resigned from Houseman and became a "lone eagle." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 379 (1948). He subsidized Texas Gulf Sulphur, financed a process for mining porphyry low-grade rock (doubling the world's copper output) and developed plantations in Mexico to manufacture rubber from the guayule plant. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 380 (1948). By the age of 32 "he held a substantial interest in the vital commodies of the world's economy." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 380 (1948). He gave generously to Democrats at a time most men of wealth were giving to Republicans. In 1912 a group of Wilson backers introduced him to the future President. The two took a strong liking to each other. After giving generously, Wilson offered him the position of Secretary of the Treasury. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 380 (1948). In the summer of 1912, Bernard Baruch would want into the Democratic headquarters with Wilson, "leading him like one would a poddle on a string." Wilson was told to support the Federal Reserve System, direct election of U.S. Senators (which allowed more control by professional politicians), a graduated income tax, aid to Europe if war broke out and to follow recommendations with a sympathetic ear on appointments to key Cabinet posts. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 137 (1970). As Wilson approached his end, he said: "I am a most unhappy man...unwittingly I have ruined my country." Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 146 (1970). In 1916, Baruch was named a member of the Advisory Committee of the Council of National Defense. In 1918, Baruch was appointed chairman of the War Industries Board. In 1919, Baruch served on the Supreme Economic Council of the Peace Conference in Paris. He sought to advise Wilson on the economic terms of the peace treaty. The entrance of America into the League of Nations was considered to be a national rather than just a party question. He urged acceptanceh)0*0*0* of the reservations to the League of Nations treaty. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 382 (1948). But Wilson was inflexible, Americans refused to ratify the Covenant and the U.S. declined to enter the League. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 383 (1948). He talked frequently with Churchill (British War Minister of Munitions) and Clemenceau who called him "Prince d'Israel." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 383 (1948). Baruch financed a school of international relations at Williamstown, Massachusetts "at which leading statesmen and economists gathered to diagnose the social and political ills of the nation." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 383 (1948). In 1921, Baruch advised the Kansas State Board of Agriculture on ways to industrialize farming. He developed a "Magna Charta" for farmers and convinced them that it was o.k. to sit at a desk and "boss" a job. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 383 (1948). He advised three republican presidents, accepted no public office and carried on his business from a bench in Lafayette Park at the rear of a statute of Andrew Jackson. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 383-384 (1948). Got out of market in 1929 before the great crash. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). John D.Rockefeller also got out before the crash because the market looked too high. Caroline Bird, THE INVISIBLE SCAR 10 (1966). Among those who may have sold short before the crash were named Tom Bragg, Ben Smith and Joe Kennedy. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 119 (1970). Kennedy initially was hesitant to give to FDR but eventually came around generously. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 119 (1970). In 1942, Baruch developed a rubber program for the war industry--assisted by Dr. Conant and Dr. Compton. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 384 (1948). Baruch developed a man-power program in 1943 and worked out a program of postwar economic adjustment for James F. Byrnes of the Office of War Moblization. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 384 (1948). In 1946, Baruch was appointed American delegate to the Atomic Energy Commission. Baruch gave over $20 million to charity. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). To communists, Baruch said: "You don't distribute wealth; you distribute poverty." He also said: "The fiscal strength of a nation lies not in what the government owns put what its people own. The sinews of producion are not dollars--they are efforts." Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 380 (1948). When he was a member of Palm Beach's Bath and Tennis Club, Baruch received the letter asking members not to bring guests of Jewish extraction. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 121 (1966). Tall, 6'4", sharp blue eyes, stubborn chin and ever-present hearing aid. Warned of war in 1934 and urged the stockpiling of strategic materials. Proposed in 1937 an economic mobilization plan for war. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 60 (1952). His wife, Annie Griffin, died in 1938. They were married for 41 years. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). Wilson became his greatest hero after he met him in 1912. Wilson fought the snobbery of clubs at Princeton. But Brandeis was closer to Wilson than Baruch. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 186-187 (1966). He supported Wilson over Roosevelt as did FRD, John N. Garner, Sam Rayburn, Homer Cummings, Dan Roper, Joseph E. Davies, Charles W. Elliot, Jacob Schiff, Henry Morgenthau, Thomas Fortune Ryan, Louis Brandeis and Adolp Ochs (New York Times publisher). E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 180 (1966); W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 19 (1970). Henry Morgenthau put up some $10,000 and was awarded the Ambassadorship to Turkey by Wilson. He had made a killing developing the large holdings of Levi P. Morton estate in the Bronx. He encouraged FDR to make investments which went sour. He agreed to make FDR whole if he would help Henry Morgenthau, Jr. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 82 (1970). Henry Morgenthau, Jr. was appointed Secretary of the Treasury. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 85 (1970). Morgenthau Jr. told Dall that: "I am in Washington under orders, and I intend to do the best I can." Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 87 (1970). Wilson was known as "Peck's Bad Boy". One story is that Mrs. Peck's son needed $30,000. She allegedly retained Samuel Untermyer. Supposedly he called on Wilson and said for $250,000 Mrs. Peck would return certain letters to him. When Wilson said he could come up with only $100,000, Untermyer is said to have offered to clear up the matter if Wilson would appoint Brandeis to the U.S. Supreme Court. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 140-141 (1970). Houston and Lodge believedh)0*0*0* McAdoo and Baruch were running things but it has been said this was limited only to sending memorandums of advice. Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 123 (1964). Baruch was offered position of Secretary of the Treasury by Wilson in 1916 and by FDR in 1933. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). William McAdoo was appointed Treasury Secretary on March 5, 1913. Wilson then appointed Carter Glass on December 16, 1918 and David Franklin Houston on February 2, 1920. On March 4, 1921 Warren G. Harding appointed Andrew William Mellon. Belle Baruch and Evangeline Johnson went to Wilson to urge him to make a radio speech the night before the 5th anniversary of the 1918 Armistice in favor of the League. Despite his dislike of radio, on November 10, 1923, he got to his feet and addressed the largest radio audience up to that time. Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 223-225 (1964). In 1920 the Wilsons bought a very expensive $150,000 house. Ten friends each contributed $10,000--including Baruch. Baruch also bought the lot next door to assure privacy for the Wilsons and allowed nature to have its way. Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 170 (1964). As Wilson worked on The Statement or The Document to tell how America should be run and what its ultimate meaning was, Baruch, Houston, Baker, Colby and Brandeis were asked for advice. Central was that America must enter the League of Nations. Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 208 (1964). Just before Wilson died, Baruch and Carter Glass sat in his libary. Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 235 (1964). At Wilson's funeral McAdoo followed Mrs. Wilson with Nellie and Margaret on each arm. The honorary pallbearers included ex-Secretary Daniels, Baker, Houston, Redfield, Meredith, Gregory, Payne and Senator Glass, Jesse Jones, and General Tasker Bliss. Cleveland Dodge, Dr. Davis and Dr. Hiram Woods represented the class of 1879. Gene Smith, WHEN THE CHEERING STOPPED 252 (1964). After J.P. Morgan turned it down, Baruch got Myer Guggenheim to gamble on the Gatling process. This lowered the price of refining copper dramatically. OUR CROWD 248 (1967). Henry Ford launched his crusade in the Dearborn Independent and targeted Baruch as "the most powerful man in the world" in an expose of "The Jewish Copper Kings." This caused him to afterwards adopt a back-stage role. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 205 (1966). As early as 1925, Baruch conceived an economy of trusts regulated by a Federal Commission. He proposed a "Supreme Court of Industry" to the Boston Chamber of Commerce in 1930 on May day. William McAdoo was his closest friend in government and Swope's youngest brother, Herbert Bayard Swope, wa shis closet confidante. William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 217 (1984). Although McAdoo had met Baruch a few times before, they became close friends when Baruch pledged $1 million to the astonished McAdoo for financing surplus cotton until the market improved. "That was the beginning of my friendship with Baruch." McAdoo got the remaining $2 million from Jacob Schiff. J.P. Morgan & Company, Chase and National City were also heavy subscribers. CROWDED YEARS 302 (1931). Baruch was head of the Purchasing Commission with Robert S. Lovett and Robert S. Brookings. Lovett and Secretary of War Baker, according to Wilson, objected to his appointment because he was a Wall Street speculator. McAdoo urged his appointment and prevailed. Later Wilson made Baruch chairman of the War Industries Board. William McAdoo, CROWDED YEARS 401-402 (1931). The date of his appointment to the War Industries Board was March 5, 1918. He was given life or death powers over businesses. "There is only one business for America and Americans--war...War is the business of America." He did not call a dozen meetings to arrange details. Not a single businessman made a genuinely hostile declaration against him. In 1917 he purchased more than $10 billion in food and material. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 381 (1948). Wilson dubbed him "Dr. Facts." After his service, he decided not to ever return to the street again given his inside knowledge. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 382 (1948). Wilson was informed by McAdoo that either Baruch or Glass should succeed him as Secretary of Treasury. Baruch said he wanted to finish the work he was doing as head of the h)0*0*0*ԌWar Industries Board. Glass was told he did not need administrative abilities since Treasury was highly organized with sufficient staff. CROWDED YEARS 504. In 1917, Wilson appointed him a member of the Council of National Defense, chief of the Division of Raw Materials. Before accepting the post he sold his seat on the exchange and disposed of all securities he held that might be effected by the war effort. He got the government price of copper down from thirty cents a pound to just above sixteen cents. Steel was obtained for half the market price. Henry Thomas, 50 GREAT AMERICANS 381 (1948). Brookings served on the War Industries Board in 1917 and became chairman of the WIB's Price Fixing Committee which negotiated the price of all U.S. goods purchased by the Allied governments. Mark and Leoanrd Silk, THE AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 162 (1980). In 1919 Lincoln Steffans wrote Baruch, after a visit to Russia, "I have seen the future and it works." James Trager, THE PEOPLE'S CHRONOLOGY 790 (1979). He was one of 500 on Jack Morgan's "preferred list" to buy United Corporation stock at a lower price. Gordon Thomas and Max Morgan-Witts, THE DAY THE BUBBLE BURST 149 (1979). He, along with J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, Paul Warburg, Otto Kahn and Jacob Schiff, provided money for the founding of the CFR. Ralph Epperson, THE UNSEEN HAND 196-197 (1985). Hoover once listed him among the great men of his generation. E. Digby Baltzell, THE PROTESTANT ESTABLISHMENT 32 (1966). He called Hoover's Federal Farm Board the "most socialist legislation this country has ever seen." William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 176 (1984). After Hoover was elected, "a small group of extremely rich men"--Baruch, John J. Raskob, Pierre de Du Pont, and other substantial Democrats--who regarde him as a dangerous liberal--provided Charles Michelson with at least $1 million for a four-year campaign against his elected administration. As head of the Democratic National Committee, Michelson was not allowed to refer to FDR. Caroline Bird, THE INVISIBLE SCAR 91 (1966). Churchill met Baruch in 1917 before he was with him on Wall Street on "Black Thursday" in 1929. William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 239 (1984). While in Canada, on his way to the U.S. in 1929, Chruchill wrote to his old friend Baruch and said he wanted to met "the leaders of its fortunes." Gordon Thomas and Max Morgan-Witts, THE DAY THE BUBBLE BURST 270 (1979). On October 6th Baruch's private railway car arrived in N.Y. from Chicago after picking up the Churchills who had been staying with William Randolph Hurst in California. Gordon Thomas and Max Morgan-Witts, THE DAY THE BUBBLE BURST 322 (1979). Churchill appeared about 2:15 in the Vistor's gallery at the Exchange--while on a Lecture Tour. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 113 (1970). He heeded the warning of the prepetrator of a bloodless revolution--Paul Warburg--in getting out of the market. William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 185 (1984). Baruch, in the Spring of 1929, said he saw "storm warnings" in the stock market. In July 1929 he vacationed in the south of France with banker friends. In early August he left southern France with Churchill for Scotland. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 114 (1970). Curtis Dall asked him about Wall Street and he replied that he thought well of silver. He told Dall: "In fact, I own about 5/16ths of the world's visible supply of silver." Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 74 (1970). A few months later FDR doubled the price of silver to help the western miners. Ralph Epperson, THE UNSEEN HAND 66 (1985). Barusch got out early: "I had begun to liquidate my stock holdings and to put my money into bonds and into a cash reserve. I also bought gold." Ralph Epperson, THE UNSEEN HAND 181 (1985). Advisor to five Presidents. Wilson made him head of the War Industries Board (WPB) in WWI. Republicans Warren G. Harding and Herbert Hoover asked him for advice although he was a Democrat. FDR sought his advice upon practically ever economic matter. In 1946 Truman made him chairman of the American delegation to the UN's AEC. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 61 (1952). In 1942 Baruch, along with Havard University President James Bryant Conant and Chicago University physicist Arthur H. Compton, said: "Unless corrective measures are taken immediately (to conserve rubber), this country will face both a military and a civilian collapse." James Trager, THE PEOPLE'S CHRONOLOGY 967 (1979). FDR could not have gotten elected without his assistance. At times the campaign had no money even for radio. Johnson said in his book, "Every time a crisis came, (Baruch) either gave the necessary money, or went out and got it."h)0*0*0*ԌWilliam P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 215-216 (1984). In 1948 Baruch coined the phrase "cold war." James Trager, THE PEOPLE'S CHRONOLOGY 1005 (1979). Advisor to Ike. See photo: W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 19 (1970). USSR rejected his plan for international control of atomic energy. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). At the first cabinet meeting after FDR was elected in 1933, he and his friend General Hugh Johnson (who later headed the National Recovery Administration) brought a copy of the book by Gentile, the Italian Fascist theoreticians, for each member of the cabinet. Each read the book with care. Ralph Epperson, THE UNSEEN HAND 271. Labor Secretary Frances Perkins was given THE CORPORATE STATE by Johnson. When Johnson left N.R.A. he invoked what he called the shining name of Mussolini. William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 218 (1984). General Hugh "Iron Pants" Johnson was a regular guest at Baruch's Hobcaw's estate. MY OWN STORY 277 (1957). Johnson organized voluntary registration for WWI by appeals to patriotism. He used similar methods to get manufacturers to agree to NRA codes and locked competitors up in rooms. Caroline Bird, THE INVISIBLE SCAR 127 (1966). Johnson said: "May God have mercy on the man or group of men who attempt to trifle with this bird." His top NRA aids were the president of GE (the largest electric company), the chairman of Standard Oil (the biggest oil company) and Filene's of Boston (the representative of the most prominent financial speculator in the U.S.). William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 220 (1984). Despite the fact that Ford paid his workers more than the code required, he was threatened with the possibility of seizure by Johnson. He refused to sign up and display the blue eagle. William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 128 (1984). Henry Ford, who died in 1947, denounced the auto code as a conspiracy between his competitors and international bankers. In 1935 the NRA was declared unconstitutional. Caroline Bird, THE INVISIBLE SCAR 128 (1966). Johnson denounced the opposition to the NRA and the unbalanced budget New Deal by the Brookings Institution after serving with Robert Brookings two decades before. He said Brookings had become "one of the most sanctimonius and pontifical rackets in the country" and "a pressure bureau to publicize the preconceived ideas of Harold Moulton." Mark and Leoanrd Silk, THE AMERICAN ESTABLISHMENT 167 (1980). Johnson set up a National Labor Board under Senator Robert Wagner of New York. Caroline Bird, THE INVISIBLE SCAR 183 (1966). The disaffected Hugh Johnson said: "I know of no well informed Washington observer who isn't convinced that if Mr. Roosevelt is elected, he will drag us into war at the first opportunity, and if none presents itself he will make one." William P. Hoar, ARCHITECTS OF CONSPIRACY 229 (1984). In January 1941 supported freeze on prices, wages and rents. Was asked to investigate the rubber shortage in 1942 by FDR. His remedial measures included restricted annual milage for cars, a speed limit nationally of 35 MPH and gas rationing. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 61 (1952). In 1950 Congress enacted his all-out regulations for the Korean War rather than Truman's mild economic controls. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 61 (1952). Cold bath every morning, eats like a boy, took a drink and rhode the hounds. Has S.C. colonial plantation. Maintained that old age was not inevitable. Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). Once a New York cabbie was rude to him "so Baruch got out of the cab and with one punch to the chin, knocked the cabbie to the pavement." A policeman asked: "Anything I can do to help you, Mr. Baruch?" He replied: "Yes. Pick up that son-of-a-bitch so I can hit him again." Donald Robinson, THE 100 MOST IMPORTANT PEOPLE 62 (1952). Baruch once proclaimed: "I am the most powerful man in the world." He retired at 91 and turned over the reins to Sidney Weinberg, organizer of the BAC. W.B. at 70. Sidney Weinberg was syndicate manager for Goldman. Both Lehman Brothers and Goldman, Sachs underwrote and distributed the preferred and common stocks of many U.S. companies. Lehman generally did the syndicating of the issues. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 25 (1970). Around 1927, Frederick Warburg joined the group at Lehman Brothers "on loan." Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MYh)0*0*0*ԌEXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 27 (1970). Max Warburg, his uncle, was one of the Kaiser's top Secret Service men. He arranged the first sealed train after the Armistice to pass through Germany, carrying Trotsky in Russia $500,000 in gold. Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 29 (1970). "He is undoubtably one of the world's most influential bankers. In the U.S. he has become a great 'behind-the-scene' political power for both major parties." Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 26 (1970). Weinberg, of Goldman, Sachs and Company, has been described as a "corporate bigwig" with "multiple upper-level corporate directorships and yachting companion of the mighty." Ferdinand Lundberg, THE RICH AND THE SUPER RICH 291 (1988). He is given credit for saving the Ford fortune with the Ford Foundation. Ferdinand Lundberg, THE RICH AND THE SUPER RICH 291 (1988). Henry Ford Sr. held on to the control of Ford "virtually until his death" and "refused to make the normal preparations engaged in by the prudent rich--that is, hand over his fortune during his lifetime to escape prohibitive taxes." Ford was faced with a 90% death tax on $600,000,000. "He had held on to the bitter end to almost 60 percent of the Ford Company's voting stock, and he was caught with his breeches down." As chairman of Goldman, Sachs, Weinberg worked out an 11th hour setting up the Ford Foundation for Human Advancement. Ford's son Edsel, was able to transfer the bulk of his holdings to the foundation before his premature death. About 90% of Ford's stock passed to the Foundation. Dana Thomas, THE MONEY CROWD 21 (1973). The remaining 10% of the stock was left in the Ford family which was voting. The estate tax was $21 million on a $70 million taxable estate. $500 million escaped into the foundation. "It is an irony that the Ford Foundation, a leading subsidizer of black people's civil rights and welfare, was set up in an emergency to spare the arch-conservative Henry having to hand over his money to the hated New Deal 'Socialists.'" Dana Thomas, THE MONEY CROWD 21-22 (1973). His doughty comment about David Rockefeller was: "David's always got an Emperor or Shah or some other damn person over here, giving them lunches. If I went to all the lunches he gives for people like that, I'd never get any work done." Ferdinand Lundberg, THE RICH AND THE SUPER RICH 628 (1988). C.A.K. Martens, of Weinberg & Posner, located at 120 Broadway, was the first Soviet Ambassador. Anthony C. Sutton, AMERICA'S SECRET ESTABLISHMENT 140 (1986). Martens, formerly a Vice-President of Weinberg & Posner, worked with Alexander Nyberg, a Soviet representative in the United States with the Soviet Bureau--originally called the Finnish Information Bureau. Anthony C. Sutton, AMERICA'S SECRET ESTABLISHMENT 146 (1986). Scotland Yard did a report on revolutionaries in the U.S. in 1919 to identify Boshevik supporters and stated that "Martens is very much in the limelight." Anthony C. Sutton, AMERICA'S SECRET ESTABLISHMENT 124 (1986). |v, financial consultant to numerous Presidents, emerged a multi-millionaire because he had almost all his money in silver--almost one-fifth of the world's visible  F silver at that time.$ ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 103 (1973); CURTIS B. DALL, F.D.R. MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW at 73. The great depression followed an unprecedented sudden and massive rise in the ratio of debt to U. S. national income. (1--3). William Bryan gave his explanation of the crash: "When everything was ready, the New York financiers started calling 24 hour broker call loans. This meant that the stock brokers and the customers had to dump their stock in order to pay the loans...The Federal Reserve System would not come to their aid  F although they were instructed under the law to maintain an elastic currency."$ THE UNITED STATES: UNRESOLVED MONETARY AND POLITICAL PROBLEMS; ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 43-44 (1973). In 1930 the world's central bankers created the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) at the urging of Germany's Hjalmar Horace Greeley Schacht (Nazi Minister of Economics and president of the  F Reichsbank) and with the second of Emil Puhl.>$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 23 (1983).> Schacht had been early raised, in part, in Brooklyn,  F New York, and "had powerful Wall Street connections."9$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 23 (1990).9 The idea was to create an international institution for communication and continued collusion between the world's financial leaders even in the event of an international conflict. The charter provided that BIS would be immune from seizure, closure or censure--whether or not its owners were at war. "These owners included the Morgan-affiliated First National Bank of New York (among whose directors were Harold S. Vanderbilt and Wendell Wilkie), the  F Bank of England, the Reichsbank, the Bank of Italy, the Bank of France, and other central banks.>$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 23 (1983).> The Academic American Encyclopedia, renowned for providing sources for further reading, merely states: "The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) was established in 1930 in Basel, Switzerland, to promote cooperation among Central Banks and generally to facilitate International operations by acting as a 'central bank's bank.' The bank's authorized capital is 1.5 billion gold francs, divided into 600,000 shares. Subscribing to these shares are the central banks (or surrogate institutions) of 24 European countries and 5 other nations, which exercise the right of representation and voting at annual meetings in proportion to their shares (some shares are in private hands with no participation at annual meetings). The BIS is thus a limited-share company, but it is also an international organization governed by international law." While money is considered an area reserved for experts, the BIS's meetings--like the meetings of theh)80*0*0* CFR, the Trilateral Commission, the Club of Rome, the Bildebergers and the Fed--is secret. The BIS has a tradition of keeping "a low public profile but it has been pushed very much into the limelight by the debt  F crisis."U$ Brian Kettell and George Magnus, THE INTERNATIONAL DEBT GAME 105 (1986).U Today the BIS "provides an invaluable forum for central bankers, handles international monetary transactions, takes deposits from central banks worldwide and monitors the scale and scope of banks'  F  lending and borrowing activities."U$ Brian Kettell and George Magnus, THE INTERNATIONAL DEBT GAME 105 (1986).U Carroll Quigley described the BIS as the apex of the system of financial control: "The powers of financial capitalism had another far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. The system was to be controlled in a feudalistic fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreement arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex was to be the Bank of International Settlements in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned  F  and controlled by the world's central banks which were themselves private corporations."E$ Caroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 134 (Angriff Pr. 1975).E The BIS was established as "a private organization...owned by the seven chief central banks...operated  FH by the heads of these, who together formed its governing board."E$ Caroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 324 (Angriff Pr. 1975).E The BIS was formed in 1930 to handle problems of German repatriation payments. It is the only effective international lender of last  F resort.; $ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 120 (1983).; The pretext was to provide the Allies with reparations payments for W.W. I while the reality was "a money funnel for American and British funds to flow into Hitler's coffers and to help Hitler build  Fh up his war machine."> $ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 24 (1983).> Among the questions raised by BIS: 1) Ultimate aim is monopoly on issue? 2) Why created? 3) By who? 4) Planning done by? 5) Powers given in corporate charter? 6) Where was incorporation done? 7) Who were incorporators? 8) Who owns how many shares? 9) Presidents since 1930? 10) Why located in Basle? 11) How are votes taken for private share-holders? 12) Why gold francs? 13) Where did initial gold come from? 14) Did Germany deposit gold from Jews? 15) During WWII what happened to Catholic Church in Italy? 16) Evils of central banks compared with U.S. Fed? In 1930 money (old M2) upswing.  F  The Independent capitalist economy (ICE) existed until approximately 1930.M $ HORACE H. ROBBINS, FICTIVE CAPITAL AND FICTIVE PROFIT 47 (1974).M It was then replaced with the PEFCP (Political Economy of Fictive Capital and Profit). In 1930 the share of all corporate assets held by the 200 largest corporations rose from 32% in 1909 to 49%. By 1939 it reached 57%. The same 200 held 49.2% of the assests of all 40,000 corporations in the country ($81 billion out of $165 billion) in 1930. American Telephone and Telegraph (controlled by Morgan) had greater assets than the total wealth of 21  F states of the Union. $ Quigley at 72. With respect to gold circulation the U.S. was unique. "In England the notes of the Bank of England  F@ were generally accepted as a gold substitute, reducing thereby the use of gold coins."@ $ ARTHUR NUSSBAUM, A HISTORY OF THE DOLLAR 98 (1957).@ A professor of Church History and Social Science at Dublin wrote in 1930: "...For nearly two centuries the world has been confronted with a new and terrible phenomenon of which there is no complete parallel in any other period of history. Some style it Liberalism; others the antiChristian movement; and others again prefer the  F$  more striking and dramatic name The Revolution. Different from all former political, social or religious institutions which were local, or confined to certain sections of the community, the modern Revolution is universal. In spite of difference of race, of climate, of economic position, it is everywhere essentially the samerestless, disruptive, materialistic, antipatriotic and irreligious. It permeates all classes with dieas and principles which, whileh)90*0*0*Ԍ incompatible with real prosperity or peace, inspires its dupes with an unfounded hope  F  of securing all they desire by means of destruction."`$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against Man and God 4 (1974).` In 1931 Shaw said in a Moscow speech: "It is a real comfort to me, an old man, to be able to step into my grave with the knowledge that the civilization of the world will be saved...It is here in Russia that I have actually been convinced that the new Communist system is capable of leading mankind out if its present crisis, and saving it from complete anarchy and ruin." In an earlier trip, Shaw had praised Lenin as the "greatest Fabian of them all." The method of the Fabians, said Shaw, was stealth, intrigue,  F@ subversion and the deception of never calling socialism by its right name. $ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 26 (1964). Communism and socialism are both forms of monopoly. "The only difference is...the monopoly is operated by the government. But what if an international banker, through loans to the state, manipulation of a central bank, or bribes, is able to acheive domination over a government? In that case, he would find socialism welcome, for it would serve  F  him as an instrument to control society." James Perloff, The Shadows of Power 44 (1988).  D.M. Manuiksky, told students at the Lenin School of Political Warfare in 1931: "Our time will come in 20 or 30 years. To win we shall need the element of surprise. The Bourgeois will have to be put to sleep, so we shall begin by launching the most spectacular peace movement on record. There will be electrifying overtures and unheardof concessions. The capitalist countries, stupid and decadent, will rejoice in their own destruction. They will leap at another chance to be friends. As soon as their guard is down, we shall smash them with our clenched fist." In 1931 Israel Moses Sieff, the multimillionaire head of the giant retail empire, Marks and Spencer, stated in a confidential PEP document: "Whether we like it or not, the individualist farmer will be forced by events to submit to farreaching changes of outlook and methods. He will receive instructions as to the quanity and quality of his produce...He will be less free to make marketing and arbitary decisions as to his own business...Planned economy must clearly involve drastic increases in inroads upon the right of  F ownership of land. What is required...is transfer of ownership of large blocks of land."$ F ԍ Eustace Mullins, The Curse of Canaan 103 (1987). During the years 19281932, Stalin set about implementing a fiveyear plan to collectivize agriculture and create a basic system of heavy industry. Peasants were forced off their own lands worked by their own animals and their own tools, communal farms were established and the crops were owned outright by the state.Under the new system the peasants did not have a proprietory interest and had no incentive to produce. Peasants who resisted were beaten, sent into exile or killed. In 1945 Stalin told Churchill that twelve million peasants died in this  F reorganization of agriculture." Des Griffin, Descent Into Slavery 110111 (1988). A report on file with the State Department proves that Jacob Schiff's Kuhn, Loeb and Co. "bankrolled the first fiveyear plan."  F@ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 81 (1985). At the 7-power conference in London in July 1931 the Fed was put under the control of the Bank of International Settlements. (10-29). The decision to deny Germany further credits by Paul and Max Warburg precipitated the great 1931 European banking crisis. Henry Stimson, influenced by Morgan, proposed the 1931 moratorium in a way that assured that Hitler would take power in Germany. Germany's British and American creditors "were the underwriters for the Nazis' rise to power." (19--51). In the summer of 1931 there was a run on the Bank of England as foreigners turned their holdings  F into gold. The Bank borrowed large amounts of gold from America and France to meet the demands.\$ T.K. DERRY & T.L. JARMAN, THE MAKING OF MODERN BRITAIN 236 (Collier Ed. 1962).\ On September 21 the pound ceased to be based on gold and financial leadership passed decisively to the Americans. American financiers made reduction of the dole a condition for granting a loan of gold to the Bank of England. "Twenty men and one woman--a British Cabinet--waited one black Sunday afternoon  F in a Downing Street garden for a final decision from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York."s$ DENIS FAHEY, MONEY MANIPULATION AND SOCIAL ORDER 14 (1944); John Mitchell, TAX-BONDS OR BONDAGE at 12.s "Let us have the courage to stop borrowing to meet deficits. Stop the deficits." --F.D.R. The crushing burden of taxation caused by interest is preparation for the Semi-Communist state  F(# advocated by P.E.P.$ Fahey at 96. Between 1919 and 1933 the British national debt was not reduced despite payment of debt and interest sums of $868 million pounds. In 1933 it was $8 billion (pounds) or $512  F$ million (pounds) more than the debt on March 31, 1919.A$ Fahey at 97; Arthur Kitson, THE BANKER'S CONSPIRACY.A In 1932 on January 13 Congressman McFadden accused Kuhn, Loeb & Company of treason and conspiracy in Congress. In a paper presented in February 1932, Counts said: "Historic capitalism, with its deification of the principle of selfishness, its reliance upon the forces of competition, in placing of property above humanh):0*0*0* rights, and its exaltation of the profit motive, will either have to be displaced altogether or so radically changed in form and spirit that its identity will be completely lost." He urged "a coordinated, planned and  F socialized economy."Y$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 102 (1964).Y In 1932 Dr. Counts wrote a 56page booklet demanding that education must be freed from the influence of the middle classes. He stated that "the teachers should deliberately reach  F  for power and then make the most of their conquest."j$ F ԍ George S. Counts, Dare the Schools Build A New Social Order? 28 (1932).j A series of AntiAmericanism views appeared  F in textbooks.$ F ԍ See Dr. E. Merril Root, Brain Washing in the High Schools (Devin Adair, 1959) and Collectivism on  F the Campus (Devin Adair, 1961); Augustin G. Rudd, Bending of the Twig. In 1961 Douglas wrote: "The dependency of nations on each other is developing international collectivism in myriad forms. This is a  FX healthy growth of collectivism of which the free world is a part." William O. Douglas, A World Without  F  War 159 (1961). In 1932 Franklin D. Roosevelt was elected President on the promise that he would reduce the size and cost of the national government. He said the Hoover administration was "the greatest spending Administration in peace times in all of our history. It is an Administration that has piled bureau on bureau, commission on commission..." He further said: "I regard reduction in federal spending as one of  F the most important issues of this campaign.",$ THE NEW AMERICAN 4 (Dec. 1985)., Felix Frankfurter made two weekend pilgrimmages from Cambridge to Hyde Park in 1932 as a Havard Law Professor. He and Bernard Baruch were the "Gold Dust Twins". Baruch as the number one man raised most of the campaign and expense money while Frankfurter approved, directly or obliquely, most  F of the governmental appointments.G$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 69 (1970).G Frankfurter provided a letter of introduction to Harold Laski, his close friend in London, to several law student graduates. The students asked Laski if he was a communist and he said he was. He said he talked with Frankfurter at least once a week over the  F telephone.G$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 70 (1970).G In 1933, FDR offered Frankfurter the office of Solicitor General of the U.S. for the  F New Deal.G$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 70 (1970).G  F0  An attempted assassination on FDR was made by Giuseppe Zangara, a Roman Catholic.l$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 164 (1975).l harry  F S. Truman was FDR's Vicepresident.V$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 201 (1990).V In Leviticus, the Third Book of Moses, all estates and properties in Israel were to be re-distributed every fifty years. Old debts were to be cancelled and mortgaged lands and slaves redeemed. In America  F this was called the New Deal.7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 71.7 FDR's ancestors came to America about 1682. They were Claes Martenszen Van Rosenvelt and on the distaff side Janette Samuel. Of Spanish sephardim descent and had escaped Catholic Ferdinand's persecution in 1492 by going to England. The Roosevelt family tree, from  Fp the time of arrival in America, was packed with Jacobs, Isaacs and Samuels.7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 73.7 FDR was quoted in the New York Times on March 14, 1935: "In the distant past my ancestors may have been Jews. All I know about the origin of the Roosevelt family is that they are apparently the descendants of Claes  F Martenszen van Roosevelt, who came from Holland."7 $ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 73.7 The Carnegie Institute said Roosevelt was  F Jewish and Roosevelt's wife was hereself a Jewess.7!$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 73.7 Sara Delano, Mrs. James Roosevelt, was FDR's mother. She came from the Delano family of Newberg, New York in the heart of the Hudson River country. The Delano family was initially a sea-faring family from Fairhaven, Massachusetts. They engaged in the Far East trade out of Fairhaven. She married James Roosevelt of Hyde Park who had participated in railroad promotions and mergers in the U.S. in the late 19th century. He was related to the Astor and  Fx the Vanderbilt families.G"$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 97 (1970).G Uncle Teddy was an up-staging guest at the wedding of Eleanor Hall  F@ Roosevelt and Franklin Delano Roosevelt. Eleanor was President Theodore Roosevelt's niece.L#$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 138-139 (1970).L In the late 1920's and early 1930's, FDR was advised by Bernard Baruch, Felix Frankfurter, Louis Howe, Jim  F Farley, Herbert Lehman, his wife, Sam Rosenman and others.H$$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 138 (1970).H Those on the White House calling list with guest privileges included Bernard Baruch, Felix Frankfurter, Henry Morgenthau, Jr. and General  F`" George Marshall.H%$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 132 (1970).H When FDR was New York governor, democratic gatherings often included "Mr.  F(# Herbert" (Herbert Lehman).G&$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 53 (1970).G 52 of FDR's 72 advisors were Jewish. 80% of U.S. national income  F# controlled by Jews.7'$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 95.7 The Hollywood Jewish majority of 95% was run by Adolf Zukor.7($ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 96.7 Louis McHenry Howe was FDR's closet political advisor. He occupied a room on the top floor and was a fixture  F% in the household.G)$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 21 (1970).G During the day he worked part-time somewhere other than Wall Street. "He had  FH& no use for Wall Street."G*$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 21 (1970).G FDR said he had known Louis since his first political days in Albany. He  F' had been reporter for a New York paper.H+$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 106 (1970).H Those who wanted access to FDR had to go through the  F' President's wife, Louis Howe and later Grace Tully. Harry Hopkins was groomed to replace Howe.G,$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 56 (1970).G On at least two occasions, Howe met with small groups of men in a White House side room. Several had  Fh) ten-day growths of beard and appeared fugitive.G-$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 94 (1970).G Hopkins was a social worker.H.$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 132 (1970).H Hopkins, withh);0*0*0* the help of other White House advisors, managed to lend $6 billion in war materials, at the war's end, to  F Stalin.G/$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 80 (1970).G Hopkins was instrumental in collecting and shipping the Soviets ultra-scarce uranium, heavy water, vast amounts of thin copper wire and other materials. With the help of Henry Morgenthau, Jr. and Harry Dexter White, Hopkins dispatched several plane loads of U.S. money-plates, special paper and  F  special ink to the Soviets.G0$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 80 (1970).G It was estimated that some $19 billion of such printed money came to the  F U.S.f1$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 81 (1970); American Mercury (July 1957).f Another close FDR advisor was Basil "Doc" O'Connor--his active law partner in the firm of  F Roosevelt and O'Connor.H2$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 130 (1970).H The disasterous inflation in Germany came from the borrowing from the central bank--not from money  F created without debt by the German government.B3$ JOHN H. BLACKMORE, MONEY: THE MASTER KEY 174 (1948). B It was the Reichbank that intentionally created  F the over-issuance to pay off the German debt.L4$ JOHN R. ELSOM, LIGHTENING OVER THE TREASURY BUILDING 89 (1976).L Max Winkler, Professor at City College of New York, wrote, FOREIGN BONDS: AN AUTOPSY, the classic study of defaulted bonds at a time when bank vaults were "so stuffed with them as to resemble financial mortuaries in the depths of the Depression of 1932." He wrote: "The fiscal history of Latin America is replete with instances of governmental defaults. Borrowing and default follow each other with almost perfect regularity. When payment is resumed, the past is easily forgotten and a new borrowing orgy ensues. The process started at the beginning of the past century and has continued to the present day. It has taught  F  us nothing.":5$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 69 (1987).: In 1933-34, a Morgan attempt to install a fascist dictatorship in the U.S. on behalf of U.S. bankers and industrialists was stopped only when General Smedley Darington Butler blew the whistle on the  F conspiracy.6$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 175 (1976); Jules Archer, THE PLOT TO SEIZE THE WHITE HOUSE 202 (1973). Major General Smedly Butler of the Marine Corps was contacted in 1932-1933 by Grayson Mallet-Provost Murphy (a director of the Morgan bank Guaranty Trust), Robert S. Clark (a banker who had inherited a large fortune from a founder of the Singer Sewing Machine company) and John W. Davis (the 1924 Democratic nominee for President and chief attorney for J.P. Morgan and Company). The plan was to seize the White house with an army of 500,000 veterens, hold FDR prisoner and get rid of him if he opposed heading a dictatorship they would install. They said they had $3 million and could be $300  F million--if necessary.<7$ Ralph Epperson, THE UNSEEN HAND 269-270 (1985).< Butler had said: "War was largely a matter of money. Bankers lend money to foreign countries and when they cannot repay, the President sends Marines to get it." That the military served as a collection agency for big bankers was confirmed in 1934 by the Senate Munitions Investigating Committee which confirmed Butler's suspicions that Standard Oil, United Fruit, the sugar trust and the  F  big banks had been behind most of the military interventions Butler had been ordered to lead.88$ Ralph Epperson, THE UNSEEN HAND 270 (1985).8 Controlled wars are part of the method of debt manipulation: "It was mainly into the countries of Spanish that American capital found its way. Some of it went there for those countries' economic development; other loans were political. For these latter there was almost a regular formula. It would be suggested to General X that he should raise a revolution against President A. Money would be lent to him to make the revolution and to President A to suppress it. For a time the loans would be so controlled as to keep the rival fighting forces roughly equal. Then, when it appeared that no more could be squeezed out of the country, one of the combatants would be offered far more liberal loans than his rival on the condition that, when successful, he made himself responsible for his rival's debt as well as his own. The Church would be either pillaged or reinstated according to whether it had been found the more convenient to make the liberals or the conservatives win...It (this formula) was used by Woodrow Wilson to establish in power the anti-clerical regime of Madero in Mexico and to depose President Sam from the Presidency  F'  of Haiti."r9$ CHRISTOPHER HOLLIS, THE TWO NATIONS 217; DENIS FAHEY, MONEY MANIPULATION AND SOCIAL ORDER 37 (1944). r The Latin American debt accounts for nearly half of the $626 billion owed by the developingh)<0*0*0*Ԍ F companies. More than 20% of it is held by a handful of U.S. banks.9:$ PENNY LERNOUX, IN BANKS WE TRUST 227 (1986).9 During the Great Depression all but three Latin American countries defaulted on their debts (Argentina, Haiti and the Dominican  F Republic). The latter two had U.S. Marines stationed there at the time. 9;$ PENNY LERNOUX, IN BANKS WE TRUST 228 (1986).9 Originally the Fed did not use the purchase of U.S. securities as the means to create new money or extinquish it. Money was created entirely through the Discount windows. Instead of buying or selling government notes and bonds, the Fed took in real bills of trade--the short-term debt notes that banks took  Fx when they lent to business and agriculture.<$ SECRETS at 292. The Fed was reformed during the 1930s when control over its decision-making was centralized in the  F Board of Governors in Washington.=$ SECRETS at 51-52. The Chairman and governors in Washington now have final approval over the individual operating budgets of the Reserve Banks. They can also veto salary increases  F` that local directors propose for their officers, including the Presidents.>$ SECRETS at 205. In the emergency atmosphere, the Glass-Steagall Act of early 1932 "reduced further the relationship between real bills and Federal Reserve notes." The collateral requirements were again reduced. An easy-money policy was hamstrung by the requirement that the Reserve Banks hold 100 percent collateral, in the form of eligible paper and gold, against their notes. "They also had to hold gold reserves equal to 40 per cent of their note liabilities and 35 per cent of their deposit liabilities. Any gold used as collateral against notes could also be used as reserves against notes, but not as reserves against deposits. With the amount of commercial paper shrinking with commerce, and gold disappearing into private hoards, there  Fh was just not enough to permit the necessary expansion of the money supply."d?$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 10 (1964).d The Reserve Banks were authorized "to use Government securities in addition to eligible paper and gold, as collateral for Federal Reserve notes. The grant of authority was temporary, but after a number  F of extensions, it was finally made permanent in 1945."d@$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 10 (1964).d Anne Hammons wrote in 1933: "The majority of the people of Texas in the seventies thought that an educated population was essential to the success of democratic government, but held that the obligation of the state to provide education extended only to orphans and indigent children. Many citizens thought it was almost criminal to tax a man to help educate the children of another." Jefferson stated: "If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and corporations that grow up around them will deprive the people of all property until their children will wake up homeless on the continent their fathers  FX conquered."A$ ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 118 (1973); THE WRITINGS OF THOMAS JEFFERSON (Memorial Edition). In the May 27, 1933 issue of "Liberation" magazine, reprinted in the Civil Servants' Year  F  Book, The Organizer, and printed in the Banker's Manifesto (a banker magazine intended for private circulation) it was stated: "Capital must protect itself in every possible way, through combination and legislation. Debts must be collected and loans and mortgages foreclosed as quickly as possible. When through a process of law the common people have lost their homes they will be more tractable and more easily governed through the strong arm of the law applied by the Central power of wealth under the control of leading financiers. People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. History repeats itself in regular cycles. This is well known among our principal men now engaged in forming an imperialism of Capital to govern the world. By dividing the voters we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over the questions of no importance to us except as teachers of the common herd, thus by discreet action we can secure for ourselves what  F%  has been generously planned and successfully accomplished."tB$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 102 (1st Ed. 1963) (Quoting Sydney H. Foster, THE GREAT CONSPIRACY). t  F'  In the early thirties--principally in 1933 and 1935--the act was amended 23 times.cC$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 9 (1964).c In 1932 the act was changed materially in the wake of three developments: (1) panicky withdrawals of currency, (2) conversion of deposits and currency into gold and (3) declining values on which bank assets were based.  Fh) "The result was a severe liquidity crisis in 1932 and a banking crisis in 1933."cD$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 9 (1964).ch)=0*0*0*Ԍ In 1933 the Bankers got the Federal Reserve Act amended to allow Bankers to deposit U.S. Bonds with  F the Comptroller as collateral and secure an equal amount of currency.AE$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 68 (1st Ed. 1963).A The Bankers first print currency, for which the U.S. gives them U.S. Bonds. Then they deposit the Bonds with the Comptroller, who in turn gives them currency. Then they hoard the currency in their vaults, and make loans to the  F  people, Ten for One, against which checking currency is issued as a substitute for money.AF$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 69 (1st Ed. 1963).A Warren G. Davenport stated: "They put Al Capone on Alcatraz Island for ducking a handful of income taxes, but these International Bankers, the head monguls of the Federal Reserve System, can get a Billion Dollars  Fx worth of U.S. Bonds for $300,000, and keep it up for 35 straight consecutive times. God help us."AG$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 74 (1st Ed. 1963).A Marriner S. Eccles, former Governor of the Fed, stated to the U.S. Government Investigating Committee under oath: "When the banks take a billion dollars of Government Bonds as they are offered, they credit the U.S. Treasury with a billion dollars, and charge their Government Bond account with a  F` billion dollars; or they create by a bookkeeping entry, the money with which they buy the bonds."AH$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 69 (1st Ed. 1963).A Ambassador Dodd in Germany was amazed by the monetary and technical contribution by the Rockefeller-controlled Vacuum Oil Company in building up military gasoline facilities for the Nazis and  F tried to warn FDR.NI$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 167 (1976).N Vacuum Oil Company, controlled by the Rockefellers, assisted in the creation  FH of Bolshevik Russia, the military build-up of Hitler and backed FDR's New Deal.NJ$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 167 (1976).N Hamburg banker Max Warburg was on the board of Farben Aufsichsrat in the late 1920s. Paul Warburg was on the board  F of American I.G. Farben's "wholly owned U.S. subsidiary."NK$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 33 (1976).N H.A. Metz of I.G. Farben was also a  F director of Warburg's Bank of Manhatten.NL$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 110 (1976).N Three board members of American I.G. Farben were found guilty at the War Crimes Trials at Nuremburg--Max Ilgner, F. Ter Meer and Hermann Schmitz. The American board members--Paul Warburg, Edsel Ford, C.E. Mitchell and Walter Teague--were not  F even questioned about their knowledge of the 1933 Hitler fund.NM$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 110 (1976).N Walter Teague of Standard Oil of  F New Jersey was a close FDR associate/backer and an NRA administrator. NN$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 164 (1976).N He was also on the board  F of FDR's Warm Springs Foundation.NO$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 167 (1976).N Between February 23, 1933 and March 13, 1933, I.G. Farbenindustrie contributed 400,000 marks to Schacht and Hess for Hitler--30.5% of the total  F contributions.NP$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 110 (1976).N German General Electric (A.E.G.) contributed 60,000 marks to Hitler in 1933. Four directors and a 25-30% interest was held by the U.S. General Electric parent company. Gerald Swope, an originator of the National Recovery Administration segment of FDR's New Deal, with Owen Young of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and Clark Minor of International General Electric, were the dominant  F8 Wall Streeters in A.E.G. and the most significant single influence.NQ$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 164 (1976).N A.E.G. plants in Germany  F managed to avoid Allied bombing.NR$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 164 (1976).N Max Warburg, along with Hitler himself, signed the document which appointed Hjalmar Schacht to  FX the Reichsbank.NS$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 147 (1976).N The Italian correspondent of Warburg's Bank of Manhattan was Banca Commerciale  F  Italiana.NT$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 145 (1976).N Morgan and Chase collaborated with the Nazis in France while a major war (WWII) was  F raging).NU$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 166 (1976).N I.T.T. was a Morgan-controlled company. In the U.S. I.T.T. was represented by von  F Guilleaume and Max Warburg.MV$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 78 (1976).M Prince Bernard of the House of Orange in the Netherlands was a member of the S.S. before the war. He then worked for I.B. Farben, married into the House of Orange and assumed his position as chairman  F of Shell Oil.:W$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 421 (1990).: Schacht "already had (oil) deals going with Walter Teague and Henri Deterling of  F! Shell.>X$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 85 (1983).> Walter C. Teagle, Chairman of the Rockefeller's Chase bank, entered the Standard Oil empire under the wing of John D. Rockefeller I. He was friendly with pro-Nazi Sir Henri Deterling of Royal Dutch Shell "who agreed with his views about capitalist domination of Europe and the ultimate need to destroy  F# Russia."AY$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 53-54 (1983).A Under the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933 the President was authorized to increase the amount of U.S. notes to an amount about seven times the maximum of such notes outstanding at any previous time in our history. These notes were to be used to retire a portion of the public debt "by substituting small-denomination non-interest-bearing, circulating obligations for larger denomination, interest-bearing,  Fh) but non-circulating government bonds. This provision, however, was not put into effect."\Z$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 112 (1948).\ Theh)>0*0*0* monetary stock of the United States amounted to $10.3 billion on February 28, 1933. It totaled $24.8 billion on September 30, 1939. "This represented an increase of 140 per cent, while the national income  F increased only 65 percent during the same interval."\[$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 124 (1948).\ The dollar devaluation to 59.06% of its former  FX gold value created a profit for the U.S. Treasury of about $2.8 billion.\\$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 115 (1948).\ In 1933 Rugg wrote: "A new public mind is to be created. How? Only by creating tens of millions of  F new individual minds and welding them into a new social mind."]$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 104 (1964). Newspapers, magazines and radio stations, alll of which had been infiltrated by Leftists, took up the Socialist cause and the public was subjected to  F a subtle propaganda bombardment to further 'the creation of a new social mind.'" Des Griffin, Fourth  FX Reich of the Rich 8081 (1989).Ġ Formerly no interest was paid on reserve balances commercial banks are required to maintain at the  F 12 Federal Reserve Banks.^$ SECRETS at 154. From 1923 to 1929 America enjoyed the "roaring twenties." Between 1929 and 1933, the money stock  F` shrunk by one-third. The Fed did not offset this shrinkage.H_$ LYNDLEY CLARK, THE WALL STREET JOURNAL (September 4, 1974).H Since the majority of debts had been contracted prior to 1929, "the injustice to debtors of being required to pay interest and repay principal in terms of dollars whose purchasing power was 67 per cent greater in 1933 than in 1929 was  F apparent."\`$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 112 (1948).\ Oklahoma U.S. Senator Robert L. Owen said: "Under the administration of Wilson, Harding, Coolidge and Hoover, this act was diverted from its proper purpose on the advice of some who controlled the policies of a number of the largest banks." On June 10, 1932 the Congressional Record printed Henry  F Cabet Lodge's letter predicting the Fed would permit "a flood of irredeemable paper currency."@a$ DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 28 (1981).@  F0  By 1933 the Dow Jones had shrunk by 95%.b$ ALLEN at 14. In 1933 the remaining 13,000 banks in the U.S. had a total of only $6 billion in cash to meet $41  F billion in deposits.:c$ ROBERT A. CARO, THE PATH TO POWER 250 (1982).: By March 1, Governors in 17 states had declared bank "holidays."d$ Id. In Texas, the Corpus Christi School District was closed after its depository bank went bust. Only one in three  F farmers in the District were able to pay their property taxes.e$ Id. at 251. "Everyone dealing with a sovereign knows he is dealing with a creature who can welch if he wants to welch. To trick up a lot of international stuff as though it were law frankly makes me puke, as dear old Holmes used to say." --Judge Learned Hand on F.D.R. "Nero in his worst form." --Justice McReynolds on F.D.R. Congress passed legislation guaranteeing that the Fed would lend funds against bank assets. On March 12, 1933, F.D.R. made his first fire-side chat: "I can assure you that it is safer to put your money in a  F reopened bank than under the mattress."f$ Id. at 252. About as month after the New Deal, FDR said that he would not raise the price of gold under any circumstances. A few days later it was announced that the U.S. had gone off gold. FDR, Morgenthau, Jr. and Jesse Jones met once a week. Gold went from $20 an ounce  F(# to over $35 an ounce. Americans, with some exceptions, were not allowed to own gold.Hg$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 90 (1970).H In 1933 F.D.R. declared a banking holiday as one of his first presidential acts and ordered all U.S. citizens to turn in all gold in their possession to the Treasury. On March 4, 1933 the banks of the whole United States were closed by executive order. From February 1 until all the banks were closed, the New York Fed had lost $756 million in gold and had called in $709 million from the other Federal Reserve  F' banks. During the first three days in March some 16 states had declared bank holidays.:h$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 350 (1966).: On March 9, 1933, five days after FDR took office, the Emergency Banking Act of 1933 "passedh)?0*0*0*Ԍthrough the complete legislative process in a single day." The power of the Reserve Banks to issue Federal Reserve bank notes was broadened, the eligible paper requirements were liberalized and the Reserve Banks were empowered to make advances to individuals, partnerships, and corporations on notes secured  FX by government obligations.ei$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 11 (1964).e The Thomas Inflation Amendment soon followed and contained both a provision for direct purchases of Government securities from the Treasury and also allowed a change  F in reserve requirements if "an emergency existed by reason of credit expansion."dj$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 12 (1964).d  Fx  During the campaign, Hoover accused the Democrats of planning to introduce fiat money.k$ SUSAN E. KENNEDY, THE BANKING CRISIS OF 1933 59 (1973); Memiors 3:279, State Papers 2:416-17; SULLIVAN, PRELUDE TO PANIC pp. 19-22. After F.D.R. won, Secretary Woodin decided to issue Federal Reserve Notes instead of scrip against the assets of the Reserve's member banks: "The Reserve Act lets us print all we'll need." "And it won't frighten  F people. It won't look like stage money. It'll be money that looks like money."ml$ SUSAN E. KENNEDY, THE BANKING CRISIS OF 1933 174-75 (1973); MOLEY, AFTER SEVEN YEARS pp. 150-52.m F.D.R. was bitterly opposed by the Du Ponts and other wealthy interests. He obtained second and third-tier wealth support. The Depression interrupted seventy-two years of unbroken rule by the magnates through either  F( Democratic or Republican puppets.Hm$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 204 (1968).H 85% of the newspapers, controlled by corporate advertisers,  F opposed F.D.R. initially.Hn$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 205 (1968).H He then brought into his cabinet Colonel Frank Knox (Rep. VP candidate in 1940), Henry L. Stimson (Hoover's Secretary of State), E.R. Stettinius, Jr.(J.P. Morgan and Co.) and  F James V. Forrestal (Dillon Read and Company--Investment Banking).Lo$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 205-206 (1968).L The 1933 Act dealt with speculative excesses by requiring banks to divorce themselves from security  F affiliates.dp$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 12 (1964).d Dealings with foreign central banks, as carried on by the New York Fed, were required to  F have permission from the Federal Reserve Board.dq$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 13 (1964).d Deposit insurance was also first introduced in the  Fh 1933 Act.dr$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 13 (1964).d The link was further reduced when the public sought greater liquidity by drawing out currency and converting it to gold while the banks sought liquidity by calling loans and selling assets on  F an already depressed market.ds$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 10 (1964).d The member banks did not have enough eligible paper to discount. So, the Glass-Steagall Act authorized Reserve Banks to make loans to member banks on notes "secured to the satisfaction of such Federal Reserve Banks." Initially these loans were to be made "in exceptional and exigent circumstances" with a discount rate 1% higher than the regular rate and the authority was to expire within a year. Later, after a couple of extensions, the Banking Act of 1933 removed most of the conditions, reduced the interest rate differential to 1/2% and made the provision a permanent part of the  F act.dt$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 11 (1964).d In 1933 the U.S. owned 40% of the gold in the world. The debt of the U.S. in 1963 was $1.25 trillion, and gold, subject to call by foreign nations, exceeded by $16 billions, the amount on hand at Fort  F Knox.Au$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 22 (1st Ed. 1963).A In 1933 the export of gold was subjected to license, convertibility of notes to gold  F was ended and private holding of gold was made illegal.;v$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 350 (1966). ; By April 20, 1933, the United States was  FX off the gold standard to follow a financial program of inflation.:w$ Carroll Quigley, TRAGEDY AND HOPE 350 (1966).: On April 27, 1933, Sen. Carter Glass commented on F.D.R.'s increase in the price of gold: "I think it is worse than anything Ali Baba's forty  F theives ever perpetrated."Ax$ Willard Cantelon, THE DAY THE DOLLAR DIES 43 (1973).A After 1933 the Fed's paper money would be redeemed only with more  F paper money.y$ SECRETS at 283. The holder of Federal Reserve or U.S. notes "could no longer demand gold coin for the face value of these notes, but, on demand, would receive either the one or the other of the same kind of  F@ notes that he was holding."\z$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 123 (1948).\ In 1933 Congress abrogated gold clauses "as against public policy." These clauses were included in all outstanding Treasury bonds and in a large fraction of state, municipal and corporate bonds. "As a result, contracts explicitly allowing the creditor to demand payment in gold were legally satisfied with the tender of unbacked paper money. The constitutionality of this action was  F`" effectively upheld by the Supreme Court in 1935.""{$ Steven L. Green, "The Abrogation of Gold Clauses in 1933 and Its Relation to Current Controversies in Monetary Economics" ECONOMIC REVIEW 1 (July 1986); A New Look at Gold Clauses in Municipal Bonds. 25 N.Y.L. SCH. L. REV. 543-568 (Summ. 1980); 12 URBAN LAW 665-677 (Fall '80)." The FDR repudiation of contractual obligations "met with much unfavorable criticism by creditor  F$ groups."\|$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 113 (1948).\ On June 26, 1933, the Federation of Jewish Communities of Switzerland and the Berne Jewish Community brought an action against five members of the Swiss national Front, seeking a judgment that  F' the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion were a forgery and to prohibit their publication. The 16 witnesses called by the Plaintiffs were heard but only 1 of the 40 called by the Defendants. The judge allowed the Plaintiffs to record their witnesses with 2 private stenographers. On May 14, 1935, when theh)@0*0*0* judgment was announced it had already been announced before it was delivered by the Jewish Press. The  F Swiss Court of Criminal Appeal on November 1, 1937 quashed the judgment in its entirity.X}$ F ԍ Louis Marschalko, The World Conquerors 39 (Undated).X The revolution has already been accomplished but it is necessary to prevent future natives from becoming restless. The battle for future minds is being fought in the public schools: "With all the legal maneuvering taken care of, there still remained the danger of the people becoming aware of how they have been deceived. They might resort to another revolution to overthrow what has become a tyrannical bureaucracy in which the people are regimented under administrative rules and taxed on everything they earn and own. This could only be prevented by changing the thinking and moral fiber of the coming generations. This could be accomplished through the use of the schools and churches, but principally through using the schools to indoctrinate the children which are captives under the compulsory attendance laws,  F(  part of the scheme."W~$ F ԍ Erminie King Wright, Conquest of Democracy 2 (1981),W Admiral Hyman Rickover said of Dewey: "Dewey's ideas have led to elimination of many academic subjects on the ground that they would not be useful in life...The student thus receives neither intellectual training nor the factual knowledge which will help him understand the world he lives in, or to make well F reasoned decisions in his private life or as a responsible citizen."X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 99 (1964).X Dewey stated: "Education...is a  F process for living and not a preparation for future living."$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 100 (1964). "Mostly, their reasoning processes have been so warped and bent out of shape by having liberal propaganda pumped into their plastic, unsuspecting minds from their earliest consciousness, that they have no real foundation on which to base decisions relating to real life. They have not been trained to face up to real life situationslife as it really is, The educational process has taught them to earn a living but it has not taught them how to live. There is a  F vast difference." Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich 82 (1989).  Fh  John Dewey (18591952) "can be called the most important American philosopher to date."U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 420 (1964).U He was born in Burlington, Vermont on October 20, 1859. His daughter Jane said he was raised in a religious  F atmosphere that was "evangelical rather than puritanic."s$ F ԍ Jane M. Dewey, "Biography of John Dewey," The Philosophy of John Dewey 7 (1951).s Among the early American members of the Society for Psychic Research was John Dewey, a  FP Pestalozzian reformer of the U.S. educational system.P$ F ԍ Anton Chaikin, Treason in America 454 (1985).P John Heinrich Pestalozzi (1746-1827) was a Swiss anti-Renaissance reformer. In his grammer school history, geometry and music were banned as  F dangerous. Students were given control of the school's management.:$ Anton Chaikin, Treason in America 420 (1985).: Robert Dale Owen called for the government to take all children away from their parents in New York for Pestalozzian  Fp experiments.P$ F ԍ Anton Chaikin, Treason in America 423 (1985).P Dewey read the ideas of Schelling and Hegel.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 421 (1964).U Marx took over from the philosophy  F8 of Hegel by referring to a "dialectical process."x$ F ԍ Introduction, Marx and Engels, The Communist Manifesto xii (Samuel H. Beer Ed. 1955).x At John Hopkins$ Under FDR's regime, the slogan "tax, tax, tax, and spend, spend and spend, and elect, elect and elect"  F was reputed to have come from Harry L. Hopkins ĩwho denied it. George Armstrong, Rothschild Money  F Trust 125 (1940). University he did his graduate  F work where he was encouraged by Professor H. A. P. Torrey and Dr. Harris.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 421 (1964).U In 1882 at John  F Hopkins were Charles Pierce, C.S. Morris and G. Stanley Hall.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 421 (1964).U Morris was an Hegelian idealist who  F shaped Dewey's early philosophical thought.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 421 (1964).U Hall was a Darwinian naturalist pioneering in  FX experimental psychology.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 421 (1964).U Wilhelm Maximilian Wundt (b. 1832 in Germany) was the founder of "Experimental Psychology. He believed that man was devoid of any spirit, will or volition. His philosophy  F became foundational for schools oriented toward socialization of every child.K$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 51 (1989).K The teachings of William James on pragmatism were widely received and prepared the way for John Dewey "who spoke  Fx and wrote favorably of James."U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 392 (1964).U John Dewey was among the vocal champions of the cause of the  F@ exiled and subsequently murdered Leon Trotsky.$ Freeway at 241. While he was said to have inherited the James pragmatism wing, he permitted himself "to be identified with the Trotskyite or Lovestoneite wing of  F American Marxism."$ Freeway at 247. He was President of the LID (1939-1940) and Honorary President  F! (1940-1953).$ Freeway at 496. Dewey was also a Baconian.N$ F ԍ Martin Mayer, The Schools 76 (Anchor 1963).N Sir Francis Bacon (15611626) was the head of both  F`" Masonry and Rosecrucianism in his era. In the early 1600's he wrote a book called New Atlantis that  F(# described a new utopian civilization across the ocean (America).@$ F ԍ William T. Still, New World Order: The Ancient Plan of Secret Societies 46 (1990). In discussing unknown men who have played great parts in history, Hall said that America had a destiny: "It is our duty and our privilege to contribute what we can to this Universal plan. It will go on, served by the unknowns, until the Platonic empire is established on the earth, and the towers of the new Atlantis rise from the  F  ruins of a materialistic and selfish world." Manly Palmer Hall, The Secret Destiny of America 172 (1958).@ After Dewey deserted idealism, he  F# kept the synthesisantithesis idea of Hegel and Morris.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 421 (1964).U Dewey followed Morris to the University of  F$ Michigan (18841894).U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 422 (1964).U Dewey spent the year 1888 at the University of Minnesota.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 422 (1964).U In 1889 Dewey said that education had to share the social life of the nation's "complete transformation" or remain  FH& meaningless.z$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 423 (1964); The School and Society (1889).z In 1894 Dewey accepted a position at the University of Chicago.$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 422 (1964). The University of Chicago was one of the first  F schools to receive Rockefeller money. Gary H. Kah, En Route to Global Occupation 60 (1991). In 1896 the "laboratory school" was founded with 16 students and two teachers. By 1904, when it was closed, it had 140 children. Dewey gave lectures to raise money for the school. This was the beginnings of the  F( progressive movement in American education.U$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 422 (1964).U The model schools were "dismal failures. Children  Fh) learned nothing."X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 99 (1964).X In 1897 he published his creed which involved the primary goal of education ash)A0*0*0*Ԍ F destroying a child's individualistic traits.X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 99 (1964).X Dewey's obsession with the group and group activity was  F explained by Rosalie Gordon: "You can't make socialists out of individualists."Y$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 101 (1964).Y As a speaker and a writer he was devoid of style. "He expressed himself so badly that his thoughts come down to us as unorganized raw material, from which anyone can draw whatever conclusions most suit current  F  purposes."Q$ F ԍ 76 Martin Mayer, The Schools 76 (Anchor 1963).Q Dewey's philosophy took hold "just about the time John D. Rockefeller established his first  F foundation, the General Education Board, in 1902."&$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 144 (1958). The Rockefellers followed Weishuaptian precepts in setting out to control the minds of the people through control of education. In  F the RockefellerGates Occasional Letter No. 1, published in 1904, they wrote: "In our dreams we have limitless resources (the pocketbooks of the nation) and the people yeild themselves with perfect docility to our molding hands. The present educational conventions fade from our minds (the 3 Rs, morality and ethics) and we work our own good will (tax looting, regimentation and war) upon a grateful and responsive  F rural folk (peasants)." Emanuel M. Josephson, The "Federal" Reserve Conspiracy & Rockefellers 34 (1968).& Between 1902 and 1907, John D. Rockefeller left $43 million to the GEB. From 1917 to 1919 he and his son John D. Jr. gave $200 million to the GEB, the  Fx Rockefeller Foundation and the Laura Spelman Rockefeller Memorial.X$ F ԍ Gary H. Kah, En Route to Global Occupation 59 (1991).X The foundations (primarily Carnegie and Rockefeller) stimulated twothirds of the total endowment funding of all institutions of higher education in America during the first third of the century. The RockefellerCarnegie combine  F supplied 20% of the total income of colleges and universities during this same period.X$ F ԍ Gary H. Kah, En Route to Global Occupation 59 (1991).X Dewey taught  F four of the Rockefeller sons, including David and Nelson.X$ F ԍ Gary H. Kah, En Route to Global Occupation 60 (1991).X In 1904 Dewey left the University of Chicago for Columbia University after friction. He became professor of philosophy at Columbia University  F( in New York$ F ԍ Columbia University was called "King's College" prior to the War for Independence. Ken Warner, An  F Unholy Crusade at 51. and worked parttime at Teachers College in educational philosophy.$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 423 (1964). The laboratory school did not receive sufficient university backing. Under Dewey's guidance 20% of all American school superintendents and 40% of all teacher college heads  F received advanced degrees at Columbia.X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 99 (1964).X Cooking, geography and weaving were more stressed than  F the three R's. "There were no standard norms of morality to learn, nor religious truths."V$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 423 (1964). V There was to be a "readjustment of mental attitude, the enlarged and sympathetic vision" and an interest in the world  F and man.$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 423 (1964); John Dewey, School and Society and the Child  F and the Curriculum 61 (University of Chicago 1956). Dewey taught complete relativism. A skeptic simply says he cannot know. An agnostic is not sure whether or not he can know. "A relativist is sure he knows, but what he knows is always  F changing."e$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 427428 (1964).e Dewey rejected any such thing as a spiritual soul and a personal God.a$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 429 (1964).a Young educationalists who gathered around Dewy at Columbia called themselves "Frontier  F Thinkers."Y$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 101 (1964).Y At Columbia, "his favorite students and disciples, William H. Kilpatrick, Harold O. Rugg and George S. Counts also claimed Columbia's Teachers' College as their headquarters." They received  F millions in endowments to create "curriculum development."T$ F ԍ W. Cleon Skousen, The Naked Capitalist 70 (1970).T The emphasis in public schools "shifted  FP from the individual to the group." Competition was replaced by attitudes and group relationships.T$ F ԍ W. Cleon Skousen, The Naked Capitalist 70 (1970).T When Mussolini established Fascism in Italy, one of his first official acts was to order Masonic leaders to the Lipari Islands or jailed. He gave Italian Masons a choice of renouncing masonry or imprisonment  Fp and possible death.$ Haywood at 193. As Fascism expanded its territory to Spain, Germany, Belgium, Poland, Rumania, Holland and France, it either destroyed masonry or began a war on it. Before the end of the  F war some 100,000 men became martyrs of Masonry.$ Haywood at 193. In Italy Mussolini ordered Masonic leaders to be jailed as one of his earliest official acts. His toughs romed the country to mob and club Masons. He offered Italian Masons a choice between renouncing Masonry or imprisonment and possibly death. This was the most bloody and awesomely tragical persecution through which Freemasonry has ever passed "but the Fraternity has a long memory, and there  F is more than one sense in which 'the strong grip of the Lion's Paw' 'can raise the dead.'"O$ F ԍ H.L. Haywood, More About Masonry 193 (1948).O Licio Gelli, the ruthless Facist, torturer of partisans in the Second World War, friend and advisor of Peron and co F@ cordinator of rightwing corruption Italy "was an agent of the KGB."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 280 (1984).N The Lodge P2 "was a KGBsponsored programme aimed at destabilizing Italy, weakening NATO's southern flnak, sweeping the Communists into power in Italy and sending resultant shock waves throughout the western world. It acheived its first aim, partially succeed in its second, came close to realizing the third, and all but failed in the fourth." Senior officials in British Intelligence regard the KGB as the 'biggest conspiracy in the  F(# world."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 281 (1984).N After the failure of the 1934 Disarmament Conference, the Pan Europa movement "was swallowed up  F% in a wave of nationlist propaganda."J$ F ԍ Scott Nearing, United World 118 (1945).J In 1934 Edouard de Rothschild of Paris told the directors of the French Northern Railroads that it  F' was useless to oppose the strong current of State Socialism.$ Coogan at 280. In July 1934, at the 72nd annual meeting of the NEA, Dr. Willard Givens stated: "A dying laissezfaireh)B0*0*0* must be completely destroyed, and all of us, including the owners, must be subjected to a large degree of  F social control."$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 104 (1964). After this speech, a year later he was named executive secretary of the NEA. He served in that post for 17 years until his retirement in 1952.  FX  Counts and Rugg added the concept of using the schools for building "a new social order."Y$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 101 (1964).Y Counts directed a 17volume study financed by the Carnegie Foundation. The final volume was published in 1934 and said: "Cumulative evidence supports the conclusion that in the United States as in other countries, the age of individualism and laissezfaire in economy and government is closing and a new age of  Fx  collectivism  is emerging."$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 102 (1964). The report continued: "As to the specific form which this 'collectivism,' this integration and interdependence, is taking and will take in the future, the evidence at hand is by no means clear or unequivocal. It may involve the limiting or supplanting of private property by public property or it may entail the perservation of private property, extended and distributed among the masses. Most likely, it will issue from a process of experimentation and will represent a composite of historic doctrines and social conceptions yet to appear. Almost certainly it will involve a larger measure of compulsory as well as voluntary cooperation of citizens in the conduct of the complex national economy, a corresponding enlargment of the functions of government, and an increasing state intervention in fundamental branches of economy previously left to the individual discretion and initiativea state intervention that in some instances may be direct and mandatory and in other indirect and facilitative. In any event the Commission is convinced by its interpretation of available empirical data that the actually integrating economy of the present day is the forerunner of a consciously integrated society in which individual economic actions and individual property rights will be altered and abridged ."  F( Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 147 (1958). "A central element of the radical secularist outlook is that public functions should be publicly performed. Nothing should be left in private  F hands which is arguably a matter of community concern. The pragmatic political liberalism of the 1930's and 1940's reacted against the traditional American ideology of privatism which was so often used as an excuse for not facing up to social problems. This reaction has been elevated into doctrine by the radical secularists of the 1960's. It is felt that to leave a matter to 'private initiative' is to insure that it will be  F done incompetently, predjudially or not at all." Richard E. Morgan, The Politics of Religious Conflict 131 (1968).  Harold Laski, the British Socialist and friend of Felix Frankfurter, wrote in the New Republic of the Countstudy: "At bottom, and stripped of its carefully neutral phrases, the  F report is an educational program for a socialist America."Y$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 102 (1964).Y The traditional subjects of history,  F geography, sociology, economics, political science, etc. were to be consolidated into "social studies."Y$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 105 (1964).Y In 1934 all gold was called in. The words "gold certificate" were substituted for the word "gold"  F( wherever it appeared in the act.d$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 13 (1964).d In the same year, the Fed was empowered to make working capital loans to existing industrial and commercial businesses which were unable to get credit through usual channels. "This marked a further departure from the traditional idea that the Federal Reserve Banks  F should be simply bankers' banks."d$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 14 (1964).d To facilitate war financing, the Fed was given the power "to buy limited amounts of securities directly from the Treasury" and "war-loan accounts" were exempted from reserve requirements. The gold certificate backing for Federal Reserve notes and deposits was reduced to  F 25%. After WWII the Fed continued to support the Government securities market.d$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 16 (1964).d Most of the gold in the country prior to January 31, 1934 "was in the possession of the Federal reserve banks, or held by federal reserve agents, as legal reserves against Federal reserve notes and deposits of member banks. The Gold Reserve Act of 1934 provided that all rights, title and interest of the Federal reserve banks to and in any and all gold coin and gold bullion were to be vested in the government of  F the United States."\$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 115 (1948).\ In 1934 the statutes at 31 U.S.C., Sec. 315(b) and 31 U.S.C., Section 408(a) were passed to prevent the redemption of currency with gold coin. After gold coins were withdrawn from circulation in 1934, Federal Reserve Notes and Treasury notes were still redeemable in silver coin. After  F 1933 the Fed's paper money would be redeemed only with more paper money.$ SECRETS at 283. In 1928 the Fed's notes could be redeemed in gold or lawful money. By 1934 they could no longer be redeemed for gold. The notes were redeemable for silver.  F  In August 1934 violent attacks were made on Jews in Constantine and in other Algerian towns.J$ William L. Langer, ENCYCLOPEDIA OF WORLD HISTORY 1087 (1952).J Congressman McFadden, who served as Chairman of the Banking and Currency Commitee for more than 10 years, said in 1934: "They are not Government institutions. They are private monopolies which prey upon the people of these United States for the benefit of themselves and their foreign customers; foreign and domestic speculators and swindlers; and rich and predatory money lenders." (10-4). Congressman Louis T. McFadden also stated: "The federal reserve (banks) are one of the most corrupt institutions this world has ever seen. There is not a man within the sound of my voice who does not know that this nation is run buy the international bankers. "McFadden, on January 24, 1934, said Morgenthau  F`" was connected with Herbert Lehman$ "The Lehman family emigrated from Bravaria to Montgomery, Alabama, making its first millions as cotton merchants during the Civil War. Dana Thomas, THE MONEY CROWD 24 (1973). Mayer Lehman (father of Herbert H. Lehman) and his brother Emanuel, of Montgomery, Alabama, were patriots for the Confederacy before establishing their international banking firm of Lehman brothers. Bernard Postal and Lionel Koppman, GUESS WHO'S JEWISH IN AMERICAN HISTORY 11 (1988). A coded message was located among Booth's effects. The key was found in the possession of Judah P. Benjamin. He was a U.S. Senator from the South, a Rothschild relative, who was appointed as their professional strategist in America. As a Jefferson cabinet member, he relayed the South's war positions to the Lehman brothers who had warehouses in both the North and South. The code established a link that the Jewish Booth had with international bankers. Rudy 'Butch' Stanko, THE SCORE 333 (1986).  (N.Y. Governor) by marriage. He was also allied with Seligman (J. & W. Seligman) who was proven by a Senate investigation to have attempted bribery of a foreign government. Morgenthau was also related to Lewisohn (international banker) and to the Warburgs (Kuhn, Loeb & Co., Bank of Manhatten and the International Acceptance Bank). FDR ordered him as Deputy  F% Treasury Secretary to raise the price of gold.8$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 109.8 Not long after his public utterances against the encroaching powers, Congressman Louis T. McFadden was twice attacked. The first was in the form of two revolver shots fired at him from ambush as he was alighting from a cab in front of one of the Capitol hotels. Both shots missed him and buried themselves in the structure of the cab. He became violently ill after eating at a political banquet at Washington. Ah)C0*0*0*Ԍ F surgeon friend procured a stomach pump and announced it was poisoning.g$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 83-84 (1st Ed. 1963); Pelley's Weekly, October 14, 1936.g He died of "heart-failure sudden death" on October 3, 1936 after a "dose" of "intestinal flu." The first BIS president was Gates W. McGarrath, formerly of the Chase National Bank and the Federal Reserve Bank. He retired in 1933. Leon Frasher, a former New York World reporter and straw-hat company director, took his place with his "passionate dedication to the world of money that acknowledged no loyalties and no frontiers." By the time Frasher became president of the First National  Fx Bank in 1935, he had put in several years helping finance the NAzis through the BIS.>$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 24 (1983).> In 1935 the Huey Long assassination prevented a challenge to F.D.R. In 1935 the Federal Reserve Board became the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Terms of four years were provided for the chairman and vice-chairman (both being eligible for reappointment) and the terms of Board members were lengthened from 12 to 14 years. The Secretary of the Treasury and the Comptroller of the Currency were removed from service as ex officio members of  F the Board.d$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 15 (1964).d The Reserve Banks were reorganized in 1935 to provide for five year terms for the  F president and vice-president--subject to approval of the Board of Governors.$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 15 (1964). The Federal Reserve System, with its Board of Directors, now provides for 14 year terms although the chairman may be replaced once every four years. Not even the President can change the membership of this august body given the limitation of Presidents to two terms. "It is a received and well-founded maxim, that where no other circumstances affect the case, the greater the power is, the shorter ought to be its duration; and conversely, the smaller the power, the more safely may its duration be protracted." James Madison, THE FEDERALIST PAPERS 166-167 (Fairfield Ed. 1966) (Federalist #52).  Attempts "to make stable prices the statutory objective of Federal Reserve policy have been unsuccessful. In 1935 a proposed  F provision, which would have spelled out objectives in more detail, was defeated."c$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 5 (1964).c The Fed follows a selective definition of free market stability required that banks and other large financial firms must be saved from their own folly. But other kinds of businesses could fail and that was a normal, healthy feature  Fh of free-enterprise capitalism.$ SECRETS at 193. Since 1935 Fed could find "unusual and exigent circumstances" and  F0 make special loans to any individual or institution, public or private.$ SECRETS at 193. 50 banks are considered core  F banks.$ SECRETS at 33. The 1935 Gold-clause Act permitted the exchange of gold securities into dollars until 1936. Those who  FP failed to exchange were barred from suing for damages.\$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 117 (1948).\ In November 1935 China abandoned the  F silver standard in favor of a managed paper-currency standard.\$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 117 (1948).\ Henry A. Wallace in 1935 suggested to F.D.R. putting the great seal on the back of the dollar. His geru  Fp was Dr. Nicholas Roercih--a white Russian.<$ J.R. Church, GUARDIANS OF THE GRAIL 148 (1989).< Wallace later ran for President on the Socialist Party ticket. Hitler's storm troopers arrested the directors of the Czech National Bank, held them at gunpoint, and demanded the $48 million gold reserve of the nation. They answered that the gold had already been shipped to BIS with instructions to forward it to BOE. The Dutch BIS President, J.W. Beyen, was asked by the Czech directors, under orders from their captors, to return the gold to Basle. After Beyen held a discussion with the BIS general manager, Roger Auboin of the Bank of France, London was called and Norman was instructed to return the gold. "Norman instantly obliged. The gold flowed into Berlin for use in buying essential strategic materials toward a future war." Montague Norman, who used the code name  F@ Professor Skinner when in disguise, "was a rabid supporter of Hitler.">$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 27 (1983).> Later it was brought out that the gold never left London. It was done by simply adjusting the gold accounts without risking shipping  F problems.A$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 28-29 (1983).A In 1935, along with W.H. Kilpatrick, John Childs, Bruce Raup and Harold Rugg, Counts founded the  F(# John Dewey Society for the Study of Education and Culture.$ "The Reece Committee discovered the greatest influence of the RockefellerCarnegieFord foundations to be in the areas of the social sciences, public education, and international affairs via contributions of huge sums of money to secondary or intermediary foundations which then selected the ultimate recipients of grant money and research funds. Among the secondary foundations investigated by the Reece Committee and its legal counsel, Rene Wormser, were the National Education Association, the John  F Dewey Society, the United Nations Association, and the Council on Foreign Relations." Gary H. Kah, En  F Route to Global Occupation 2021 (1991). The group started publishing "Social  F# Frontier" which attacked the evils of capitalism.^$ F ԍ John D. Pulliam, History of Education in America 99 (1968).^ In 1935 Henry Wallace convinced FDR to put the pyramid on the new dollar. Both were 32 degree Masons. Wallace was familiar with a White Russian mystic named Dr. Nicholas Roerich who was in the  F' tradition of Helen Blavatsky.U$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The New World Order 145 (1990).U On January 25, 1936, Alfred E. Smith made a speech that was labeled as treason given FDR's popularity. He said: "Stop wasting your substance in a foreign land, and come back to your Father'sh)D0*0*0*Ԍhouse." Smith then added: "Now, in conclusion let me give this solumn warning. There can be only one  F Capitol, Washington or Moscow!"?$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 129 (1970).? In 1937 the NEA declared in its 15th yearbook: "The present capitalistic and nationalistic school system has been supplanted in but one placeRussiaand that change was effected by revolution. Hence the verdict of history would seem to indicate that we are likely to have to depend upon revolution for social  F change of an important and farreaching character."f$ F ԍ Sally D. Reed, NEA: Propaganda Front of the Radical Left 55 (1984).f Justice Felix Frankfurter said in 1937: "People have been taught to believe that when the Supreme Court speaks, it is not they who speak, but the Constitution; whereas, of course, in so many vital cases it is they who speak and not the constitution."  F`  In 1938 the Warburgs were being ejected by the Nazis from Germany.M$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 94 (1976).M It has been said that the Swastika, a Cross with wings or a Revolving Cross, was one of the earliest forms and stood as the universal symbol of divine victory. Swastikas were found in the ruins of ancient  F Troy, in India, in Britain, and in the Inca Phoenician sea roversfounded civilization of Peru.`$ F ԍ Frederick Haberman, Tracing Our White Ancestors 4345 (1979).` The Sun travels from East to West. The Nazis practiced the ancient Sun worship when they lite fires at the  F time of the Summer Solstice, circled around the fires and jumped through them.`$ F ԍ Frederick Haberman, Tracing Our White Ancestors 4345 (1979).` In 1938 at the convention of the NEA, a fight was provoked by the Essentialists led by William Bagley. The Essentialists took issue with the childcentered ideal as wasting time with "frills" and lacking an  F0 emphasis on fundamentals.^$ F ԍ John D. Pulliam, History of Education in America 99 (1968).^  F  In 1939 the C.F.R. began its takeover of the U.S. State Department.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: Just after the start of WWII, Hamilton Fish Armstrong and Walter H. Mallory of the C.F.R. visited the State Department to  FP offer the services of the council.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: The C.F.R. was to do research and make recommendations without formal assignment or responsibility. The Rockefeller Foundation agreed to finance, through grants, the  F research.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: In September 1939 the CFR approached the State Department through Hamilton Fish Armstrong and Walter H, Mallory and agreed to do research and make recommendations on foreign  Fp policy.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 3 (1962).: Before the end of 1939, a committee on Post-War Problems was set-up at the suggestion of  F8 the CFR.?$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 52 (1970).?  F  In 1939 it was found that J.P. Morgan only held 9.1% interest in J.P. Morgan & Company.G$ Proceedings of the Temporary National Economic Committee, Vol. X, No. 9, p 262 (Dec. 20, 1939). H.B. Davidson had 1.2%, George Whitney 1.9%, Charles W. Steele Estate 36.6%, Thos. W. Lamont 34.2%. The other partners had interests of from 1/10 of 1% up to 6.1%. It is possible that the big interests are  FX held in trust for the Rothschilds. George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 3738 (1940). Thos. W. Lamont, a Rothschild agent, was a partner of J.P. Morgan & Co. and was the U.S. representative on the Financial Commitee created at the Paris Peace Conference. Id. at 75. He knew from a report that the restoration of the gold standard would mean bankruptcy and ruin. Id. at 77. Corliss Lamont, his son, was  Fx an active communist. George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 112 (1940). G In May 1939 the Bank of England transferred over $28 million of gold owned by the Czech National  F  Bank to the Reichsbank.K$ Brendan Brown, THE FLIGHT OF INTERNATIONAL CAPITAL 123 (1988).K Hitler justified his actions by saying he was only doing more efficiently what the church had done for  Fx 1,500 years.6$ Peter de Rosa, VICARS OF CHRIST 5 (1988).6  F  Adolph Hitler wrote in Mein Kampf: "The fight against international finance and loan capital has become the most important item on the programme of the German nation in the battle for its economic  F! indpendence and freedom." The London Times stated: "In this country the people suffer the burden of heavy and increasing taxation, but in Germany nothing is ever heard of the necessity of increasing taxation, compulsory savings, or the issue of enormous public war loans. Quite the contrary. Recently an important tax was abolished...Hitler seems to have discovered the secret of making something out of  F$ nothing, and evolved a system based on perpetual motion."$ The Head of Duetsbank and Mercades was recently killed by car bomb. The Germans have over-taken the U.S. in world trade and their currency is far stronger. The slogan for 90s--German land for German people. Hitler led the 3rd Reich and was initially elected. He was heavily into the occult (what is now called the "New Age"). He came to power with the support of merchants and industrialists.  In recruiting, Communism uses in order:  F% idealism, ambition, money, sex, alcohol and blackmail.L$ F ԍ James L. Tyson, Target America 29 (1981).L Dalton Trumbo wrote "Johnny Got His Gun" in 1938. However, "after Hitler invaded Russia in 1941, Trumbo switched abruptly like other communists  F' and began to support the war."L$ F ԍ James L. Tyson, Target America 29 (1981).L A KGB training manual said: "Correct use of the factor of material interest requires an understanding of the psychological makeup of the American, who soberly regards money as the sole means of ensuring personal freedom and independence...to satisfy his material and spiritual needs...During the process of development, determination of the monetary income of an Americanh)E0*0*0*  F is an extremely important matter."L$ F ԍ James L. Tyson, Target America 29 (1981).L In 1939 the Second World War began. In 1940 peak of old M2. In 1940 money (old M2) downswing. In 1940 it was estimated that the Rothschild fortune was around $500 billionabout wice the value  F of the wealth of all the people in the U.S.V$ F ԍ George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 36 (1940).V Also, Jewish interests owned approximately half the wealth of America, virtually all the hugh New York banks, the insurance companies, the railroads, 70% of the steel and munition industries, 80% of the metropolitan press, the news and advertising agencies, the  F` cinema and 80% of the radio broadcasting companies.V$ F ԍ George Armstrong, Rothschild Money Trust 37 (1940).V In 1940 the new but replaced social studies texts were promoted by NEA. Later the U.S. Senate found  F that some 50 communist front authors were connected with itincluding Beatrice and Sidney Webb.]$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 105106 (1964).]  F In 1942 Rugg complained in a letter to FDR that his book, Man and His Changing Society, was studied by some 5 million students "until the patrioteers and the native Fascist press wellnigh destroyed it  F between 1939 and 1941."]$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 105106 (1964).] The money for Professor's Rugg's six textbooks came "indirectly from  F Rockefeller foundation grants to the Lincoln School and Teachers College."c$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 160 (1958).c In response to criticism, the "progressive" educators changed their tactics: (T)heir attacks on the nation's heroes, customs and heritage were changed from being open to being implied and were thus much harder to detect by those who were not analyzing and weighing every word. From being nationbuilding institutionsfoundation pillars in a basically sound societythe school and college systems were  F transformed into what has been rightly called 'incubators of degeneracy.'"Y$ F ԍ Des Griffin, Fourth Reich of the Rich 81 (1989).Y Truman took Wallace's place as VP. In 1941 Wallace urged a Mexican Rockefeller study and as  F Secretary of Agriculture he presided over the killing of the pigs."$ PEOPLE'S CHRONOLOGY. "  Fp  In 1941 FDR and Eleanor lived in the White House but not with each other.K$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xv (1988).K In February 1941, the State Department created a division of Special Research. Leo Pasvolsky, a CFR member, was appointed director. Other CFR members soon dominated the new division and its influence  F spread to other branches of the State Department./$ Phoebe Courtney, THE CFR 2 (1968)./ An Advisory Committee on Post-War Foreign Policies, completely staffed by the CFR, was the reorganized Departmental Committee on Post-War  F  Policies after the attack on Pearl Harbor.9$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 96 (1985).9 In February 1941 a division of Special Research was created within the State department. Leo Pasvolsky of the CFR was appointed Director of the Division.  F Soon CFR members dominated this newly created government division.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 4 (1962).: An Advisory Committee on Postwar Foreign Policy was set up by the State Department in 1942. CFR members were Sumner Welles, Dr. Leo Pasolsky, Hamilton Fish Armstrong, Isaiah Bowman,  F Benjamin Cohen, Norman H. Davis and James T. Shotwell.:$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 4 (1962).: One step toward war in 1940 was declaring the Danish colony of Greenland under the protection of the Monroe doctrine. Three days after Germany invaded Denmark on April 9, 1940, FDR stated at a press conference that Greenland was part of the American continent. An agreement with Denmark was signed  F$ to defend Greenland on April 9, 1941--eight months before Germany declared war on the U.S.>$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 18-19 (1962).> On June 3, 1941, the Gallup Poll showed 83% of the American population was against entering the  F' war.6$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 836. List of FDR Jewish appointments.7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 85.7 FDR provoked attack on Pearl Harbor.7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 87.7 Forrestal diary entry said Joe Kennedy said that Chamberlain came to the conclusion that American and  F( world Jewry had driven Britain into war.7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 90.7 h)F0*0*0*Ԍ In 1941 on December 7 Japan attacked Pearl Harbor after Washington had known for months. One of the preconditions for the success of internationalism was a change in our family and educational systems. No pride in family or state history eliminates all bonds except to the New World Order. Stalin said in 1942: "Divide the world into regional groups as a transitional stage to world government. Populations will more readily abandon their native loyalties to a vague regional loyalty than they will for a world authority. Later, the regionals can be brought all the way into a single world  Fx dictatorship."A$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 92 (1991).A "The human cost of the Bolshevik revolution and the ensuing civil war in Russia has been estimated at 7 million Russians. Between 1930 and 1950 more than 20 million Russians died in  F forced labor camps."H$ Anthony C. Sutton, THE BEST ENEMY MONEY CAN BUY 187 (1986).H #\ P[,QiP# Operation Keelhaul involved the forced repatriation of millions of Russians at the orders of General Dwight D. Eisenhower--in direct violation of the 1929 Geneva Convention and the long-standing American  F( tradition of political refuge.y$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 176 (1976); Julius Epstein, OPERATION KEELHAUL (1973).y  F  FDR5$ An anonymous verse commented on FDR's administration:"An applicant stood at the gates of hell, And the devil himself had answered the bell. He looked him over from head to toe, And said: 'My friend, I'd like to know, What you have done in the line of sin to entitle you to reside herein.'Then Hydepark D., with his kosher guile, Stepped forth and flashed his toothy smile. When I took charge in Thritythree, A nation's fate was mine,' said he. 'I promised this, I promised that, Then calmed 'em down with a fireside chat.' 'I spent their money on fishing trips, And fished from the decks of their battleships. I gave them jobs on the W.P.A., Then I raised their taxes and took it away. I bossed their wages and closed their shops, I killed their pigs and burned their crops. I doublecrossed both old and young, and still the goofs my praises sung. I brought back beer, and what do you think? It taxed it so high that they couldn't drink. I supplied them cash with government loans; When they missed a payment I took their homes. When I wanted to punish the folks, you know, I'd put my She on the radio. I paid them to let their farms lie still, And imported foodstuffs from Brazil, I curtailed crops when I felt real mean, And shipped in beef from the Argentine. My workers worked with the speed of snails, While taxpayers chewed their fingernails. When the Redjew mobsters needed dough, I closed up plants for the C.I.O. I ruined jobs by my New Deal stealth and put the screws on rich men's wealth! Now HypePark talked both long and loud, While the devil stood and his head he bowed. At last he said: 'Let's make it clear, You'll have to goyou can't stay here. For  F once you mingled with my mob, I'd have to look for another job!" George Armstrong, Rothschild Money  FH Trust 129 (1940). 5 said: "I do not believe in communism any more than you do but there is nothing wrong  F with the communists in this country; several of the best friends I have got are communists."X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 27 (1964).X On March 26, 1943, liberal California Congressman Jerry Voorhis entered a resolution calling for an investigation of the BIS. He asked why "an American retains the position as president of this Bank being  F used to further the designs and interests of the Axis powers.">$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 33 (1983).> On March 27, 1944, Lt. Commander Howard Bruenn, a cardiologist, found FDR with "a blue grape cast to lips and fingernails, quick, shallow respiration supine, a grayish pallor on the face and a noticeable agitation of the hands." FDR had congestive heart failure and "with vast postwar stakes at risk among mutually suspicious cobelligerents, the Commander in Chief of the United armed forces as a burnedout  FP matchstick."$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 300301 (1980). A secret conference of six of the leading medical specialists from around the country  F was held on March 29, 1944.$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 301 (1980). On that date FDR left for Warm Springs. "meanwhile the American and British armies without instructions from the top, idled at the Elbe as the Soviets drove toward Berlin,  F which they took on May 2."$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 302 (1980). FDR died at Warm Springs Georgia on April 12, 1945 "precisely as the  Fp American and British armies were in readiness to spring forward."$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 300 (1980). FDR died of a cerebral  F8 hemorrhagethe same malady that had laid Wilson low.$ F ԍ Ferdinand Lundberg, Cracks in the Constitution#\ P[,QiP# 302 (1980). FDR's body did not lie in state (it was cremated). Henry Morgenthau, Jr. was apparently there in  F Warm Springs at the time FDR died.I$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 143 (1970).I Towards the end, FDR may have expressed some pangs of  FX remorse at Warm Springs about how Stalin had "trimmed" him.H$ Curtis B. Dall, FDR: MY EXPLOITED FATHER-IN-LAW 145 (1970).H The BIS did the banking for all central banks during WWII, including Japan, Italy, Britain, France (both free and Vincy). The Germans did their banking there too: "Well before the war, financiers met and created the Bank of International Settlements in Berne, Switerland, which handled accounts and exchanges for and between both sides throughout the war. This is the bank in which the Germans deposited the $40 million in gold that they looted from the Czechoslovakian treasury and took from the bodies of victims in death camps, but it remained the bank of record for the U.S. Federal Reserve throughout  F(#  the war."=$ John Stockwell, THE PRAETORIAN GUARD 129 (1991).= Hence, when Americans were dying on the beacheads in Italy in May 1944, Thomas Harrington McKittrick, American President of the Nazi-controlled BIS, was arriving in Basle, Switzerland to preside over his fourth annual meeting in time of war. Among the issues was "such important matters as the $378 million in gold that had been sent to the bank by the Nazi government after Pearl Harbor for use by its leaders after the war. Gold that had been looted from the national banks of Austria, Holland, Belgium, and Czechoslovakia, or melted down from the Reichsbank holdings of the teeth fillings, spectacle frames,  Fh) cigarette cases and lighters, and wedding rings of the murdered Jews.">$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 23 (1983).> h)G0*0*0*Ԍ In July 1944 the International Monetary and Financial Conference of the United and Associated Nations was held at Bretton Woods, New Hampshire. The resulting agreement--the constitution, the Articles of Agreement of the IMF--was signed by 44 nations. The Articles of Agreement of the World Bank  F  were also established at the same time.S$ Robert Solomon, THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM 1945-1981 10 (1982).S During the Bretton Woods talks, Harry Dexter White wanted to abolish the BIS after it refused to turn over some confidential information wanted by the U.S. Treasury. The Treasury believed the BIS was close to the Nazi government "though the BIS maintained that it channeled Jewish money out of Germany and concealed it from German authorities." The idea of killing the BIS and transferring its functions to the IMF was dropped after Fred Vinson replaced Henry  F Morgenthau at the Treasury.;$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 232 (1983).; Henry Morgenthau, the son of Wilson's ambassador to Turkey in W.W. I, sent Nazi and  F` BIS-sympathizer Mere Cochran to investigate the BIS.>$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 26 (1983).> On July 10, 1944, a resolution was submitted by Norwegian Economist Wilhelm Keilhau at Bretton Woods which called the for dissolution of BIS. Another resolution called for an audit of its books during the war. On July 18, 1944, Senator Charles W. Tobey of New Hamsphire told those present: "What you're doing by your silence and inaction is aiding and abetting the enemy." Dean Acheson replied that the BIS  F must go on as "a matter of foreign policy.">$ Charles Higham, TRADING WITH THE ENEMY 35 (1983).> In Europe bank notes represent the prevailing form of money in circulation. In the U.S. their significance as a circulating medium "decreased on relative importance during the period between the First  F0 and the Second World Wars."\$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 119 (1948).\ The holdings of governmental securities by Federal Reserve banks increased from $2.255 billion in December 1941 to $24 billion in December 1945. Federal reserve  F notes in circulation rose from $6.7 billion to $24 billion during the same interval.]$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 122 (1948).] The significant increase in the kinds of money in the U.S. during World War II was in Federal reserve notes, Federal reserve bank notes and National bank notes:  F  KIND OF MONEY STOCK OF MONEY IN U.S.^$ S. HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 107 (1948). ^ Sept. 30, 1939 Dec. 31, 1945 Gold $16,931,521,384 $20,064,936,333 Fed Reserve Notes $4,989,003,950 $25,633,379,605 Fed. Res. Bank Notes $25,064,719 $502,261,413 Nat'l Bank Notes $183,054,557 $118,380,650 TOTAL (OF ALL MONEY) $24,839,570,101 $50,037,792,371 A small clique of banks and multinational corporations "made a large profit by providing goods and  F@ services to both sides fighting in World War II."; $ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 417 (1990).; George Clark said: "England was becoming a growing capitalist class and a growing class of  F! wage-earners who owned nothing except their labour power."a $ MAURICE ASHLEY, ENGLAND IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY 1603-1714 185 (Pelican Ed. 1962).a After 1945 the Labour Party passed  F`" a measure nationalizing the Bank of England.[ $ T.K. DERRY & T.L. JARMAN, THE MAKING OF MODERN BRITAIN 279 (Collier Ed. 1962).[ In England 17 private firms of "merchant bankers" (with a total of less than 100 active partners) are the core of financial life and include Baring Brothers, N.M. Rothschild, J. Henry Shroder, Morgan Grenfell, Hambros, and Lazard Brothers. Despite the nationalization of the Bank of England in 1946 by the Labour government, they retain some of their dominance with the BOE. In 1961 a Baring (Lord Cromer) was named Governor. His board of directors included representatives of Lazard, Hambros, Morgan Grenfell as well as English Electric which was  F' controlled by these.! $ Quigley at 499-500. !  F(  Oswald Spengler, in Decline of the West, said in 1945: "There is no proletarian, not even a Communist, movement, that has not operated in the interests of money, in the direction indicated by money, and forh)H0*0*0* the time being permitted by moneyand that without the idealists among its leaders having the slightest  F suspicion of the fact."U $ F ԍ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 68 (1985).U In 1945 at San Francisco over 40 members of the U.S. delegation to the UN organizational meeting were members of the CFR. They included: Alger Hiss, Secretary of State Edward R. Stettinius, Leo Pasvolsky, John Foster Dulles, John J. McCloy, Junius C. Holmes, Nelson A. Rockefeller, Adlai Stevenson,  F Joseph E. Johnson, Ralph J. Bunche, Clark M. Eichelberger and Thomas K. Finletter.A$ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 4 (1962). Among A The 74 CFR members in the American delegation included Alger Hiss, Harry Dexter White, Owen Latimore, John J.  F@ McCloy, Harold Stassen, Nelson Rockefeller, John Foster Dulles, Philip Jessup and Dean Acheson.;$ Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 54 (1970).; At least 47 of the delegates at San Francisco were CFR members. John Carter Vincent (a security risk)  F was also included.9$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 96 (1985).9 In New York the Jews often give Cahilla (Kahal) parties. In the 1946, THE HIDDEN EMPIRE, it is stated: "The Jews of the world divide the earth into two hemispheres, the Eastern and the Western. As the United States lies in the Western Hemisphere, we will confine ourselves to that alone." "The Cahal is understood to be constructed in the Symbol of Seven. The Sponsor for the Eastern Hemisphere is not for consequence herein; however, both Sponsors for both hemispheres are alleged to be accountable only to AKA'DHAM the Unknown and Uncrowned King of Jewry throughout the Earth whose identity  F is kept guarded secret.":$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 41-42.: The Talmud has reduced Jewry to a ritual slavery--spending half a day to carry out ritual. All these things make it impossible for an orthodox Jew to undertake any productive  F occupation.7$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 47.7  F0  At one time, approximately 50% of the total Communist membership was in New York state.X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 16 (1964).X In February 1946, it was said by the organizational secretary of the Communist Party USA that "71% of  F the Party in New York City consists of white collar workers, professionals and housewives."X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 16 (1964).X Dr. Bella Dodd said: "I think the Communist conspiracy is merely a branch of a much bigger conspiracy." After World War II, Dodd, as a member of the National Committee of the U.S. Communist Party, had difficulty getting direct instructions from Moscow. She was told that she could contact any one of three designated persons at the Waldorf Towers. "Dr. Dodd noted that whenever the Party obtained instructions from any of these three men, Moscow always ratified them." Not one of the 3 contacts was  F8 a Russian: "In fact, all three were extremely wealthy American capitalists!"$ F ԍ W. Cleon Skousen, The Naked Capitalist 1 (1970). The "individual" later was identified as Arthur  F Goldsmith. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 78 (1985). This man created the organization (the National Committee for an Effective Congress) which wrote the 1954 charges against Senator McCarthy. Epperson at 313. She stated: "I had accumulated a large store of information about people and events, and often these had not fitted into the picture presented by the Party to its members....I had regarded the Communist Party as a poor man's party, and thought the presence of certain men of wealth within it accidental. Now I saw this was no accident...this was only a facade placed there by the movement to create the illusion of the poor man's party; it was in reality a device to control the 'common man' they so  F@ rationally championed." Robert Morris, No Wonder We Are Losing 136 (1958). Harry Dexter White became Assistant Secretary of the U.S. Treasury: "He sent the Soviet Union engraving plates, paper, and ink to print occupation currency which was redeemable by the U.S.  FX Treasury."X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 29 (1964).X After he was discovered to be a Soviet agent, he was then appointed to the new position of Executive Director of the IMF and given a substantial raise in salary. Attorney General Herbert Brownell, Jr. said publicly that President Truman knew that White was a Soviet spy when he made the  F appointment.l$ F ԍ Caroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope at 991; The Naked Capitalist at 2.l White shipped only $27 million of the $250 million promised to Chiang. In 1945 Congress approved a second loan for $500 million "but not one cent of this ever reached China. Again,  F@ Soviet agent Harry Dexter White was the culprit. China's currency collapsed."Q$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 214 (1985).Q Harry Dexter White  F (Weiss) got his PhD in 1935 at Harvard.z$ F ԍ Emanuel M. Josephson, The "Federal" Reserve Conspiracy & Rockefellers 141 (1968).z  F!  In February, 1946, the New World News in England suggested a plan to bring about a revolution: 1) Corrupt the young; get them away from religion. Get them interested in sex. Make them superficial; destroy their ruggedness, 2) Get control of all means of publicity, thereby getting people's minds off their government by focusing their attention on athletics, sexy books, plays and other trivialities; divide the people into hostile groups by constantly harping on controversial matters of no importance, destroy the people's faith in their natural leaders by holding the latter up to contempt, ridicule and disgrace, always preach true democracy, but seize power as fast and as ruthlessly as possible; encourage government extravagance, destroy its credit, produce a fear of inflation with rising prices and general discontent; incite unnecessary strikes in vital industries, encourage civil disorders and foster a lenient and soft attitude on the part of government towards such disorders and 3) Cause the registration of all firearms on some  Fh) pretext, with a view to confiscating them and leaving the population helpless.U$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 399400 (1985).Uh)I0*0*0*Ԍ In 1947 Truman wrote: "You can rest assured that, as long as I am President, the gentlemen in Wall  F Street are not to control the operations of the International Bank."{$ F ԍ Treasury of Presidential Quotations 19 (C. Harnsberger Ed. 1964); Mr. President, p. 217.{ An attempted assassination on Harry T. Truman was made by Griselio Torresola and Oscar Collazo  F  (both Roman Catholics).l$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 164 (1975).l President Truman vetoed tax cuts voted by a Republican Congress to embarrass him in the election year of 1948. Truman said: "There is nothing sacred about the pay-as-you-go idea so far as I am concerned  F@ except that it represents the soundest principle of financing I know.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 137 (1987).; Eleanor Roosevelt said in her "My Day" syndicated column printed on August 16, 1948: "Smearing  F good people like Alger Hiss and Lauchlin Currie, is, I think, unforgivable."X$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 26 (1964).X  F(  Leonard Linders was the first to ask Ike to run for President in 1948.K$ F ԍ Colliers Magazine 15 (November 3, 1951).K By the end of World War II, progressive education had become the ideology of the National Educational Association. An NEA affiliate report by the National Council for Social Studies stated: "Most of us have  FH pledged our allegiance to an organized world community."P $ F ԍ James C. Hefley, Texbooks on Trial 31 (1977).P One textbook told students: "Allegiance to a nation is the biggest stumbling block to creation of international government. National boundaries and the concept of sovereignty must be abolished. The quickest way to abolish...sovereignty is to condition the young to another and broader alliance. Opinion favorable to international government will be  Fh developed in the social studies in the elementary school."r!$ F ԍ Quoted by Joseph P. Bean, M.D., James C. Hefley, Textbooks on Trial 201 (1977).r The policies of Columbia "followed the  F0 mainstream of world collectivism."T"$ F ԍ W. Cleon Skousen, The Naked Capitalist 70 (1970).T In 1948, Dwight Eisenhower denounced the possibility that Columbia could be the hotbed of communism. Then he accepted an endowment from the Communist government of Poland to set up a "Chair of Polish Studies." A wellknown Marxist, Dr. Mainfred Kridl,  F was appointed by Ike to fill the position over the objections of his own liberallyoriented faculty.w#$ F ԍ W. Cleon Skousen, The Naked Capitalist 70 (1970); New York Star 1 (August 18, 1948).w It was not until after WWII with the horror of the Concentration Camps, that public opinion swung around to favor a Jewish takeover of Palestine. In 1949 Israel came into being and war brought out immediately. Johann von Goethe (author of "Faust") and Johann von Schiller were used to spread ideas favorable  F to debt-money and the Illuminati. Goethe's "Faust" was influenced by a 1616 Rosicrucian tract titled The  F Chemical Wedding.A$$ F ԍ Holy Blood, Holy Grail at 142,A In the summer of 1949 Dr. Albert Schweizer came to a celebration in Aspen, Colorado. He came to celebrate the 200th birthday of the humanist, Johann Wolfgang von Goethe. The event was sponsored by Walter Paepcke, Chairman of the Container Corporation of America and Trustee  F  of the University of Chicago. This was the beginning of the internationalist Aspen Institute.u%$ F ԍ Brochure, The Aspen Institute. P.O. Box 222, Queenstown, Md 21658 (301) 8277168. u The brochure for the 1992 courses asks: "Is there anything in reality that corresponds to the notion we have of God?" In December of 1949, Ike told a gathering in Galveston: "If all that America wants is security, then they can go to prison. They'll have enough to eat, a bed and a roof over their heads. But if an American wants to preserve his dignity and his equality as a human being, he must not bow his neck to any dictatorial  F! government."e&$ F ԍ Treasury of Presidential Quotations 308 (C. Barnsberger Ed. 1964).e George Bush's father was Prescott Bush who was "a managing partner of the Wall Street international banking firm of Brown Brothers, Harriman..." He was U.S. Senator from Connecticut from 1953 to 1962. George Bush married Barbara Piercem daughter of the publisher of Redbook and McCall's magazine in 1945. Following his graduation from Yale, George Bush was offered a place with Brown Brothers, Harriman. Instead, he took a job with Dresser Industries. In 1950 he and a partner founded an oil and gas company in Midland, Texas. Three years later it was absorbed by the Zapata Petroleum Corporation. In 1954 Bush co-founded and became President of the Zapata Offshore Company. Its headquarters was  F( transfered to Houston in 1959.A'$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 14 (1991).A h)J0*0*0*  F  Eisenhower and John Kennedy were both C.F.R. members.:($ Dan Smoot, THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT 4 (1962).: In 1950 Dewey became honorary national chairman of the American counterpart to the British Fabian  FX Societythe League for Industrial Democracy.Y)$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 100 (1964).Y Dewey died on June 1, 1952.V*$ F ԍ John E. Wise, The History of Education 423 (1964). V On February 7, 1950, WorldFederalist cofounder James Warburg told Congress: "We shall haveWorld Government...whether or not we like it.The question is only whether world government will be acheived  Fx by conquest or consent."/+$ James Paul Warburg was the son of Paul Moritz Warburg (founder of the Federal Reserve System). The World Federalists included as a cofounder Norman Cousins. "Revision of the U.N.Charter," Hearings Beofre a SubCommittee on Foreign Relations, 81st Congress, 2nd Session, U.S. Senate at 494./ When the Springfield Plan for interracial and interfaith cooperation was conceived in Massachusetts it was soon viewed by Catholics as making the children acquainted with the various races and religions  F and by inference placed all faiths on the same plane.b,$ F ԍ Paul Blanshard, American Freedom and Catholic Power 292 (1950).b Less than 1% of American emminent men  F` of science were Catholic around 1950.b-$ F ԍ Paul Blanshard, American Freedom and Catholic Power 238 (1950).b A Jesuit teacher, Father Alighiero Tondi, former secretary to the head of the Institute of Superior Religious culture at the Vatican's Gregorian University, broke his vows and left the order to become a Communist. Young evangelists of the Protestant Church of Christ were stoned out of Castel Gandolfosummer home of Pope Pius XIIand three other Castel towns. Aaron Sargent, a consultant to the Senate Internal Security Committee in 1952, said: "Professor Dewey denied that there was any such thing as absolute truth, that everything was relative, everything was doubtful, that there were no basic values and nothing which was specifically true...you automatically wipe the slate clean, you throw historical experience and background to the wind and you begin all over again,  Fh which is exactly what the Marxians want someone to do."c.$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 144 (1958).c Of 229 Turks captured by the Korean War, every single one survived. Not one collaborated. One third of the American POWs succumbed to subtle pressures for conformity without drugs, physical torture or  F highly developed hypnotice techniques.X/$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 96 (1964).X The Chinese Chief of Intelligence, during the Korean War, wrote to his superiors: "The American soldier has weak loyalty to his family, his community, his country, his religion, and to his fellow soldier. His concepts of right and wrong are hazy and ill formed. Opportunism is easy for him. By himself he feels frightened and insecure. He underestimates his own worth, his own strength and his ability to survive. He fails to appreciate the meaning of and the necessity for military or any other  F  form of organization."X0$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 94 (1964).X A Presidential Commission stated: "The uninformed POW's were up against it. They couldn't answer arguments in favor of communism with arguments in favor of Americanism because they knew so little  F about America."X1$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 98 (1964).X In 1951, Dr. H.S. Box, author of The Nature of Freemasonry, sought to raise the issue of Freemasonry in the Canterbury Convocation of the Church of England. Due to the influence of the masonic Bishop of  F Reading, Dr. A. Groom Parham, the debate never occurred.N2$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 241 (1984).N  F`"  In 1952 VP Richard Nixon's "slush fund" of $18,000 was revealed.L3$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1953, Norman Dodd, director of research for a congressional committee to investigate the promotion of world government and socialism by tax-exempt foundations, headed by Rep. Carroll Reece of Tennesee,  F% was invited by the President of the Ford Foundation to visit its headquarters. E4$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 75-76 (1991).E In the fall of 1953, Norman Dodd, Director of Research for the Reece Commission, went to see H. Rowan Gaither (CFR) who was the President of the Ford Foundation. Dodd stated that Gaither told him: "Mr. Dodd, all of us here at the policymaking level have had experience, either in O.S.S. or the European Economic Administration, with directives from the White House. We operate under these directives here...h)K0*0*0* The substance of them is that we shall use our grantmaking power so as to alter our life in the United States that we can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union." Dodd then asked if he would be willing  F to repeat that before the House Committee. Gaither replied: "This we would not think of doing."5$ F ԍ James Perloff, The Shadows of Power 205 (1988). "If you want a national monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist government...'Communism' is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but a movement created, manipulated and used by powerseeking billionaries to gain control over the world...first by establishing socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating them all through a 'Great merger,' into an allpowerful world socialist superstate probably under the auspices of the United Nations."  Fx Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 36 (1985). "When Mr. Dodd began delving into the role of international high finance in the world revolutionary  F  movement, the investigation was killed on orders from the Eisenhoweroccupied White House."U6$ F ԍ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 21 (1985).U In 1953 Norman Thomas, the Socialist candidate for President in 1928 and for every election thereafter for twenty years, said: "(H)ere in America more measures once praised or denounced as socialist have  F@ been adopted than once I should have thought possible short of a socialist victory at the polls."?7$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 130 (1970).? In 1954 the Federal Reserve Banks were permitted "to pay out notes of other Reserve banks, thus  F eliminating another vestige of the old idea of regional autonomy."d8$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 17 (1964).d In 1954, Paul Harvey stated: "The sirens three of this century are Communism...Fascism...and the one  F in the middle with the benign smile on her innocentappearing face, Socialism."L9$ F ԍ Paul Harvey, Autumn of Liberty 12 (1954).L In 1954 Paul Harvey also said: "Jesus was challenged by the same grievances we hear today. One day one said to Him, 'Master, speak to my brother that he divide his inheritance with me.' That the same thing everybody is yelling at us now...Communists, Socialists, Capitalists, too...Rightests and  F Leftists...'Divide divvy up...share the wealth!"M:$ F ԍ Paul Harvey, Autumn of Liberty 191 (1954).M The phrase "In God We Trust" was placed on coins by an act of March 3, 1865. It was made obligatory  F0 on July 11, 1955 by Congress.A;$ ARTHUR NUSSBAUM, A HISTORY OF THE DOLLAR 116 (1957).A Arkansas Rhodes Scholar Senator William Fulbright introduced in June 1955 the bill that required "In God We Trust" to be placed on American currency beginning in 1957. Mathew Rothert, a businessman from Camden, Arkansas waged a oneman crusade for this  F addition.O<$ F ԍ William T. Still, New World Order 68 (1990).O The "God" worshiped by the occult is Lucifer or Satan. The dollar sign ($) is John Galt's symbolfound in ancient pyramids it means "to scourage; to punish, to make right." The dollar sign was formed by overlapping the initials for the U.S.  F  On July 8, 1955, the U.S. News contained an article titled "Socialists Sour on Socialism." Socialist economies are seldom linked with depressions due to the near-perpetual state of want among their peoples. The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 gave the Fed the responsibility for regulating companies  F owning or controlling two or more banks.C=$ David Leinedorf and Donald Eltra, CITIBANK 316 (1974).C Dr. Felix Wittmer wrote in 1956: "Fact is that a relatively small group of educators, who gravitated toward Columbia Teachers College, have in the course of twenty years turned thousands and thousands of teachers into missionaries of the collectivist, i.e. socialist, creed. These thousands of converts have  F brought about the change.">$ F ԍ Felix Wittmer, Conquest of the American Mind 39 (Meador Publishing Co. 1956). "An graduate student who starts writing articles demonstrating how selfinterested groups have captured America's liberal, democratic, and progressive institutions, and still control those institutions , will find  FX himself isolated and ultimately unemployed." Gary North, Conspiracy: A Biblical View 89 (1986).  The "liberal" Dewey philosophy requires that fundamental rights be constantly subjected to review: "Certainly these 'liberals' believe that the right to private property is only a secondclass right, or maybe  F third class."c?$ F ԍ Rene Wormser, Foundations: Their Power and Influence 144 (1958).c Bertrand Russell stated: "Diet, injections and injunctions will combine from a very early age to produce the sort of character and the sort of beliefs that the authorities consider desirable, and any serious criticism of the powers that be will be psychologically impossible. Even if all are miserable, all will believe  F$ themselves to be happy, because the government will tell them that it is so."Q@$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 383 (1985).Q According to Edith Kermit Roosevelt, a Temple of Understanding was built in Washington as part of  F' the cult of the All-Seeing Eye. It contains a Hall of Illumination.IA$ Rabbi Marvin S. Antelman, TO ELIMINATE THE OPIATE 53 (1974).I Those involved included Jerome Davis of New Haven, Connecticut, who heads a group called "Promoting Enduring Peace." The group's literature is distributed by Lucius Trust on 11 West 42nd Street. The name was changed in 1924 from the Lucifer Trust. Rev. Lee H. Ball, of the Methodist Federation for Social Action, was also named byh)L0*0*0* Roosevelt. On April 23, 1956, this group was cited as a communist front by the Senate Internal Security  F Committee. Both Reform and Conservative Jews have also been linked to the group.LB$ Rabbi Marvin S. Antelman, TO ELIMINATE THE OPIATE 53-54 (1974).L The subversive Temple of Understanding has a Frankist connotation. There are six portals representing Islam,  FX Judaism, Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism and Hinduism.JC$ Rabbi Marvin S. Antelman, TO ELIMINATE THE OPIATE 105 (1974).J  F  21 men refused to sign the register at the 1957 St. Simons Island Bilderberger meeting.AD$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 74 (1st Ed. 1963).A Norman Thomas, a sixtime Socialist party candidate for President, in 1957, said that "the United States is making greater strides toward socialism under Eisenhower than even under Roosevelt  F (FDR)."SE$ F ԍ James Perloff, The Shadows of Power viii (1988).S In 1957 Julian Huxley wrote: "And the relation to practical existence may e one of escape, as in asceticism or pure Buddhism; or of full participation, as in classical Greece or the citystates of ancient Mesopotamia; or of rendering unto Caesar the things that are Caesars's, as in usual Christian  F practice."YF$ F ԍ Julian Huxley, Religion Without Revelation 205 (1957).Y The late Hindu Geru Sri Aurobindo has a follower by the name of Muarice Strong who  F has connections with David Rockefeller, the Rothschilds and other groups of the money elite.UG$ F ԍ Texe Marrs, New Age Cults and Religion 304 (1990).U In 1957 the fiction work "Atlas Shrugged" provided the Illuminati Code to the witches of the world. John Galt was Philippe Rothschild, Dagny Taggart was Ayn Rand, John Wyatt was David Rockefeller, etc. Rand wrote the 1100-page work under the direction of Philippe Rothschild. Don't argue (p. 323). All become criminals due to many laws (p. 411). Force necessary (p. 503). Guilt (p. 514). Fear (p. 566). Futility (p. 585). From each (p. 617). Dollar sign (p. 637). Collapse (p. 696). The book that was found by Robert Redford in the CIA movie was Atlas Shrugged.  F  In 1957 the Vatican finally requested the third Fatima secret but its content was not disclosed.MH$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, End Vision 2 (July 1992).M In the Congressional Record of April 17, 1958, Norman Thomas was quoted: "The United States is making greater strides toward Socialism under Eisenhower than even under Roosevelt, particularly in the  F fields of Federal spending and welfare legislation."?I$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 130 (1970).? For its first fifty years, the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) was not a subject of writers. In 1970 C. Cleon Skousen wrote: "If the student searches the recent periodicals for articles on the CFR, he is likely  F to find nothing.">J$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 51 (1970).> A review of several decades of the Reader's Guide to Periodic Literature revealed  F only one major magazine article--the Harper story.9K$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 94 (1985).9 Joseph Kraft wrote an article on the CFR in July 1958 for Harper's called "School for Statesmen." He credited Colonel House and Jermome as being the chief architects.  F  In 1959 vault cash was allowed to be counted as legal reserves.dL$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 17 (1964).d  Fx  Khrushchev addressed the UN Assembly on September 18, 1959.1M$ Actually this proposal was a rehash of a Soviet plan presented to the League of nations in 1927. See the Carnegie Endowment pamphlet on International Conciliation (September 1933). Bryton Barron and  F W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 159 (1964).1 In point 74 he advocated: "All atomic and hydrogen bombs at the disposal of States will be destroyed, and all further production of such bombs will cease. The energy of fissionable materials will be devoted exclusively to peaceful economic and  F scientific purposes."|N$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 159 (1964).| Point No. 76 provided: "States should be allowed to retain only strictly limited police (militia) contingentsof a strength agreed upon for each countryequipped with light firearms and intended solely for the maintenance of internal order and the protection of the citizens' personal  F(# safety."|O$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 160 (1964).| Khrushchev also proposed Point 77: "In order that no one may violate his undertakings, we propose the creation of an international control organ in which all States would participate. There should be established, for the control of all disarmament measures, a system which would be set up and  F% operated in conformity with the states in which disarmament was carried out."|P$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 160 (1964).| In 1959, James Warburg wrote: "Nationalism is anachronistic in an age when reason and increasing  F' economic interdependence demand that the world unit in common interest."@Q$ F ԍ The West In Crisis 91 (1959).@ In Study No. 7 the C.F.R. said on November 25, 1959: "...building a new international order which musth)M0*0*0*Ԍbe responsive to world aspiration for peace and for social and economic change...an international  F order...including states labeling themselves as socialist."CR$ DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 31-32 (1981).C In 1960 low of old M2. In 1960, a former President of Union Theological Seminary in New York wrote: "Communism needs to be seen as the instrument of modernization, of national unity, of greater social welfare. The brainwashing, the cruel dealing with the opposition, and the political totalitarianism are the cost. At this stage, it is not for us to say whether we would or would  F  not choose the effects at this cost."jS$ F ԍ Dr. John C. Bennett, Foreign Policy in Christian Perspective 63 (1966).j In 1960 JFK romanced a variety of women in the White House including a firlfriend of top Mafia boss  F( Sam Giancana.LT$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1960 the federal debt reached $4264 billion or $1,575 per citizen and state and local debts were  F mushrooming.^U$ SHELDON EMRY, BILLIONS FOR THE BANKERS DEBTS FOR THE PEOPLE 4 (February 3, 1986).^ In 1961 Frank S. Myer wrote: "The ideal type of the Communist is a man in whom all individual, emotional, and unconscious elements have been reduced to a minimum and subjected to the control of an iron will, informed by a supple intellect. The intellect is totally at the service of a single and compelling idea, made incarnate in the Communist Party: the concept of History as an inexorable god whose ways  F0 are revealed 'scientifically' through the doctrine and method of MarxismLeninism."YV$ F ԍ Frank S. Meyer, The Moulding of Communists 16 (1961). Y In 1961 William O. Douglas wrote: "World law...requires a fullfledged superstate in which all nations are mergeda supranational organization that has political and military control over all of its  FP units."VW$ F ԍ William O. Douglas, A World Without War 147 (1961).V In 1961 in January Eisenhower ordered all Americans to consumate any gold bullion or shares they might own abroad. A major policy statement was made by Khrushchev on January 6, 1961: "Our era is the era of the struggle of two diametrically opposed social systems...an era of the collapse of capitalism...and the triumph  F of socialism and communism on a world scale."|X$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 173 (1964).| Those over 30 need not be converted to communism. It is enough that they be lulled into doing nothing. The Chinese war lordphilosopher Sun Tsu stated: "Supreme excellence in warfare lies in the  F destruction of your enemy's will to resist in advance of perceptible hostilities."UY$ F ԍ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 27 (1985).U At the funeral of Eugene Dennis in February 1961, Gus Hall said: "I dream of the hour when the last Congressman is strangled to death on the guts of the last preacherand since the Christians love to sing about the  F@ blood, why not give them a little of it."XZ$ F ԍ John A. Stormer, None Dare Call It Treason 20 (1964).X  F  On September 1, 1961, the Christian Science Monitor noted that the CFR building was across the way from the Soviet Embassy to the UN and described it as "probably one of the most influential semi-public  F`" organizations in the field of foreign policy.">[$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 51 (1970).> The Christian Science Monitor has been edited by a  F(# member of the American Round Table.9\$ Larry Abraham, CALL IT CONSPIRACY 94 (1985).9 "Through publishing houses controlled by this same financial elite unwelcome books have been squashed and useful books promoted; fortunately publishing has few barriers to entry and is almost atomistically competitive. Through control of a dozen or so major newspapers, run by editors who think alike, public information can be almost orchestrated at will. Yesterday, the space program; today, an energy crisis or a campaign for ecology; tommorrow,  F(  a war in the Middle East or some other manufactured 'crisis.'N]$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 173 (1976).N h)N0*0*0* In September 1961, the Department of State publication 7277, called for a UN military monopoly: "In Stage III progressively controlled disarmament...would proceed to a point where no state would have the  F military power to challenge the progressively strengthened U.N. Peace Force.."|^$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 160 (1964).| On September 6, 1961, John M. Larson, who resigned from UNESCO, wrote to Dean Rusk: "With respect to UNESCO literature, it has very little substance, and what it does have appears overtly or covertly to be slanted away from the spiritual and political beliefs and traditions of the United States of America toward the sterile conceptions of a nebulous oneworld government or federation which is to built  F@ upon atheistic foundations....The foundations of UNESCO are atheistic and materialistic..."_$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 151157 (1964). In 1961 the U.S. Treasury initiated a network of "swap" agreements which were taken over by the Fed in 1962. The New York Fed was the hub, acting under direction from the Federal Open Market Committee (with advice of the Treasury), and the design was to accomodate short-term capital flows "that would otherwise create instability in the monetary relations among the major countries. In 1962, swap arrangements were established with nine foreign central banks and the Bank for International Settlements." By 1981 the $900 million of the end of 1962 had expanded to more than $30 billion. A foreign central bank could draw on the Fed to add to its reserves to finance a balance-of-payments  FH deficit.S`$ Robert Solomon, THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM 1945-1981 41 (1982).S In practice the Fed then guaranteed foreign central banks against a depreciation of the dollar to the extent of its swap drawings. "The existence of the swap network was one reasoon for regular attendance by Federal Reserve officials at the monthly meetings of central bank governors at the Bank  F for International Settlements (BIS) in Basle, Switzerland."Sa$ Robert Solomon, THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM 1945-1981 42 (1982).S In 1962 Dan Smoot wrote the pioneering book: THE INVISIBLE GOVERNMENT. In 1962 Norman Thomas said: "The difference between Democrats and Republicans is: Democrats have  F accepted some ideas of socialism cheerfully, while Republicans have accepted them reluctantly."?b$ W. Cleon Skousen, THE NAKED CAPITALIST 130 (1970).? In 1962 the American people paid $42 billion annual interest. There was $32 billion in foreign claims  F redeemable in gold with only $16 billion in gold in Fort Knox, earmarked to satisfy foreign claims.Ac$ W.B. VENNARD, CONQUEST OR CONSENT 76 (1st Ed. 1963).A In 1962 in July--J.F.K. orders all coin collectors to send in all gold coins minted after 1933. In August of 1962 Wright Patman asked Mariner Eccles, Chairman of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors: "Is it not a fact that the Federal Reserve System has more power than either the Congress or  F the President?" He answered: "In the field of money and credit, yes."Nd$ ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 26 (1973).N  F   John Wilkes Booth was an Illuminati member. e$ A coded message was found in Booth's trunk. later the key was discovered in Judah P. Benjamin's  F possession. Benjamin was the Rothschild's Civil War campaign stategist. John R. Elsom, Lightening Over  F the Treasury Building 45 (1976).  JFK was also killed with help from the Secret Service because he opposed the Illuminati. JFK said on September 20, 1962: "We...do not intend to be mastered by our money or by our monetary problems. We intend to master them, with unity and  Fx generosityand we shall do so in the name of freedom."f$ F ԍ Treasury of Presidential Quotations 192 (C. Harnsberger Ed. 1964); Vital Speeches, October 15, 1962. The Illuminati defeated the Mafia in 1963-65.  F  In 1961 and 1964 the U.S. Supreme Court stated that humanism was a religion.Dg$ F ԍ James C. Hefley, Textbooks on Trial 209 (1977). In U.S. v. Seeger, the Supreme Court said: "A humanistic...belief that is sincerely professed as a religion shall be entitled to recognition as religious under the Selective Service Law." In Torcase v. Watkins, the Court wrote: "Among religions in the country which do not teach what would generally be considered a belief in the existence of God are Buddhism, Taoism,  F  Ethical Culture, Secular Humanism and others." A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 380 (1985). D While Christians are prohibited by Supreme Court rulings from teaching Christian doctrine, New Agers are not. "They know how to make their occult teachings sound 'scientific' and 'neutral'...While the school door is  F(# wide open to the New Age, it slammed shut in Christian's faces decades ago."kh$ F ԍ Paul deParrie and Mary Pride, Ancient Empires of the New Age 188 (1990).k  F$  On July 18, 1963, a study known as Project Phoenix, performed for the U.S. Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, issued a report entitled "Common Action for the Control of Conflict: An Approach  FH& to the Problem of International Tension and Arms Control." It was authored by Vincent P. Rock.i$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 167 (1964). See Remarks by Congressman Glenard Lipscomb of California (House of Representatives, February 10, 1964).  The document was labeled "An Analysis of the Present and Potential Scope of Interdependence Between  F' the United States and the Soviet Union."|j$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 168 (1964).| 300 copies of the report were printed and distributed in  F( July 1963.|k$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 168 (1964).| h)O0*0*0*Ԍ Lee Harvey Oswald shot JFK in 1963. He was then killed by Jack Ruby before he could be brought  F to trial.nl$ F ԍ American Heritage Magazine, 199 Things Every American Should Know 8 (1989).n The head of the CIA was John McClone, a Roman Catholic who helped write the  F inconclusive and contradictory Warren Report.lm$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 165 (1975).l LBJ was JFK's VicePresident.Vn$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 201 (1990).V In his speech to the Central Texas Chapter of the American Society for Public Administration at the Sheraton Inn in Waco, the former Olympic gold medalist and Wheaties cereal spokesman Bob Richards claimed that Kennedy was considering nationalization of the Federal Reserve Board and had printed $400 million in cash only ten days before he was assassinated. Could it be that the patrons of interest-income notes were behind the killing both of Lincoln and Kennedy? It is certain that a series 1963 U.S. note with a red seal was issued. The Spotlight in 1992 claimed that this theory is unfounded. Ayn Rand wrote in 1963: "(I)n philosophy, we are taught that man's mind is impotent, that reality is unknowable, that knowledge is an illusion, and reason a superstition. In psychology, we are told that man is a helpless automaton, determined by forces beyond his control, motivated by innate depravity. In literature, we are shown a lineup of murderers, dipsomaniacs, drug addicts, neurotics and psychotics as representatives of man's souland are invited to identify our own among themwith the belligerent assertions that life is a sewer, a foxhole or a rat race, with the whining injunctions that we must love everything, except virtue, and forgive everything, except greatness. In politics we are told that America, the greatest, noblest, freest country on earth, is politically and morally inferior to Soviet Russia, the bloodiest dictatorship in history...If we look at modern intellectuals, we are confronted with the grotesque spectacle of such characteristics as militant uncertainty, crusading cynicism, dogmatic agnosticism, boastful selfabasement and selfrighteous depravityin an atmosphere of guilt, of panic, of despair, of boredom and of all pervasive evasion. If this is not the stage of being at the end of one's resources, there is no further  F place to go."ao$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against Man and God 13 (1974).a  F  In 1914 the per capita U.S. debt was about $12. By 1963 it was about $1,600.?p$ H.S. Kennan, THE FEDERAL RESERVE BANK 237 (1967).? In 1963 the issuance of $1 and $2 Federal Reserve notes was authorized to eliminate Treasury silver certificates of  F those denominations to make "monetary silver available for coinage."dq$ Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia, FIFTY YEARS OF THE FEDERAL RESERVE ACT 19 (1964).d In 1963 the FBI set out to discredit Martin Luther King after bugging wild parties in his hotel  Fp rooms.Lr$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L A gold pool with seven other nations was also formed to stabilize the free market price in  F London.Ss$ Robert Solomon, THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM 1945-1981 42 (1982).S IMF Annual Report 1964. As a result of American debt, U.S. gold is "now lodged deeply  F in the underground vaults of the Bank for International Settlements in Basil, Switzerland."/t$ Texe Marrs, MILLENNIUM 173 (1990)./ In 1964 LBJ's chief of staff resigned after a bust for homosexual activities in a YMCA men's  F room.Lu$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L On January 8, 1964, LBJ announced that the U.S. would reduce the production of enriched uranium  F@ by 25% and would close four plutonium piles.|v$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 168 (1964).| Khrushchev said to Soviet textile workers on January 18, 1964: "Communism is being built not only with the borders of the Soviet Union; we are doing all we can to see that communism triumphs over all  F`" the earth."w$ F ԍ Bryton Barron and W. Jefferson Davis, Dream Becomes A Nightmare: The UN Today 173174 (1964). On March 1, 1964, five Congressman were wounded by LebronMirandaCoderoRoriquez (a squad)  F$ (all Roman Catholics).x$ F ԍ Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson, The Illuminatus! Trilogy 165 (1975). See: Thomas M. harris,  F Rome's Responsibility for the Assassination of Abraham Lincoln. When the Fed raised interest rates to counteract Johnson's first Vietnam boom, William McChesney Martin, its chairman, was summoned by L.B.J. to his Texas ranch where he twisted his arm and "worked  F' out a compromise.";y$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 173 (1987).; The capital supplied by the 12 reserve banks draws 6% interest. In 1963 the payment was $24 million.h)P0*0*0*Ԍ F Between 1947 and 1969 the U.S. government earned $7 billion in interest on its investment.Nz$ ROBERT L. PRESTON, HOW TO PREPARE FOR THE COMING CRASH 24 (1973).N The Fed paid Treasury a large dividend of $9.3 billion in 1979 (its surplus income minus operating  F costs).{$ SECRETS at 160.  The Fed held a little less than 15% of all outstanding debt paper issued by the Federal  FX Government.|$ SECRETS at 160. A university professor, propped his feet on his desk in the 1960's and told several hundred freshmen: "If you have come here with any faith in the Bible and in God, you had just as well junk it now, for I am  Fx going to take it away from you."R}$ F ԍ James C. Hefley, Textbooks on Trial 197 (1977).R In 1965 Alice Glass, a socialite, ended her 30year affair with LBJ over his escalation of the Vietnam  F war.L~$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L  F`  In 1967, Report from Iron Mountain, authored anonymously by John Kenneth Galbraith, stated: "It may be...that gross pollution of the environment can eventually replace the possibility of mass destruction  F by nuclear weapons as the principal apparent threat to the survival of the species."Y$ F ԍ Winston's Journal, No. 1, Vol. 1 at 2 (November 1991).Y Arnold Toynbee once said: "I do feel that some minimum of global government to abolish war, to cope with pollution, is  F absolutely necessary."c$ F ԍ Benjamin B. Ferencz and Ken Keyes, Jr., Planethood 90 (Undated).c In the wake of a dock-strike, in September 1967 Britain had to support the pound sterling "most of which was concealed from the public by official borrowing from central banks and by a one-day loan (at  F the end of the month) from the U.S. Treasury."V$ Robert Solomon, THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM 1945-1981 93-94 (1982).V By October it was announced that Britain had the largest trade deficit in its history and the decision was made to devalue. On November 11, 1967, Sir. Leslie O'Brien, the Governor of the Bank of England, attended the usual monthly meeting of the BIS "where credits to the United Kingdom were examined, as well as the magnitude of a possible devaluation--between  F 10 and 15 percent."S$ Robert Solomon, THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY SYSTEM 1945-1981 94 (1982).S According to a pamphlet from Findhorn, the New Age began at midnight on December 31,  F 1967.[$ F ԍ William Irvin Thompson, Passages About Earth 158 (1974).[ Those who came to Findhorn usually put such skills as aura scanning, psychic healing,  F psychometrizing, deva communication, astral projection, waterwitching and eckankar.[$ F ԍ William Irvin Thompson, Passages About Earth 162 (1974).[ An ex F banker by the name of John Hilton, a student of the teachings of Gurdjieff, gave Findhorn tours._$ F ԍ William Irvin Thompson, Passages About Earth 164165 (1974)._  Fp The trilogy of science fiction by C.S. Lewis is very close to the world view of Findhorn.$ F ԍ William Irvin Thompson, Passages About Earth 167 (1974); Out of the Silent Planet 94 (1965). Children are taught to get an education to get a job. Being an employee is by definition working for someone else. By 1900 only 4 in 10 American workers were still on farms. A few decades earlier it had  F been 8 in 10.$ SECRETS at 287. In Lone Star, Farenbach said at one point there came a time when Texans were known for what they did rather than who they were. In other words, men became known for who they worked for rather than who they were. Americans ceased to be self-reliant and proud. They became employees and consumers: "They went to work for someone else, usually a corporation, and their labor  F produced wages--pieces of paper in place of the 'real things' in country life."$ SECRETS at 288. The value of the individual was reduced: "People surrendered control over their own lives, accepted a smaller role for themselves as cogs in the vast and complicated economic machinery, in exchange for mere material  F goods."$ SECRETS at 289. The meaning of being an employee was suggested in 1968: "Most adult Americans...are nothing more than employees. For the most part they are precariously situated; nearly all of them menials....the position of the landowners is occupied by the financiers, industrialists, and big rentiers and that of the peasants by the low-paid employees (all subject to dismissal for one reason or another just like the  F$  peasants)."H$ FERDINAND LUNDBERG, THE RICH AND THE SUPER-RICH 2-3 (1968).H The grandfather's warning to save for the future and avoid debts was soon replaced by smart young  F' consumers doing the opposite.>$ WILLIAM GREIDER, SECRETS OF THE TEMPLE 17 (1989).> Get it now and pay later. The rising generation began living like no tommorrow existed and soon it was true. In 1968 Phoebe Courtney wrote THE CFR. h)Q0*0*0*Ԍ In May 1968 the BIS was instructed, as agent for the Banque de France, to support the franc. Then it was later announced that the BIS had been asked to stop support operations. As a result "exchange restrictions were introduced bringing to an end the period of the French franc's virtual freedom from  FX exchange controls which had started in January 1967."K$ Brendan Brown, THE FLIGHT OF INTERNATIONAL CAPITAL 279 (1988).K The 1969 Credit Control Act gave the Fed the power "to control or prohibit every transaction in the banking system down to the level of the corner savings and loan association, to fix interest rates, to stop foreign money transfers, to allocate credit to the borrowers it chooses, or any other action the Fed requires." (19--35). In 1969 it was stated that communism was "a society in which all members are equal and all enjoy the  F society's blessings, both material and cultural..."F$ F ԍ Soviet Life 17 (November 17, 1969).F  F(  In 1969 Teddy Kennedy drove over the bridge at Chappaquiddick.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1970 peak of old M2. In 1970 Zbigniew Brzezinski said in his book, BETWEEN TWO AGES, that "national sovereignty is no longer a viable concept" and suggested a piecemeal "movement toward a larger community of the developed nations--through a variety of indirect ties and already developing limitations on national  F sovereignty.A$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 77 (1991).A He was then chosen by David Rockefeller to be director of the Trilateral Commission.  Fh The two groomed Carter for President.A$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 78 (1991).A During Bush's unsuccessful campaign against Ralph Yarbrough for U.S. Senator in 1964, Yarbrough  F called him "the darling of the John Birch Society."A$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 15 (1991).A  FP  By 1960 foreigners held more dollars than America's $19 billion stock of gold.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 150 (1987).; After holding half the world's reserves in 1950, it held only 15% in 1970 and 11% one year later. Dollars were held on to because if they were refused, the dollar would shrink in value against their currencies, their exports would  F be more expensive, and they would lose jobs to American workers.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 151 (1987).; In 1970 President Nixon was visited twice in the White House by an exotic Hong Kong woman, once  F suspected of being a spy.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1970 John Kenneth Galbreath said: "Certainly the least predicted development under the Nixon administration was this great new thrust to socialism. One encounters people who still aren't aware of it. Others must be rubbing their eyes, for certainly the portents seemed all to the contrary. As an opponent  F of socialism, Mr. Nixon seemed steadfast..."V$ F ԍ James Perloff, The Shadows of Power147148 (1988). V  Fx  On May 18, 1970, Ray Mahooney of ABCTV News said the Passion Play, with remarks from Jesus  F@ taken out of the New Testament, would probably be the last due to pressure. On June 19, 1970, the nation's largest railroad, Pennsylvania Central went bankrupt. Wright Patman spoke against a $200 million loan saying it would be "only the beginning of a welfare program for the giant  F`" corporation."A$ Willard Cantelon, THE DAY THE DOLLAR DIES 54 (1973).A Columnist Walter Trohan noted on October 5, 1970: "It is a known fact that the policies of the government today, whether Republican or Democratic, are closer to the 1932 platform of the Communist  F% Party than they are to either of their own party platforms in that critical year."U$ F ԍ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 29 (1985).U In December 1970, after Bush lost a Senate bid to Bentsen, Nixon appointed him UN  F' Ambassador.A$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 18 (1991).A  Fh)  The U.S. went off Gold in 1971.@$ DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 31 (1981).@h)R0*0*0*Ԍ During the first half of 1971, the Fed doubled the rate at which it increased the supply of dollars. By May of 1971 the Dutch and Belgians joined the French in turning in dollars for gold. They took more than one million pounds of gold between May 3 and 12. West Germany and several other countries closed their  FX markets for a week and took no dollars at all.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 153 (1987).; In December 1971 a meeting of finance ministers at the Smithsonian Institution negotiated a long overdue devaluation of the dollar. The agreement lasted  F 14 months.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 154 (1987).; The Fed turned out 9.2% more money in 1972--the election year--than in the prior year. Nixon ordered his cabinet to spend as much as possible in the first half of the year. Nixon's pre-election spending spree put some $50 billion into the reserves of foreign countries between 1970 and 1973. Any country that raised interest rates to fight inflation risked obtaining even more dollars "chasing  F higher rates.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 155 (1987).; Nixon said on the Watergate tapes: "I don't give a shit about the lire." World raw material prices increased 25% in the second half of 1972, ?0% the following half year and by April 1974 they peaked 2 1/2 times higher than they started in 1972. Food prices trebled in three years--pushed up  F` by the failure of the Russian grain harvest. Oil had a fourfold rise in price in 1973.<$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 156 (1987). < After Nixon resigned, the U.S. had its first un-elected President (Ford) and Vice-President (Rockefeller)  F in its history.<$ J.R. Church, GUARDIANS OF THE GRAIL 249 (1989).<  FH  In 1971 the vulger stage drama Godspel degraded Christ and featured the clenched fist salute.;$ F ԍ Time 61 (June 21, 1971).;  F  In 1972 Richard Levinson introduced the groundbreaking movie That Certain Summer which  F introduced homosexuality to American television./$ CBSTV repeat (November 12, 1974)./ In 1972 Thomas Eagleton was dropped from the McGovern ticket after the disclosure of a mental  F health history and shock treatments.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L By 1972 two other books on the CFR had been published. Gary Allen wrote NONE DARE CALL IT CONSPIRACY while Professor W. Cleon Skoussen, former assistant to J. Edgar Hoover authored THE  F NAKED CAPITALIST.8$ Gary Allen, THE ROCKEFELLER FILE 53 (1976).8 On August 1, 1972, Philippe Rothschild sent some papers to the Council of 13 by state courier to San Antonio. The plan included getting rid of Nixon and with new Democratic President: 1) Gun control (federal), 2) Removal of tax exemption from chruches (H.B. 41 would have required church to have 500  F members and be a member of the World Council of Churches), 3) Genocide Act$ F ԍ Authored by a lawyer named Raphael Lemkin. Harold Courtlander, Shaping Our Times 51 (Oceana Publications 1960). making it a crime equal to murder to convert a person from one faith to another, 4) National Emergency Powers for President (passed), 5) Anti-Hoarding Act making it a crime to have more than a 30 days supply of food, fuel or medicine (passed), 6) Anti-Business Acts (Directive #10-289). Under Baron Guy de Rothschild the House of Rothschild is backing the European Common Market. In 1909 the French and British families broke their mutual business relationship. Now they are back together in a new corporation called Second  F Continuation, Inc.O$ F ԍ W.B. Vennard, Conquest or Consent 96 (1963).O The Orion Bank was organized by Chase Manhatten. It includes National Westminister in the United Kingdom, the Royal Bank of Canada, Westdeutsch Landesbank Girozentral  F@ in Germany, Credito Italiano in Italy and Niko Securities in Japan.$ NEW MONEY at 81.  F  In 1973 Kay Summersby published a deathbed account of her affair with Ike.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L  F`"  In 1973 Siro Agnew resigned and pled no contest to a federal income tax evasion charge.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1973 the U.S. had to float its currency, withdraw its forces from Vietnam and pay unexpected  F$ tribute to oil producers. The American century lasted twenty years.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 141 (1987).; President Carter's Treasury Secretary talked down the dollar to increase exports until it lost 20% of its value and nobody wanted  FH& it.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 165 (1987).; The gold price hit $850 an ounce after the Russians invaded Afghanistan. Anyone who put their money in 1972 in Oriental rugs, gold and Chinese ceramics could have earned on the average at least four times more money during the following decade than those who bet on the stock market. Silver, diamonds and farmland did at least three times better than stocks and bonds. At a yield of about 3.5% per year,  Fh) stocks and bonds increased at less than half the rate of inflation.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 166 (1987).; From 1972 to 1982 oil returnedh)S0*0*0*Ԍ29.9%; U.S. coins 22.5%; U.S. stamps 21.9%; Oriental rugs 19.1%; gold 18.6%; Chinese ceramics 15.3%; farmland 13.7%; silver 13.6%; diamonds 13.3%; housing 9.9%; Old master paintings 9%; stocks 3.9%,  F foreign currencies 3.6% and bonds 3.6%.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 290 (1987).; The rate of return on an average painting held for three  FX centuries would have been only one-third that of a government bond.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 298 (1987).; Bush was chairman of the Republican National Committee with the defense of Nixon over Watergate. In January 1973 he was elected GOP national chairman officially. Ford then made Bush chief of the U.S.  Fx Liason office in Red China.A$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 18 (1991).A Communist banks were able to borrow 40 billion Eurodollars six months before the dollar was devalued 10% on February 6, 1973. Repayment of the debt was thus to be made with dollars valued at 90  F cents which meant a $4 billion profit for the Communists.B$ Willard Cantelon, THE DAY THE DOLLAR DIES 113 (1973).B Stephen Broening accompanied David Rockefeller to Moscow arriving on April 1, 1973. He noted that Chase Manhattan can't cash your check; the Bank of America can't accept your deposit but we "are giving  F nine digit credit to the Russians."C$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 27 (1976).C While Americans were paying 11% interest the Russians got  F money for 6%, put up only 10% and were given twice as much time as Americans to pay.y$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 27 (1976); PHYLLIS SCHLAFELY, LOS ANGELES TIMES (Feb. 18, 1974).y The Russians owed the American taxpayers $2.6 billion. It knocked off $2 billion, then offered $772 million and  F that became $48 million.}$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 27 (1976); Henry J. Taylor, MEMPHIS PRESS-SCIMITAR (March 16, 1976).} The Russians were given $300 million of wheat and loaned $700 million at low interest and was charged $1.65 per bushel. She then offered to sell the same back to America for  F $4.65 which caused Senator Mansfield to denounce the action on national TV.C$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 28 (1976).C Since the rubble has no value outside the country, Russia must conduct its transactions outside the country with other  F0 currencies.C$ WILLARD CANTELON, MONEY MASTER OF THE WORLD 28 (1976).C In May 1973, Dr. Medford Evans wrote: "(G)overnment schools make it a matter of policy to spend as much money as possible, and impart as little knowledge as possible since spending demonstrates power  FP while keeping the scholars ignorant monopolizes power in the hands of the government insiders."Q$ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 391 (1985).Q The organizational meeting for the Trilateral Commission was held on July 23 and 24, 1972 at the estate of CFR Chairman David Rockefeller. All eight American representatives at the meeting were  Fp members of the Council on Foreign Relations.;$ A. Ralph Epperson, THE UNSEEN HAND 232 (1985).; The Trilaterial Commission was sponsored by Baron Edmond de Rothschild in 1972 and is controlled by him. Rockefeller is the front man in the U.S. Allied with the World Federalists, the Club of Rome, the Gnomes of Zurich, the European Common Market, the Gold Market, the Silver Market, the Stocks and Bond markets of Exchange, the IMM, the IMF, the BOE  F and U.S. Fed., the majority of chartered banks, the underworld and Swiss secret bank accounts.&$ CREATIVE FRAUD 48 (1978).& The Trilateral Commission was created by David Rockefeller. Both Carter and Mondale were charter  F  members who were invited to the charter meeting in London in 1973.@$ DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 32 (1981).@ It was first chaired by Zbigniew Brzezinski who has written his belief in one-world government and dissolving of nation-states  F and their sovereignties.@$ DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 31 (1981).@ Paul Volker was a member of the C.F.R., the Trilateral Commission and was President of the most power regional Fed reserve bank--the N.Y. City Reserve Bank. The goal of the T.C. is to dominate nine crucial countries in Europe and Japan and thus control 80% of the total world  F output.@$ DOUG CLARK, THE GREATEST BANKING SCANDAL 32 (1981).@ Lasers are now being used to stick a brand or number on livestock. An article in Senior Scholastic (September 20, 1973) discussed a number being placed painlessly on a man's forehead or his hand-- invisible to the naked eye but legible under a designated scan light. The number would be as permanent  F# as fingerprints.$ NEW MONEY at 209. Unfunded social security payments of more than $3 trillion are not included in statements released  FH& to Congress and the public as part of the accumulated debt.K$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 62 (1985).K In 1974 Congress created the Federal Finance Bank which has made loans of $1 trillion. This amount is entered into the Treasury's books and is sold in the form of treasury bills and bonds. It takes money out of the economy that would otherwise  F( be available to expand the economy or used to repay the national debt.K$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 63 (1985).K h)T0*0*0*Ԍ F  In 1974 Richard Nixon became the first President to resign in disgrace.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1974 the Chairman of the Ways and Means Committee, Wilbur Mills, resigned after a whirlwind  FX affair with stripper Fanne Foxe.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L  F  The Bushes arrived in China in October 1974.B$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 19 (1991).B In November of 1974, a pornography magazine ran a filthy story about Jesus picking up a prostitute  F@ and having a licentious evening with her. It was entitled: "One Night Stand With God."C$ F ԍ Screw 1012 (November 18, 1974).C  F  On Maude one character said in December 1974: "To hell with Christmas."($ CBSTV (December 16, 1974).( In 1975 CIA assassination plots against foreign heads of state were exposed by a Senate  F( Committee.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1975 the Big Apple ran out of money after building up a debt of $13.6 billion. The day of reckoning came when interest payments on the city's debt obligations could not be paid. Mayor Abraham Beame appealed for help from the federal government and asked: "Would the French disown Paris? Would the Soviets abandon Moscow?" President Ford replied: "If we go on spending more than we have, providing more benefits and more services than we can pay, then a day of reckoning will come to Washington and the whole country as it has to New York City....When that day of reckoning comes, who will bail out the  Fh United States?"K$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 45 (1985).K Bond-buyers went on strike until N.Y. city cut its spending by firing or retiring  F0 one municipal worker out of five.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 264 (1987).; In November 1975, Larry McDonald wrote the foreward to Gary Allen's book on the Rockefellers. He noted "the drive of the Rockefellers and allies to create a oneworld government combining supercapitalism and Communism under the same tent, all under their control." He stated that "the Rockefellers and their allies have, for at least fifty years, been carefully following a plan to use their economic power to gain political control of first America, and then the rest of the world...there is...a plot, international in scope, generations old in planning, and incredibly evil in intent." On August 31, 1983 the plane he was traveling on was shot down by the Russians while he was heading a congressional investigation to expose  F8 what he called a dangerous international conspiracy.X$ F ԍ Gary H. Kah, En Route to Global Occupation 17 (1991).X  F  In December 1975 Bush was named head of the CIA by Ford and served until January 1977.B$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 19 (1991).B  FX  In 1976 Wayne Hayes resigned over an affair with his secretary, Liz Ray, who could not type.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L  F  In 1976 Jimmy Carter admitted to "lust in his heart" for women other than his wife in a Playboy  F interview.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L  F@  The January 12, 1976 issue of Businessweek devoted its cover and five pages to "The Rothschilds' new Power in International Banking. The Bank of California is controlled by the Rothschild interests in  F Europe.G$ F ԍ Martin Mayer, The Bankers 87 (1980).G The Rothschilds at one time were estimated to own $1,600,000,000 in gold.i$ F ԍ Coin's Financial School 215 (1963) (quoting Chicago Daily News).i French  F! Socialist Alexandre Weill quipped: "There is but one power in Europe and that is Rothschild."V$ F ԍ See Also Byron,  Don Juan, Canto V, 1823.V Federic Norton wrote: "They conquered the world more throughly, more cunningly, and much more lastingly, than all the Caesars before them and all the Hitlers after them." In a 1976 interview, Eldridge Cleaver was asked: "Don't you think that some people in the U.S. are  F% always seeing Communists under the bed?" He replied: "But there are Communists under the bed!"x$ F ԍ James L. Tyson, Target America 29 (1981); Rolling Stone Magazine (September 4, 1976).x In 1976 the World Affairs Council of Philadelphia issued a "Declaration of INTERdependence." It proclaimed: "Two centuries ago our forefathers brought forth a new nation; now we must join with others  F( to bring forth a new world order."R$ F ԍ James Perloff, The Shadows of Power 204 (1988).R h)U0*0*0*Ԍ At Jonestown, it was intially assumed that the large vat of drink containing poison was the cause of the suicides. Autopsies showed that 700 of the 900 had died of gunshots wounds and stangulation--not poison. "They had not committed suicide at all; they were brutally mass murdered. According to Jack Anderson, a tape made by Rev. Jones mentioned a man named Dwyer. Richard Dwyer was the deputy chief of the U.S. mission to Guyana and accompanied Rep. Leo Ryan to investigate the encampment. The Congressman was murdered but Dwyer was not affected. He claimed that Jone's reference to him was "mistaken." In 1959 he had began working for the CIA and had "no comment" when Anderson asked if he was a CIA agent. Among the drugs found at Jonestown was chloral hydrate--used in the CIA's secret mind control program known as "MK ULTRA." Did the CIA slaughter 900 at Jonestown to cover up a  F massive-scale drug experiment?:$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 487 (1990).:  F  In a 1977 Esquire article, Ron Rosenbaum wrote: "I do seem to have come across definite, if skeletal, links between the origins of Bones rituals and those of the notorious Bavarian Illuminists, (the  F( Illuminati)." $ F ԍ A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 206 (1985). President George Bush was (is) a member of Skull and Bones. Bill Clinton is a Rhodes scholar. Both were (are) members of the Trilateral Commission and the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). Clinton has attended a Bilderberger conference. The group met first at the Bilderburg Hotel in May of 1954. It was chaired by Prince Bernard of the Netherlands "royal consort of Queen Juliana, who is reported to be the richest woman in the world. Queen Juliana and Lord Rothschild are the principle stockholders of Shell Oil Company, while the Rockefellers control  F Standard Oil. The Bilderbergers are also known as 'The 500.'" William Josiah Sutton, The Illuminati 666 243244 (1983).  Early in 1977 Bush got together with James A. Baker III who had run Ford's campaign in 1976 against  F Carter.B$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 19 (1991).B  F  In 1978 the Bank of America contributed $25,000 to defeat Proposition 13.g$ Antony C. Sutton and Patrick M. Wood, TRILATERALS OVER WASHINGTON 178 (4th Printing 1979).g Around 1978 the BIS was sponsoring discussions to impose greater regulatons on Eurobanking. Reserve requirements on international lending and deposit-taking was proposed. Henry Wallich, the U.S.  F0 delegate to BIS, supported the move.;$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 159 (1983).; The coins of the U.S. are decidedly overvalued at the mint--their money value exceeding their commodity value. "But they do not drive gold from circulation in accordance with Gresham's law, because  FP their circulation is definitely restricted."Y$ HOWARD PATTERSON & KARL SCHOLZ, ECONOMIC PROBLEMS OF MODERN LIFE 111 (1948).Y On February 23, 1978, the International Herald Tribune featured a copper dollar proposed by the Treasury that would cost less than three cents to manufacture. In Greece, Dines called this the "Grecian disease," Nero added 10% alloy to Rome's silver coins. By the time of Servius, 40% alloy was being added. Under Gallienius the coin had been so debased it was not  Fp accepted even at nominal value.$ NEW MONEY at 72. Consumer debt for everything from cars to college tuitition has triped in ten years. Installment plan and credit-card interest charges and repayment take almost one dollar out of every eight from the average after-tax paycheck. When home mortgage payments are added, debt takes one spendable dollar out of  FX almost every five. The plastic business earns five times the profits of what is earned on all lending.:$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 49 (1987).: Installent credit rose from $167 billion in 1975, to $297.6 billion in 1980, $367.9 billion in 1983, $442.5 billion in 1984, $517.8 billion in 1985, $572.1 billion in 1986, $607.7 billion in 1987 and $659.5 billion in  F 1988.;$ THE 1990 INFORMATION PLEASE ALMANAC 51 (1990).; In 1977, according to the Statistical Abstract, all levels of government collected $535 billion. The private debt was $2,521 billion (which at 10% required interest payments totaling $252 billion). The overall national income was $1.348.4 billion. So 58.2% of the national income went to pay taxes and  F interest. In 1979-1980 this ratio was expected to rise to about 63%.W$ MARTIN A. LARSON, THE FEDERAL RESERVE AND OUR MANIPULATED DOLLAR 4 (1978).W In 1979 Volker called an unprecedent news conference and announced that the Fed would ignore interest rates and focus only on the amount of money it supplied to the economy through the banking system. The Fed then pleaded no hands as interest rates rose so it could raise money to sell bonds for  F# cash. The prime rose to above 21% at the end of 1980--just as R.R. was taking office.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 174 (1987).; It took from 1979 to 1982 to bring down consumer prices from their high of 14% to 4%--along with two recessions, an unemployment rate that was close to 10%, and the highest business failures since the  F' Depression.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 174 (1987).; Just before Mexico escaped bankruptcy in the summer of 1982, the Fed suddenly  F' relaxed the lever and turned the money tap back on.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 176 (1987).; In 1979 Doug Clark wrote:h)V0*0*0*Ԍ#\ P[,QiP# "Just remember that our United States Government borrows money from the Fed with its tripleArated bonds, bought up by the Fed. We pay interest on these bonds, and we pay off the bonds with taxpayers money! Who are we paying this money to? Who are these men who can garner off the wealth of this country and control depressions and recessions and inflation and deflation by the punching of keys in their powerful computers? These private individuals, in conjunction with the federal government, determine financial  F  principles that ran the country economically."X$ F ԍ Doug Clark, How to Survive the Money Crash 34 (1979).X "The CFR soon realized that the United Nations, which they helped to set up, was not the organization to unite the world into a oneworld government.They dropped the idea of setting up a world government along territorial lines, and are now organizing a world government along more functional lines, via world monetary systems and political control that comes through owning the banks and controlling each country's currency operations,  F(  as it does the United States through the Federal Reserve system."X$ F ԍ Doug Clark, How to Survive the Money Crash 36 (1979).X "They plan on monetary unity for all nations participating in their world government. That international monetary system will be backed by gold, which many of them hold great possessions of. When gold really climbs (as it will) and becomes the backer of the new world curency, those holding it will become the richest people on earth. Those without  F  it will be subservient to those with it.X$ F ԍ Doug Clark, How to Survive the Money Crash 37 (1979).X When this world government is set up, it will be headquartered in Europe and will have control over all eneergy and oil production, over all food production and distribution,  F  and over all the use of most of the world's money."[$ F ԍ Doug Clark, How to Survive the Money Crash 3738 (1979).[ In 1979 Billy Carter was forced to register as a foreign agent after he accepted a "loan" of $220,000  FP from the Libyan government.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L In 1979 Nelson Rockefeller's blond aide kept mum about the curious circumstances of his  F death.L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvi (1988).L Before 1970 Eastern European loans were of little consequence. Ten years later, according to the BIS,  F private banks had about $60 billion invested in the Soviet bloc.:$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 63 (1983).:  F  In 1980 Evelyn de Rothschild published the London Economist.$ UGLY TRUTH at 268. David Rockefeller was forced  FX to explain the Trilateral Commission in 1980.o$ F ԍ "The Trilateral Commission Explained," Saturday Evening Post (October 1980).o On August 25, 1980 his letter stated in the New York Times: "I never cease to be amazed at those few among us that spot a conspiracy under every rock,  F a cabal in every corner."U$ F ԍ Gary North, Conspiracy: A Biblical View 97 (1986).U  Fx  In 1980 Bush lost to Ronald Reagan.g$ Reagan, in the Florida primary, used Bush's ties to the Trilateral Commission against him.g After Ford turned down Reagan's VP offer, Bush accepted. In August 1980 Bush traveled to Red China to assure the Communists that Reagan's comments about  F restoring U.S. ties with Free China were only phrases "use out of habit."D$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 20-21 (1991).D James Baker served as Reagan's White House chief of staff and later became Secretary of the Treasury under Reagan. Bush made  F! Baker Secretary of State.A$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 21 (1991).A Under Reagan more than 70 administration members belonged to the CFR--including a number of top cabinet members. "The chairman of the CFR for many years has been banker David Rockefeller, former chairman of the Chase Manhattan Bank. Another Chase executive chaired the CFR before that. The warning of Thomas Jefferson has come true. The banking fraternity has exercised a strong influence on American politics, notably in foreign affairs, and the Council on Foreign Relations is one channel through which it has done so. Regrettably, that influence has helped to preserve inflation, debt and warfare as the  F' status quo.":$ William Bramley, THE GODS OF EDEN 363 (1990).: In 1980 nearly $590,000 was given by banks and other financial institutions to members of the Househ)W0*0*0*Ԍand Senate Banking Committees. 129 House members and 38 Senators reported that they earned part of  F their income from stock shares in commercial banks, S & L's and other financial institutions.$ SECRETS at 163. In 1980 effective federal income tax rate on financial institutions was 5.8% compared to 34.1% for retailing  FX and 10.9% for utilities.$ SECRETS at 155. In Title I, Public Law 96-221 the Monetary Decontrol Act of 1980: 1) Brought all U.S. depository institutions under the authority of the Federal Reserve System. "The legislation required all depository institutions, member banks and non-member banks alike, savings and loan associations, even credit  F@ unions, to maintain reserves with the Fed."$ SECRETS at 155. 2) Expanded the definition of collateral for Federal Reserve credit and Federal Reserve Notes in circulation to include any asset the Fed can purchase on the open market. Thus the cartel has a lien on public and private property in the United States. The Fed can now purchase such collateral as FHA and V.A.-backed mortgages or corporate debt obligations. It can now bail out Chrysler, Ford or any other corporation by buying the corporation's commercial paper, thus controlling American industry. It can bail out Chase Manhattan, Citybank or any other bank, with acceptance of federally-backed mortgages from such banks. Irresponsible bank loans, foreign and domestic, are backed by American taxpayers. 3) Permits the Comptroller of the Currency to declare emergency and regional bank holidays. Bank runs can be halted while the Fed reorganizes and pumps credit and Federal Reserve Notes into the system. In March 1980 six lines were added to the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act at the request of Volcker and the Federal Reserve Board: "It is estimated that no more than ten congressmen were aware that the insert gave the Federal Reserve the right to buy securities of foreign governments just as it buys securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, thereby allowing the Fed to prop up U.S. banks by covering the  F  deficits of foreign governments."9$ PENNY LERNOUX, IN BANKS WE TRUST 247 (1986).9 The last-minute insert provides U.S. banks a financial life jacket. The commercial banks got a major  FP windfall or major tax cut but this was never mentioned in the congressional debates.$ SECRETS at 162. In 1981 Paula Parkinson sparked a "sex for votes" investigation by the FBI. Among the Congressman identified as sharing the Florida cottage with Paula was Indiana's Dan Quayle. Quayle said he had shared a room with tobacco lobbyist William Hecht. He joked: "I guess you might want to make something  F8 homosexual out of it."L$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace 263 (1988).L John W. Hinckley, Jr. shot and seriously wounded Ronald Reagan in March 1981 outside a Washington hotel. The day of the shooting he wrote an unmailed letter to Jodie Foster saying he was going ahead with the attempt was to impress her. Hinckley was acquited on the grounds of insanity and  F  once told someone in Texas that "as far as he was concerned, politicians should be eliminated."n$ F ԍ American Heritage Magazine, 199 Things Every American Should Know 8 (1989).n If the Presidents and VicePresidents elected in the "0" year are counted, Reagan was the 13th. He was also  F the 9th Republican Prsident. In the occult nine symbolizes perfection.V$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 201 (1990).V  F@  In March of 1981, the Dallas Times Herald stated: "More than one-third of the legislators who voted...to raise interest ceilings in Texas to 24 per cent had a personal stake in the fate of the legislation." By 1981 the Federal debt passed $1 trillion and was growing exponentially as the bankers tripled the interest rates. State and local debts are now more than the Federal, and with business and personal debts totaled over $6 trillion, three times the value of all land and buildings in America. If we signed over to the money-lenders all of America we would still owe them 2 more Americas...However, they are too cunning to take title to everything. They will instead leave you with some 'illusion of ownership' so you and your children will continue to work and pay the bankers more of your earnings on ever-increasing debts. The 'establishment' has captured our people with their ungodly usury and debt as certainly as if they had  F' marched in with a uniformed army."^$ SHELDON EMRY, BILLIONS FOR THE BANKERS DEBTS FOR THE PEOPLE 4 (February 3, 1986).^ The "Society of Jesus" (the Jesuit order) was constituted on Assumption day in 1534 in the chapel of  Fh) NotreDame de Montmartre.]$ F ԍ Edmond Paris, The Secret History of the Jesuits 23 (1975).] For about 100 years the Jesuits have been announcing that "the firsth)X0*0*0* President of the United States to take the oath of office facing the obelisk (Washington Monument) would announce or introduce to the world, the ANTICHRIST." On January 20, 1981 Ronald Reagan was the first  F President of the United States to take the oath of office facing the obelisk.Z$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, 666: The Final Warning 208209 (1990).Z The Washinton Monument is the second highest monument. The Texas San Jacinto Monument "overshadows even the  F  great Washington Monument in our national capital."$ F ԍ#\ P[,QiP# Frances Donecker and Ralph W. Steen, Our Texas 308 (1948). It is 570 feet high. The apex is a star  F 34 feet high. II Handbook of Texas 555 (1952). The Washington obelisk (the sacred phallic symbol of Osiris  F (Nimrod) is 555 feet high. William Josiah Sutton, The Illuminati 666 at 143 (1983). In 1326 the Council of Avignon excommunicated all "free associations." Centuries prior to that time the  Fx General Councils had condemned free associations.O$ F ԍ H.L. Haywood, More About Masonry 190 (1948).O Roman Catholics used to receive pamplets from the Catholic Truth Society "about the incompatibility of Freemasonry and Catholicism at every church bookstall. They understood that a long line of Popes had declared Freemasonry illicit and that Catholics who were Freemasons were authomatically excommunicated by the mere fact of membership. Father John  F Laux, author of Church History, declared that the masonic order "has always, especially in the Latin countries of Europe and America, openly and secretly attacked Christianity." Pius IX's 1864 Syllabus condemned "pantheism, naturalism, socialism, communism, freemasonry and other forms of religious  F liberalism."b$ F ԍ Paul Blanshard, American Freedom and Catholic Power 237 (1950).b "It is a grave sin for an American Catholic deliberately to join the Masons or Odd  F Fellows."a$ F ԍ Paul Blanshard, American Freedom and Catholic Power 76 (1950).a "Catholics are absolutely forbidden to join secret societies like the Masons, Odd Fellows and Knights of Pythias. 'Freemasonry is forbidden under pain of excommunication,' says the Catholic Almanac of 1948; 'membership in the following is forbidden under pain of grievious sin: Odd Fellows, Knights of Pythias, Sons of Temperance, and the Independent Order of Good Templars. The same applies to secret societies of women." Joining the Masons was worse than joining the Odd Fellows or the Knights of Pythias "because Masonic orders in Europe have been pioneers in opposing priestly control. Sometimes priests are also forbidden to join Rotary Clubs, apparently because these clubs emphasis mutual respect  F0 for all faiths on a basis of equality."b$ F ԍ Paul Blanshard, American Freedom and Catholic Power 292 (1950).b "The antiRoman and antiChristian hostility in the Grand Orient became almost legendary." The Grand Orient of France, the most powerful and alldirective Masonic Lodge in Europe, abolished the obligation to believe in the Grand Architect of the  F Universe.Q$ F ԍ Malachi Martin, Keys of This Blood 527 (1990).Q The situation today has mysteriously changed."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 245 (1984).N With Vatican II great impetus was given to the ecumenical movementthe reconciliation of all Christians. "Senior members of the Brotherhood saw an opportunity to exploit this enthusiasm and used its ecclesiastical contacts to renew  F its call for an end to Catholic hostility."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 248 (1984).N In the spring of 1971 Jesuit Father Giovanni Caprile, a leading and very hostile Catholic expert on Freemasonry "changed tack and wrote a number of conciliatory  Fp articles in the quasiofficial Civilta Cattolica. On June 12, 1973, Cardinal Heenan warned his priests that a change was imminent. On July 19, 1974, Cardinal Seper authorized the Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith to write a confidential letter to certain Episcopal Conferences, the english, commenting on the interpretation to be given to Canon 2335. In his brief letter he pointed out there was  F no comma and that the Church reserved excommunication only for the plotters.N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 250 (1984).N In 1974 the English Catholic Bishops informed the Catholics in Britain that after 200 years of implacable opposition from Rome, the Holy See had changed his mind and that with the premission of their local Bishops  F Catholics could become Freemasons. The Vatican itself "is infiltrated by Freemasons."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 246 (1984).N The basic Catholic beliefs were seen as retrograde and inhibiting of human happiness by "Masonic humanism as a  Fx living force..."Q$ F ԍ Malachi Martin, Keys of This Blood 527 (1990).Q Then after John Paul II became Pope, on February 17, 1981, the Sacred Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith issued a declaration stating that the 1974 letter had given rise to "eroneous and tendentious" interpretations. It insisted that "canonical discipline regarding Freemasonry remains in force and has not been modified in any way, consequently neither excommunication nor the  F! other penalties envisaged have been abrogated."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 252 (1984).N Although the 1981 declaration pulled the rug out from under the new understanding, "it has had virtually no publicity and the myth that canon law on the  F(# subject was changed in 1974 persists."N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 252 (1984).N It is certainly no longer safe to assume that Roman Catholic  F# professional men are not Freemasons.N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 254 (1984).N An Anglican vicar became aware of Masonic symbols and  F$ concluded that his church was not a church at all but a pagan temple.N$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 255 (1984).N In 1980, the annual savings rate was 5%. After the 1982 recession, Americans saved only 3.5%. Private investment, after collapsing to 6% of the GNP in the recession, returned during the 1984 preelection boom  F' to the high of 17% it had reached in 1977 under Carter, but then it started to drop again.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 206 (1987).; In 1981 the 121 high dignitaries of the Prieure de Sion were described as "all eminences grises of high h)Y0*0*0*Ԍ F finance and of international political or philosophical organizations."_$ Michael Baigent, Richard Leigh and Henry Lincoln, THE MESSIANIC LEGACY 316 (1986)._ The American financier Gaylord Freeman was said by M. Plantard to be primarily interested in European unity--a United States of Europe. He also has stated that the on-going policy was approved by the Vatican and all popes were  FX bound to "it"--in return for essentially nominal concessions.c$ Michael Baigent, Richard Leigh and Henry Lincoln, THE MESSIANIC LEGACY 163-164 (1986).c The Prieure de Sion, like Pan Europa (directed by Dr. Otto von Habsburg), sees the United States of Europe holding the balance of power  F between the U.S. and the Soviet Union._$ Michael Baigent, Richard Leigh and Henry Lincoln, THE MESSIANIC LEGACY 301 (1986)._ Karl von Habsburg said "history shows that power flows  F toward that which controls the purse strings.";$ J.R. Church, GUARDIANS OF THE GRAIL 96 (1989).; M. Plantard has mentioned a December 16, 1983 decree by which members of the order are now obliged to maintain their anonomity and to reply in the  F@ negative to any questions about their involvement in the Order._$ Michael Baigent, Richard Leigh and Henry Lincoln, THE MESSIANIC LEGACY 266 (1986)._ Banks look to the U.S. government to bail them out with taxpayer money if they get into trouble. Under Reagan the administration refused to call Poland in default. On February 1, 1982, the Agriculture Department was ordered to reimburse U.S. banks, including Citibank, Chase Manhattan, Morgan, Bank of America, First Chicago and others some $71 in interest on government-guaranteed loans. A total of $344 million was reimbursed in 1982 for delinquent Polish loan payments and another $495 million was  F anticipated for reimbursements in the next two years.? $ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 119-120 (1983).? On April 25, 1982, fullpage newspaper display ads in some 20 major cities trumpeted: "THE CHRIST IS NOW HERE." Towards the end of the ad it read: "WITHOUT JUSTICE THERE CAN BE NO  F PEACE."a $ F ԍ Constance Cumbey, The Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow 15 (1983).a This was virtually the exact militant phrase heard on TV coverage of the recent L.A. riots: "No Justice, No Peace!" In mid-1982, Milan banker Roberto Calvi's body was found hanging from a bridge in London. Calvi had borrowed excessively on the Eurocurrency market to buy shares in his Ambrosiana Bank. Italian authorities had then questioned him about some $1.4 billion that had "disappeared into the accounts of  F certain mysterious Panamanian companies."9 $ Penny Lernoux, IN BANKS WE TRUST 191 (1986).9 Calvi's bank had close ties to the Vatican and the Bank of Italy assembled a steering committee of banks which refused to assume responsibility for loans made by Ambrosiana's Luxembourg subsidiary. Luxembourg authorities also refused a bail out. This  F action angered bankers who thought the Bank of Italy was "wrecking the fabric of the Euromarket."; $ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 234 (1983).;  F The Italian banking fiasco also tested the effectiveness of the Basel Concordat.; $ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 234 (1983).; In the aftermath of the Franklin and Hesstatt failures, the BIS had taken the lead in drafting "measures to deal with future Euromarket crises." A Standing Committee on Banking Regulations and Supervisory Practices was authorized by the BIS to function "like a subcommittee of the panel of central bankers." The Bank of England's Peter Cooke chaired the committee and in August 1975 the Concordat was issued. The principles required a bank that operates across national borders to be supervised by both the bank's home country and the host country where it is doing business. The home central bank was to be responsible for the actions of the parent while the host country was to cover the liquidity needs of foreign branches. Major  F weakness still remained, however.;$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 233 (1983).; On August 18, 1982, Mexico announced it could not service its foreign currency debt. The IMF, BIS and the commercial banks began talks for a rescue package. A $925m loan was made available by the BIS. When Donald Regan, Secretary of the Treasury, was asked who orchestrated the rescue for Mexico, he replied: "There was no Toscanini. There was no Beethoven. It was more like Arnold Schoenberg,  F! improvising as he composed."5$ Tim Congdon, THE DEBT THREAT 131 (1988).5 During the Mexican crisis, the Treasury gave Mexico an immediate $1 billion currency swap line (later used to pay Mexico for $1 billion in oil exported to the U.S. for stockpiling) and the Fed contributed $925 million to a bridge loan of nearly $2 billion organized through the BIS. Another $1 billion in food credits was arranged through the Commodity Credit Corporation. Also, an IMF loan was thrown in that made the grand total about $5 billion. Later Reagan handed a $1 billion check to President Figueralo of Brazil to prevent a default by the second largest debtor. The BIS allowed the Fed to provided another $500  F' million.;$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 120 (1983).; In October the Ditchey group chaired by William Ogden of Chase met and the six biggest  F( U.S. banks assembled a $600 million package for Brazil.;$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 121 (1983).; h)Z0*0*0*Ԍ The BIS played a key role in the Latin American reschedulings "as it had done in the German standstill agreement of 1931." The Latin American nations were able to obtain "much more generous  F rescheduling terms in 1982-83 than Germany in 1931."K$ Brendan Brown, THE FLIGHT OF INTERNATIONAL CAPITAL 390 (1988).K Management can avoid the embarrassment of admitting to making bad loans and dipping into profits to cover them by arranging debt reschedulings for countries in default to make the loans continue on the books as good loans. On October 26, 1982 the SEC issued Bulletin #49 that requires banks to disclose the amounts of their loans to countries with liquidity problems when such loans exceed 1% of the bank's  F@ outstanding collectibles. The banks still determine what countries go into that category.E$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 118 (1983). E Instantaneous satellite transmissions was a technological event of surpassing political importance in  F the early 1980s.?$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 190-191 (1987).?  F(  Under R.R. the Fed refused to print money to finance the deficit.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 176 (1987).; In other words, the Fed did not accept more bonds backed by taxes. Its only lever is interest rates and it can only lower them by  F printing money.?$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 177-178 (1987).? The main difference between the supply siders and the rest "is that they refused  F to admit that the debt mattered.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 191 (1987).; R.R. was a classic Jeffersonian liberal in rhetoric and a  FH developmental Hamiltonian conservative in action.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 198 (1987).; R.R. Budget cutters found they had to work  F in a small corner of only 30% of the spending total.;$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 207 (1987).; By 1983 the Economics of Joy was the Politics  F of Gridlock with a $200 billion annual deficit "as far as the eye could see.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 208 (1987).; Harold Macmillan, aging former Prime Minister, said R.R. "has called in the resources of the old world to finance the expansion of  Fh the new."<$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 209 (1987). < Paul Volker manufactured a recession, pushed it to the edge "by flirting with a world financial crisis,  F and finally sweated inflation out of society.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 168 (1987).; When dollar interest rates rose, the rest of the world had to follow or risk losing their dollar reserves. In 1983 when it was time to reappoint Volker, Wall  FP Street, London and Frankfurt "would hear of no other candidate.";$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 169 (1987).; The invisible government "proceeds to reverse the fundamental principle of good government, which is that men should be selected to perform the duties of the office; and to substitute the idea that men should be appointed to office for the preservation and enhancement of the political leader." When Governor Clements appointed George Strake, Jr. to be Secretary of State (after service to him as his campaign manager) he promised that Strake would bring "a sense of business to the office...he will make speeches." He referred to him several times as his "surrogate." Clements also described his performance expectations: "(I)f they don't want to work for me, I sure as heck don't want them." Clements also expected a businesslike return on his investment of millions of his own dollars to win his office. Once in office a Governor can also continue to receive contributions to repay his campaign debts and make appointments to his closest allies. Appointing friends has a long history and is not the sole province of Republicans. Dolph Briscoe, who once appointed a dead man, gave his personal physician a seat on the U.T. Board of Regents. A former President of the Texas State Bar said that appointed federal judges attended "son-of-a-bitch" schools. That a man of his honor, integrity and standing in the Texas legal profession would make such a public remark is a reflection of the reality of appointive power backed by the ultimate threat of federal troops. With some exceptions, as a rule they resent being questioned and in most cases are surrounded by legions of syncofants and legal boot-lickers. Their egos are commenserate with their enormous life-time powers. Short of the scare-crow of impeachment, and proving that they pay their federal income taxes, their tenture cannot be interrupted or their authority questioned even if they fall off the bench from advanced age. Most are extremely well-educated in both law and politics. They are products of their insulated environment and subject to no electorate. They can move up the appointment ladder by consistent service to those who appointed them. Armed now with the approved power to order levies of taxes to support their single edicts, they have seized unchallengeable control over the sovereignty of this State. While they have made courageous decisions for important principles in some of the cases, the danger posed to Texas is that their example will be imitated by the Texas courts who yield to the great temptation to also exercise assumed powers that the framers would plainly see as usurpation. Those who have lifetime appointments can make good use of contempt powers. U.S. District Judge Joeh)[0*0*0*ԌFisher made the AP on March 17, 1983 when two weeks after Texas Independence Day he ordered government loan debtors to be arrested who had ignored collection letters, federal lawsuits and then orders to appear before a federal magistrate. Eight were arrested on Sunday and spent the night in the Jefferson county jail. They were then brought before U.S. Magistrate Harry McKee to explain how they planned to repay the debts. U.S. Attorney Robert Wortham said debtors could be jailed for failing to appear in court but not for failing to repay the debts. One of the most valuable political prerogatives of U.S. Senators is giving the nod to candidates who wish to become federal judges with Senate confirmation. The Texas prohibition on imprisonment for debt depends upon no mere statute: "Remindful of the days when people were thrown in jail because they could not pay their debts, the framers of the constitution succinctly  F`  provided that "No person shall ever be imprisoned for debt."$ PATTERSON at 23.  The BIS is the "closet thing to an overseer of the global financial system..." Most of its shares are owned by European central banks. In 1983 its President was Fritz Leutweiler, former head of the Swiss National Bank. "The Federal Reserve is not a shareholder in the BIS, but participates in the monthly  FH meetings of central bankers convened by the BIS.;$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 232 (1983).; In 1984 $114 billion was paid on the debt: "Interest is the ultimate entitlement. It must always be paid, and it is the most unproductive outlay of money in the government's budget. It produces  Fh nothing."K $ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 46 (1985).K In fiscal 1984, 14% of the federal budget was allocated just to pay the interest on  F0 the debt. The amount of debt owned by foreigners was approaching $220 billion.L!$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 23 (1985).L In July of 1984  F Congress passed a law removing a long-standing 30% withholding tax on foreign-owned bonds.K"$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 26 (1985).K No longer is the U.S. an economic superpower: "The United States continues to lend billions of dollars to foreign countries, but we are dependent upon foreign capital inflow simply to pay the interest on our debt. This saps money out of other countries' economies and makes the United States the largest debtor in the world. We have stolen from our children the legacy of a powerful, economically free country and given  F them in its place a country whose economic future may be controlled by others."K#$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 26 (1985).K The outstanding debt of the 13 countries in Latin America exceeds $800 billion. Mexico owes more than $98 billion. In 1984 Bolivia announced a refusal to pay its $3.9 billion debt following a 75% devaluation of the Bolivian peso and a 500% increase in sugar, bread and gasoline prices. Brazil also tried to cope with its $96 billion debt by limiting salary increases, cutting social welfare and aid to the country's main oil, electrical and mining industries. Mass riots and looting of food stores in Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo  FX followed.O$$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 44-45 (1985). O During his campaign for President, Bob Richards (former Olympic gold metalist and Wheaties cereal spokesman) noted that the Fed was private. He said the economy was controlled by 100 banking families and the President was chosen by them. Government should issue money interest free and tax banks on the $1 trillion interest earned. He said Kennedy was considering nationalizing the Fed and had printed $400 million in cash only 10 days before he was assassinated. The Populist and American Independent  F parties had nominated him for President.h%$ Darrell Dunn, "Richards Criticizes Banking Interests," WACO TRIBUNE HERALD (Oct. 14, 1984).h It is probably the most profitable business concern in existence in the United States. In 1984 the Fed had a $1 billion budget and obtained $15 billion in interest  F`" from the government securities it owned.u&$ U.S. Rep. Bill Patman, "We Openly Debate Everything Except the Cost of Borrowing, 2 (September 4, 1984).u  F#  Walter Mondale prophesizede'$ The word is that Bush decided to go for a tax increase under pressure from the Japanese.e in his July 19, 1984 acceptance speech: "Here's the truth about the future. We are living on borrowed money and borrowed time...Whoever is inaugurated...the American people will have to pay...Taxes will go up. And anyone who says they won't is not telling the truth to the American people...Let's tell the truth...My opponent will raise taxes, and so will I. He won't tell you. I just did." Stephen Knight, a Londonbased journalist, wrote in his 1984 prologue: "The updating process is already in hand and I expect to be able to expand and revise for as many editions as the publich)\0*0*0*  F requires."Y($ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 5 (Dorset Press 1986).Y His final paragraph promised that his investigations would continue "and future editions will not only look at the Brotherhood's influence in fields hardly touched on herelike education, the Civil Service, the Press, agriculture, science and many othersbut will include further case histories, and any arguments either in favour or against masonry which readers of this edition think relevant and cannot  F  find here."N)$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 308 (1984).N Knight said it had been suggested that Mozart, a Mason, was poisoned for betraying  F masonic secrets in the Magic Flute. The Jack the Ripper murders in the East End of London were  F perpetrated according to masonic ritual.Y*$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 3 (Dorset Press 1986).Y "In an age of fierce antiCatholic feeling, Prince Albert Victor Christian Edward, grandson of Queen Victoria and Heir Presumptive to the throne, had illegally  F@ married and fathered a child by a Roman Catholic commoner."M+$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 52 (1984).M The Physician in Ordinary to the Queen, Sir Willliam Gull "concluded that the only way to silence the (five) women was to eliminate  F them."M,$ F ԍ Stephen Knight, The Brotherhood 53 (1984).M  F`  In 1985, the coauthor of None Dare Call It ConspiracyĩLarry Abrahamwrote Call It Conspiracy. He noted that: "We are given the choice between Communism (international socialism) on one end of the  F spectrum, Naziism (national socialism) on the other end, or Fabian socialism in the middle."U-$ F ԍ Larry Abraham, Call It Conspiracy 30 (1985).U  F  In the mid-1970s, 30-year mortgages were common at 6 to 7% interest.K.$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 40 (1985).K In 1984 the mortgage payment on a $100,000 house at 14% interest with $20,000 down was $947.90 per month or $11,374.80 per year. Since the annual family earned $20,000 annually, home ownership was not available. At 7% instead of 14% the monthly payment would be $532,25 or $6,387 per year. This would put home ownership within the reach of millions of families and would stimulate the lumber, glass and small  Fh appliance industries.K/$ R. SCHULLER & P. DUNN, THE POWER OF BEING DEBT FREE 58 (1985).K In 1985 an average 30-year-old who bought a median-priced home would have to pay 44% of his earnings in carrying charges while his older brother paid 21% of his average earnings in 1973 and his father only 14% in 1949. At mortgage rates of 10% only about 30% of American families can afford an $85,000 house in the suburbs on a thirty year mortgage with 10% down. That demands an annual salary of $34,000 or about twice the average earnings for a 30-year-old. 60% of home buyers are 2-income families. Less than 50% of houses built are single-family detached houses. One out of every three  F new homes sold in 1985 was a mobile home.;0$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 224 (1987).; In 1985 private foreign borrowers soaked up about one-fifth of U.S government debt and one-third of  Fp the new corporate bonds issued on Wall Street.;1$ LAWRENCE MALKIN, THE NATIONAL DEBT 105 (1987).; An ex-S & L owner (Saratoga) says in 1986 the regulators became appointees of the Federal Reserve Banks rather than civil service employees. The big S & Ls control the reserve banks and are eliminating their competition. On April 13, 1986, Pope Paul II became the first Roman pontiff of record to enter a Jewish House of worship. To thundering applause, the pope reaffirmed that the Catholic Church "deplores the hatred, persecutions and displays of antiSemitism directed against the jews at any time and by anyone." His visit, he said, "was meant to overcome old prejudices and to secure fuller recognition of the common spiritual  F@ heritage that exists between Jews and Christians."2$ F ԍ Awake 3 (June 22, 1991). A Jewish Proverb says "The persecution will end when the Pope enters the synagogue." Elie Wiesel said in A Jew Today: "How is one to explain that neither Hitler nor Himmler was ever excommunicated by the church? That Pius XII never  F thought it necessary, not to say indispensable, to condemn Auschwitz and Treblinka?"<3$ F ԍ Awake 3 (June 22, 1991). < One world religion--Pope John in 1986 met with leaders of all religions in Assi. Pope and Gorbachov agreed on new religions except for fundamentalists. Ohio multimillionaire U.S. Senator Howard Metzenbaum said in a November 6, 1986 speech: "We must see to it that we will not permit the religious right to take over this country...Do not let the forces  FH& of evil take over to make this a Christian America."j4$ F ԍ Robert Henry Goldsborough, Lines of Credit: Ropes of Bondage 13 (1989).j In 1987 Christopher Hyatt, head of the Order of the Golden Dawn, said in an interview: "The Guards of the Ancient era...the ones dying right now...are not willing to give up their authority so easily. I foresee, on a mass scale, that the New Age is not going to come into being as so many people believe and wish toh)]0*0*0* believe. I see it as requiring a heck of a lot of blood, disruption, chaos, and pain for a mass change to  F occur."U5$ F ԍ Texe Marrs, New Age Cults and Religion 270 (1990).U Two months before Bush was elected he formed a national security task force co-chaired by Gerald  F  Ford, Henry Kissinger, Brent Scowcraft and Zbigniew Brzezinski.A6$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 23 (1991).A In his 1987 book Bush ridiculed those who throught the CFR was "nothing more than a One World tool of the Communist-Wall Street  F internationalist conspiracy."A7$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 16 (1991).A In 1987, Senator Jesse Helms stated: "The New York banks have found important profit centers in the lending to countries plunged into debt by Socialist regimes. Under Socialist regimes, countries go deeper and deeper into debt because socialism as an economic system does not work...If there is too much risk in the private debt side, it is a simple matter to get Socialist governments to nationalize banks, industrial enterprises, and agricultural holdings. In this way, private debt is converted to sovereign state debts which the bankers have believed will always be collectable...the IMF and World Bank have stood ready to bail  F the banks out with our taxpayer's money."Q8$ F ԍ James Perloff, The Shadows of Power 74 (1988).Q In June of 1987, the U.S. Presbyterian churches released a document expressing rependtance over the church's long involvement with "anitJewish attitudes and actions." Soon afterwards the United Church of Christ passed a resolution declaring that Judaism has not been superceded by Christianity" and that  F "God's covenant with the Jewish people has not been abbrogated."<9$ F ԍ Awake 3 (June 22, 1991). < In September 1987, David Rockefeller, Edmund de Rothschild and James Baker attended the Denver, Colorado meeting to begin the World Conservation Bank. The event was hosted by the Findhorn  F Group.:$ The Satanic Bible gives "Pan" as one of the names for Satan. Peter and Eileen Caddy, together with Findhorn cofounder Dorothy McLean, believed from 1962 to 1966 that they were in partnership with Devas. In 1966 they realized they were working with "Nature Spirits overlightened by the god Pan." Cumbey at 136137. Peter Caddy served with the openly Luciferic advocate David Spangler on the Board of Directors of Planetary Citizens. Cumbey at 141. Spangler was codirector of the Findhorn Foundation for three years. Cumbey at 138. In 1978 Spangler wrote: "Lucifer works within each of us to bring us to wholeness, and as we move into a new age...each of us in some way is brought to that point which I term the Luciferic initiation, the particular doorday through which the individual must pass if he is to come fully into the presence of his light and his wholeness." Cumbey at 139. The Vatican City of the New Age Movement, Findhorn, a Scottish community, was founded  F in 1962.a;$ F ԍ Constance Cumbey, The Hidden Dangers of the Rainbow 51 (1983).a "In a nutshell, the Congress was arranged to announce the creation of the World Conservation Bank (WCB), in order to collateralize 30% of the earth's land surface through a nifty little  FP item called debtfornature swaps."Y<$ F ԍ Winston's Journal, No. 1, Vol. 1 at 2 (November 1991).Y The grandiose plan for a World Conservation Bak is supported by both Prince Charles and Prince Philp. Prince Charles is a dabbler with spirit channeling and occult visualization who addressed the London Trilateral Commission meeting in 1989 on the WCB. The plan would forve multibillion dollar debts to U.S. megabanks if such countries as Mexico and Brazil sign over  Fp deeds for millions of acres of undeveloped lands to internationalists.Z=$ F ԍ Texe Marrs, The Day They Take Our Money Away 99 (1990).Z Sometime after the crash of the stock market in 1987, Paul Streeten of Oxford University called for "a surrender of some national sovereignty, and the transfer of sufficient power to the decision makers who  F could manage the system...A Council of Wise Persons."N>$ F ԍ Gary D. Blevins, End Vision 10 (July 1992).N On November 2, 1987, Gorbachev gave his last comment in a threehour speech to the assembled Communist hierarchy in Moscow: "In October 1917, we parted with the Old World, rejecting it once and for all. We are moving toward a new world, the world of Communism. We shall never turn off that road." President Ronald Reagan, a past member of the World Federalist Association, said in 1988: "Tyis new world economy is a One World Economy...In this new world economy, national boundaries are increasingly  F becoming obsolete."[?$ F ԍ Texe Marrs, The Day They Take Our Money Away 178 (1990).[ In 1988 Gary Hart was forced to withdraw after frontpage headlines about his tryst with a Miami  F(# party girl.M@$ F ԍ Shelley Ross, Fall From Grace xvii (1988).M The last ten years has been characterized by a pattern of borrowing and spending. Interest payments are the fastest growing federal expense. The net interest payments grew from only 8.9% of federal  FH& spending to 14.6% in 1989.eA$ SCOTT BURNS, "Borrowing Means Poor Get Poorer," DALLAS MORNING NEWS (September 2, 1990).e Federal spending for "income security" (general and federal employee retirement and disability, housing assistance, food and nutrition assistance, unemployment insurance and other income security) has risen from $86.5 billion in 1980 to $136.9 billion in 1989. Net interest has rose from $52.5 billion in 1980 to $165.7 billion in 1989. Over the same period, spending on interest grew at an annual compound rate of 13.6% compared to 4.3% for income security. If this trend should continue,h)^0*0*0*Ԍ"haves will be collecting $1 in interest for every 22 cents transferred to have-nots in another 10  F years."B$ Id.  Reconstruction Trust Corporation L. William Seidman told the House Ways and Means Committee that the total bank bail-out bill, not including interest, will amount to as much as $130 billion. When the bailout bill was signed on August 9, 1989, the administration had estimated that $50 billion would cover  F the program for at least three years.9C$ DALLAS MORNING NEWS D4 (September 20, 1990).9  F@  On the last day of 1989, Milton Friedman wrote in the New York Times: "The U.S. is now 45 percent  F socialist." His estimate was based upon the percent of national income spent by the government.WD$ F ԍ James J. Drummey, The Establishment's Man 48 (1991).W We are told what percent of our income goes to federal taxes but we are never told what percent of our income goes to both taxes and interest. "The average American household spends about 75 percent  F( of its aftertax income servicing its debts, while saving only 2 percent."mE$ F ԍ Edward M. Hallowell and Will J. Grace, Jr., What Are You Worth? 92 (1989).m For the first 25 years after World War II, American economic growth averaged better than 3% a year. Economist Paul Samuelson of M.I.T. said in 1990 that with full employment, growth may average between  FH 1% and 2% and if "growth remains that low, living standards are sure to stagnate."_F$ WALL STREET JOURNAL, "Troubling Signs of Economic Growth," 1 (September 10, 1990)._ The consequence of this slow growth could be that: "Americans would have to keep working harder--longer  F hours, more moonlighting--just to keep up, since wages wouldn't rise much."G$ Id. During 1990, the average price of U.S. bank's common stock declined by 25% according to Standard and Poor's (NYE), Harper's March 1991. On March 31, 1990 an anti-tax riot at Trafalgar Square left 331 police and 86 civilians injured, caused hundreds of thousands of dollars in damage and led to 341 arrests. The critics of the tax say that the Duke of Westminister pays the same amount under the poll tax as his gardner: "The unpopular community charge, informally known as the poll tax, is part of Prime Minister Margaret  F Thatcher's effort to bury British socialism by hitting at its last bastion--local government."gH$ "Protesters Fight Bobbies Over Poll Tax, AUSTIN AMERICAN STATESMAN A14 (October 21, 1990).g On October 5, 1990, Britain agreed to tie the pound to the European Community's exchange rate mechanism. The move was made along with a 1% cut in 15% interest rates to aid the flagging economy that had double-digit annual interest and inflation rates. Thatcher had held out saying that the move should wait until the 10.6% inflation rate dropped to the 5% level of other European states. Punitively high 15% interest rates were used for months to reduce consumer spending and force down inflation. In response the London stock market soared 100 points and the British Sterling shot up 5 points against the  FX U.S. Dollar and climed above 3 German marks.hI$ AUSTIN-AMERICAN STATESMEN, "Thatcher OKs Tying Pound to EC System," 1-D (October 6, 1990). h On October 20, 1990, a march led to a clash with British Bobbies after 2,500 joined a demonstration at Brockwell Park in south London protesting the Thatcher poll tax. On May 31, 1990, Gorbachev came to Washington to sign 15 accords, protocols and statements that would benefit the Soviet Union at the expense of the United States. He said Bush was "the kind of person  F to do business with, to build our relations with."AJ$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 78 (1991).A In 1990 on September 12 the U.S., Russia, France and Germany signed a Treaty ending special rights from W.W.II. In 1990 on October 5 Germany ratified treaty. United Germany deficit was about $45 billion with spending increases of $13 billion (66.8 billion marks). In 1990 on December 30 nationwide German elections. Aggregate state spending grew 8.4% annually from 1984 to 1990--nearly double the inflation rate according to the National Center for Policy Analysis in Dallas. Austin-based bank consultant Alex Sheshunoff warned that the final cost of the S&L bailout will be "significantly higher" than currenth)_0*0*0*Ԍmaximum estimates of $500 billion over 30 years. His firm's 2nd-quarter analysis of the thrift industry showed that S&L assets nationally declined by $87 billion or 6.8% during the first half of 1990. The Texas thrifts declined by 12.1% or $5.8 billion. "Painful as it may be, the current generation needs to pay for the cost of its own mistakes as quickly as possible. Saddling our children with the major part of the cost is morally wrong." The sale of 30-year Resolution Trust Corp. bonds will cover 60% of the $500 billion cost of the bailout. Texas and six other states (Massachusetts, Arizona, California, New York, New Jersey and Florida) account for 75% of the total S&L loss in the 2nd quarter. The loss of $8.7 billion by  Fx 35% of the thrifts overshadowed $2.4 billion in earnings by the 1,892 that were profitable.kK$ AUSTIN-AMERICAN STATESMEN, "S&L Bailout Burden Called 'Morally Wrong,'" 1-A (October 6, 1990).k The official $3.253 trillion national debt has been reduced by $18 million in charitable donations since 1961. The national debt, including the massive interest that finances it, piles up at $1 billion a day. It is called a "three-trillion-pound gorilla." Kay Fishburn, a suburban Milwaukee nurse, founded Citizens for a Debt Free America in 1982 when the national debt was only $1.142 trillion. If every American paid in  F( 60% of one year's earnings, the current debt could be repaid.nL$ "Donations Ease Debt But Just By A Fraction," AUSTIN AMERICAN STATESMAN, A17 (October 21, 1990).n The U.S. has put up 10% of the $12 billion for the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and is the largest shareholder. Yet, so far, it has been denied the No. 2 position promised in return for agreeing to London as the headquarters. Out of a total of 40 stockholders Japan, Germany, France, Britain and Italy each hold an 8.5% share. Russia has kicked in $300 million thus far. WSJ. In his televised address on January 16, 1991, President Bush said: "When we are successful, and we will  Fh be, we have a real chance at this new world order,M$ A summary of seven essential features of the New World Order was given by CPA Books: "1. ECONOMICS. An absolute controlled market. Any form of Free Market Economy is not in the best interest of the NWO. Real money must also be eliminated and replaced with electronic transfers of debts and credits. i.e. First Interstate Bank's new Gold Card Debit Card). There will be no private ownership of anything. All property will be held in trust by individuals for the enhancement of the State. 2. POLITICAL. Abolishment of the U.S. Constitution. It stands between the people as individuals and totalitarian rulers. These Guardians (ala Plato's 'Republic'), need to be given full reign as administrators of the people. 3. NATIONALITIES. Individuality must fade away. The NWO will resist anything that fosters selfexpression, selfinterest, selfpursuits, and selfdeterminism. No national patriotism. No Renaissance of ethnics identification (Roots). 4. RELIGIONS. Certain Churches will be allowed for a good source of promoting virtue and industry, but the divinity of man must prevail. 5. EDUCATION. Starting at a very early age the children are to be trained in the fundamentals of the NWO. They must be seperated from the traditions of the past and programmed for usefulness in their future station in the NWO. 6. FAMILY. Families will be allowed, and Children, (who are considered a 'resource' of this NWO), will remain with their Biological families as long as they promote servitude to the NWO. Women, instead of being honored, will be reduced to equality with men. 7. MOBILITY. Mass transit will be the basic mode of travel. having one's 'papers in order' (licenses, registration, road use fees and the display of proper identification), will be a necessity before individual travel can be allowed." an order in which a credible United nations can use its peacekeeping role to fulfill the promise and vision of the UN's founders." The founders of the UN from the U.S. included 16 secret Communists and 43 members of the Council on Foreign Relations.  F  A July 11, 1991 issue of the New York Times stated: "These vociferous children are harassing their parents to save water, forget about the diet soda, keep away from red meat, abandon fur coats, stop smoking and shut off the lights. They also insist on paying attention to the new recycling laws, no matter  F what."ON$ F ԍ William Norman Grigg, "Globalist Children's Crusade," The New American 7 (July 27, 1992). "The complementary task of the child ecocrusaders is to convert their parents through the radiance of their implanted (Gaia) faithor to help the state identify and deal with uncooperative adults." Id. at 10.O On August 26, 1991, Gorbachev said on CNN: "I am a Socialist." A few weeks later he was a guest  F8 editorialist in the Austin American Statesman. In September 1991, a direct mail piece was sent out by "NeoTech from Another World" and divided the country into four categories: "The first category are those who are condemned to eradication as soon as possible. The second category are those who are spared temporarily as being useful for provoking the workers into revolution. The third category are people in high positions of unearned power and influence, ambitious politicians, and harmful bureaucrats, liberals and conservatives of various opinions. Those parasitical elites can be usefulthey can be exploited for advancing the revolution. The fourth category are the pseudorevolutionaries who can be useful for a while. But, eventually, the parasitical elites in all categories must be eradicated." The Bank of Japan reported that the Japanese savings rate dropped 0.3 percent in 1988 to 14.8% while the U.S. rate increased 1% to 6.6%. The Yuppie mentality has finally made it to Japan as the expanding economy has boosted personal consumption and the Japanese spend more on hobbies and high-ticket  F$ items.0O$ HOUSTON POST 1-B (October 6, 1990).0 A House Banking Committee task force chaired by N.Y. Demo Rep. John J. LaFalce suggested that banks must be allowed to enter into new services such as securities underwriting and insurance to regain their edge against foreign competitors. The 488-page draft report also criticized remaining barriers preventing banks from expanding across state lines. LaFalce is a strong advocate of expanding bank powers.h)`0*0*0*Ԍ In 1991 the Bush administration will submit its plan for the most significant overhaul of the U.S. financial system in 50 years. While Europe prepares for economic union in 1992, its banks are adopting the universal banking model which combines traditional banking with securities underwriting and  FX insurance. In California Japanese Banks control about one-quarter of all banking assets.uP$ AUSTIN-AMERICAN STATESMEN, "Banking Slump Threatens U.S. Influence, Report Says," 1-D (October 6, 1990).u On March 26, 1991 a closed meeting of the Fed's policy committee featured attacks by reserve bank presidents on a proposal to borrow $25 billion from the Fed. Reports noted that "the presidents are increasingly flexing their muscles within the Fed." Greenspan and 4 other members of the Board of Governors attended the meeting (silenced by Fed attorneys citing Open Meeting law) and listened quietly to the presidents making their objections. (9).  F  On September 11, 1991, President Bush spoke of his "dream of a new world order".AQ$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 75 (1991).A Four consequences will follow from the NWO: 1) A sharp reduction in the standard of living for Americans as wealth is redistributed, 2) Strict regimentation will become commonplace as freedom of movement, property, worship, speech and publishing will be controlled, 3) The U.S. will become a socialistic nightmare where no amount of work will produce a just reward and 4) World order will be enforced by agents of the  F world government just as agents of the Kremlin have enforced their rule in the USSR.AR$ James J. Drummey, THE ESTABLISHMENT'S MAN 75 (1991).A In Israel the military has considerable power and the government is greatly influenced by its "financial  F supporters--in particular the U.S." S$ ALMANAC at 412-413.  Although the Jews took possession of Jerusalem in 1967, they have been reluctant to take possession of the Temple Mount--which is still policed by Moslems. The Mount is crowned with two mosques built during the days of Islamic rule--including the famous mosaic-covered, gold-topped Dome of the Rock. There is a split in the Jewish state over whether to compromise or to  F actually tear down the mosque of the Dome of the Rock to make way for a new temple.T$ Robinson at 342. Since the Dome of the Rock is considered the sacred site where Mohammed asecended the ladder to the very throne of Allah, the wrath of every Moslem in the world might be risked and any ruler who declined to join would  FP risk losing his throne.U$ Robinson at 343. However, the site is also the most sacred place on earth to the Jews. The Temple of Solomon predates both Christianity and Islam. Also, to Christians, the site is where Christ debated and taught and also drove out the money changers--hence it is their sacred ground. There are proposals being made for a tripartite temple. The some 5 million Freemasons might solve this  Fp problem.V$ Robinson at 344. "Such a conquest is now impracticable, so the plan is to conquer the world by 'peaceful' means, such as by the cheque book, by Unesco, by re-education, by a new moral code and by  F peace-propaganda."6W$ Louis Marschalko, THE WORLD CONQUERORS 7.6 Citibank (Athens, Greece) bombed 1-5-91 by terrorists. Central banks have been involved in rescues, acting through BIS, for countries such as Hungary, Mexico, Argentina, Brazil and Yugoslavia. "The loans are generally intended to bide the borrower over until it can hammer out an agreement with the IMF for longer-term assistance." Its loans are very short-term and are generally secured against the borrowing country's assets (gold or foreign exchange  F@ reserves).UX$ Brian Kettell and George Magnus, THE INTERNATIONAL DEBT GAME 105 (1986).U The BIS collects information on international lending and handles accounts for central banks around the world--including the Russians. The central bankers of the ten major industrial nations meet at the BIS on the second Tuesday of every month to discuss the problem of the month in international banking. It is virtually the only forum where the world's central bankers can get to know each other and discuss problems without producing a panic. Under the so-called Basel rule, there are no press briefings before or after the meetings and central bankers are expected to avoid all contact with  F# journalists while in Basil.;Y$ Michael Moffitt, THE WORLD'S MONEY 232 (1983).; The reports on foreign private bank debt come from the World Bank,  F$ Europe's OEC and the BIS. "None are accurate."9Z$ Penny Lernoux, IN BANKS WE TRUST 234 (1986).9 When a big international bank has troubles, the Group of Ten and the BIS are the two channels for discussion and action. The Group of Ten (USA, Canada, Japan, UK, France, Germany, Italy, Belgium, the Netherlands, Sweden and Switzerland) and the BIS directors meet once a month in Basle and discuss the same problems with an overlap of personnel. The Group of Ten has more global influence while the eight BIS directors are all governors of central banks in Europe (Belgium, The Netherlands, France, the UK, Germany, Switzerland, Sweden and Italy). The Group of Ten is "a more political forum as it meets at the behest of the finance minister whereas theh)a0*0*0*  F BIS represents a more pragmatic viewpoint."U[$ Brian Kettell and George Magnus, THE INTERNATIONAL DEBT GAME 107 (1986).U The Group of Ten "is effectively a subcommittee of the BIS." Its membership consists of senior central bankers and treasury officials from the 11 richest Western countries who meet at Basel under the chairmanship of Karl Otto Poehl, President of Deutsche Bundesbank, Germany's central bank. The Swiss Parliment has delayed a vote that would finally approve  F  full membership in the Ten.p\$ Brian Kettell and George Magnus, THE INTERNATIONAL DEBT GAME 108 (1986) (SDR amounts also given). p The 10 largest banks in the world were all Japanese by the end of 1987--also 17 of the top 25. Citibank  Fx was 28th in terms of deposits.J]$ Douglas Frantz and Catherine Collins, SELLING OUT 234 (1989).J Japanese banks "have operated with much lower capital-to-asset ratios than their American counterparts." This permits lower interest on loans. In 1992 this competitive  F advantage is "scheduled to disappear" and may reduce the dramatic growth of Japanese lending.J^$ Douglas Frantz and Catherine Collins, SELLING OUT 234 (1989).J Beginning in 1992 the Basel Accords will provide "a new system of internationally coordinated capital requirements on the largest commercial banks, geared specifically to the level of risk reflected in each bank's loan portfolio." This agreement was made in July of 1988 between the Fed and its counter-parts in Japan, Britain, France, Germany, Italy and six other industrialized nations. The agreement will hopefully give some control over off-balance-sheet obligations such as letters of credit. The U.S. banks went along and even encouraged the rules to reduce the competitive edge of their rivals in Japan and  FH elsewhere.?_$ William Greider, THE TROUBLE WITH MONEY 84 (1989).? The new rules would permit regulators to raise the risk assessment on loans and compel the banks to post more capital behind them. "The net effect would be to reduce the banks' profit  F margin on such lending--giving a 'haircut' to the banks' interest-rate spread, as bankers say."@`$ William Greider, THE TROUBLE WITH MONEY 85 (1989). @ A dozen or so of the top American banks with loans to Third World Countries may be required to struggle to meet the new guidelines "which are slightly tougher than current U.S. standards. And one of  F the banks expected to have the hardest time is Bank of America."Ja$ Douglas Frantz and Catherine Collins, SELLING OUT 234 (1989).J On January 31, 1992, a meeting of world leaders was organized by the British to find ways to strengthen the UN. UN SecretaryGeneral BoutrosGhaloi called for a UN force of up to 1,000 troops from each possible country, a worldwide stockpile of military equipment and vehicles, binding arbitration by the World Court, funds for UN peacekeeping from defense budgets, and a Military Standing Committee  F which some Pentagon officials say would place American troops under foreign command.Gb$ F ԍ The New American 13 (July 27, 1992).G Family of 4--2% of earning were taken 40 years ago. Now 44%. The Fabian methods to be used were to include the judiciary: "The interpretive role of the Judiciary and the power of Executive decree have assumed new importance for Fabian-inspired officials unable to  Fx legislate Socialism by more direct methods."5$ Rose L. Martin, FABIAN FREEWAY 3 (1966).5 Joe Davenport stated in December 1990: "Presently we are witnessing a lower level pincher movement instigated by the Edgewood School District lawsuit against the State of Texas (really the taxpayers). This suit was actually an opening salvo for increasing redistribution of wealth by means of a revolutionary finance program for the government schools. Again, as if guided by an unseen hand, the pressure from the top yields to pressure from below as the Texas Supreme Court controls the state legislature, in effect, to authorize additional redistribution."  F  McGowan wrote: "To level up, the state only had two choices: 1) dramatically increase its present taxes or adopt new taxes such as the income tax; or 2) equalize the unequal property tax base that is the root of the problem. Solving the problem by increasing state taxes would have taken approximately $9 billion in additional state revenue. Rather than raise $9 billion in additional state revenue, the state chose to equalize the unequal property tax base." In answer to the argument that the voters of each CED were required to approve any ad valorem tax, McGowan noted in his August 1991 opinion that the State "can do anything not prohibited by the constitution." He then quoted Braden's statement that "the legislature has all the taxing power anybody can dream up." So, "..the legislature has unlimited power to tax or require its political subdivisions to tax unless the constitution imposes a limit." "It is in the pecuniary interests of the international bankers to centralize political power--and this centralization can best be acheived within a collectivist society, such as socialist Russia,  FP  national socialist Germany, or a Fabian socialist United States."N$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 173 (1976).N In its latest Edgewood decision, the Texas Supreme Court held that the people would have to pay the tax even if it were unconstitutional. This ruling even stunned Texas attorneys. In speaking of Americans, the distinquished Englishman Carlisle, said that: "Their republican  F governments were dependent upon elbowroom, and a traditional respect for the constable."$ F ԍ Oran Milo Roberts, Our Federal Relations From A Southern Point of View 10 (Lecture at U.T. on February 26, 1892). The existence of a republic "is dependent upon the freedom and independence of the members of the  F association that forms and administers it." $ O.M. Roberts at 11.  A republican form of government is based upon "true republican equality; which is where each individual is allowed to promote his own selfelevation, by any lawful pursuit, without any drawback or unequal burden being imposed upon him by the government for the benefit of others, except for the public good, wherein he would be included equally with the  F others."$ O.M. Roberts at 7. When Texians acted couragely to win independence from Mexico, they were observed to carry the fundamental organic law with them in their pockets. At every major turn of events, their movement for independence was based on allegations of the violation of the 1824 Mexican Constitution. During the War for Independence flags with the date 1824 were flown by the insurgent Texans. Justice Lipscomb wrote: "They (the Mexicans) destroyed the Constitution of 1824, that had guaranteed a free popular  F(# government, and submitted to a military despotism."K$ McMullen v. Hodge, 5 Tex. 17, 7576 (Tex. 1849) (J. Lipscomb).K When you enter the Secretary of State's office in the Texas capital, look to the left of the receptionist's desk and you will see a red, white and green flag that has 1824 written across it. At the bottom it says: "Alamo Flag." The Texas Revolution was fought on  F% a constitutional basis after Santa Anna usurped the Mexican Constitution of 1824.$ Every Texan should have a copy of the Texas Almanac and study both the Texas Bill of Rights and the Texas Constitution.  Texans, after the Revolution, understood and believed that law is "the shield and palladium of the rights of person and  F' property."L $ Hardiman v. Herbert, 11 Tex. 656, 661 (Tex. 1854) (J. Wheeler).L The prerecquisite for a revolution is awareness of plainly written and enforceable individual rights and liberties. A citizenry without a knowledge of rights is without remedies. The attitude towards written constitutions ranges from reference to disdain. Those who are best equipped to get statutes passed while others are working are most likely to have a disrespectful attitude towards writtenh)Y0*0*0* constitutionsespecially those that can only be amended by a direct vote of the people. Inturbide was felled by a Republican coup. He was exiled and Mexico was proclaimed a Republic. The Constitution of 1824 created a federal system of sovereign states. The Republicans were opposed by the Centralists who preferred "an all-powerful Presidency and Congress to regulate, in minutest detail, the  F entire domain."<$ F@ ԍ T.R. Fehrenbach at 155.< In his tour of Texas (1827-1828), General Manuel Mier y Teran said that Texans "carried  F their constitutions in their pockets."HX$ F ԍ TEXAS ALMANAC 1988-1989 367 (1987).H He stated in his June 30, 1828 letter to Howren: "(H)onorable and dishonorable alike travel with their political constitution in their pockets, demanding the privileges,  F@ authority and officers which such a constitution guarantees."a@$ F ԍ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 261 (1990).a The second convention of the Texans met on April 1, 1833. Three months before, Sam Houston had written to Jackson that a constitution would be adopted. Houston was made chairman of the committee  F` appointed to draft the document.E $ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 192 (1936).E Those serving with Houston on the committee were Nestor Clay, Luke Lesassier, R.M. Williamson, James Kerr, Oliver Jones and Henry Smith. However the last three named by Brown are not named in contemporary lists of those who were members of the conven  F tion.H $ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 361 (1990).H The 1833 constitution was closely modeled after the Massachusetts Constitution of 1780--  F a copy of which happened to be at hand.H $ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 361 (1990).H The convention met from April 1 to April 13, 1833. Only 14 of the 55-57 delegates had served in the previous convention of 1832. William Wharton was elected  F president and Thomas Hastings was secretary.H $ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 360 (1990).H William Wharton, "a hothead leader of the Texas  F war party," was elected chairman of the Convention of 1833.<$ Joe Tom Davis, III LEGENDARY TEXIANS 59 (1986).< The idea of a convention was foreign to Mexican procedure. Like the 1974 Texas convention, the drafting of constitutions was considered a matter for "regularly constituted governmental bodies to decide, and a State constitution could be drafted  F0 only by a State Legislature."J$ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 192-193 (1936).J Austin wanted statehood first and protested that a constitutional convention would excite Mexican suspicion and would accomplish nothing, was overruled by "the frontier  F republicans."E$ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 193 (1936).E David G. Burnet chaired the committee that prepared the memorial arguing for  F adoption of the constitution.H$ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 361 (1990).H Wily Martin chaired the committee on repeal of the eleventh article  FP of the Law of April 6, 1830.H$ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 362 (1990).H The convention of 1833 met for two weeks. It petitioned for repeal of the obnoxious features of the Law of April 6, 1830, for modification of the tariff and went on record as  F opposing the African slave trade.E$ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 196 (1936).E The convention requested approval of the proposed constitution  F and improved mail service.H$ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 361 (1990).H The 1833 Texas constitution "was an extremely democratic one, even for an American State. Among other features, it contained the usual bill of rights, beginning with the ringing declaration: 'All political power is inherent in the people, and all free governments are formed upon their authority, and established for their peace, safety and happiness. For the achievement of those ends, they have the inviolable right to alter, reform and abolish the government in such manner as they may think. Government being instituted for the protection and common interest of all persons, the slavish doctrine of non-resistance against arrogant power and oppression is discarded, as destructive to the  F  happiness of mankind, and as insulting to the rights, and subversive of the wants of the people.'"E$ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 193 (1936).E The 1833 Texas convention had a heated debate over a clause prohibiting banks--the plank was  F adopted.E$ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 194 (1936).E Austin sought to put the convention's request for separate statehood into proper form. The chief reason he gave in his opening address to the convention was the need of a judiciary in Texas with  F@ the power to settle both civil and criminal cases for the protection of life and property.E$ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 194 (1936).E Austin had served as chairman of the previous convention and William Wharton had been named to present the petitions to the Government at Mexico City. At the 1833 convention William Wharton presided while  F!  Austin and J.B. Miller of San Felipe were chosen to got to Mexico City.E$ Peter Molyneaux, THE ROMANTIC STORY OF TEXAS 196 (1936).E Erasmo Sequin was also  F`" chosen to present the documents to the Mexican government.H$ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 362 (1990).H In the end Austin went to Mexico  F(# alone.H$ Eugene C. Barker, THE LIFE OF STEPHEN F. AUSTIN 362 (1990).H(#Z@0*0*0*Ԍ John Wharton chaired the committee that drafted a statement of the causes for taking up arms against Mexico. He favored a declaration of independence. The 1835 consultation decided to endorse the  F Constitution of 1824--a position supported by both Houston and Austin.?$ Joe Tom Davis, III LEGENDARY TEXIANS 62-63 (1986).? The Texas cycle of constitutional government may be briefly summarized as beginning with tyranny-- overthrow of the established government and its constitution. This is done after a Masonic struggle in which the dictator goes over to the centralist party. Arrests are ordered of those who are the defenders of liberty and constitutional supremacy. Citizens are forced to turn over those on the arrest list. This is the point of choice. The right to bear arms is then infringed and weapons provided for defense against Indians are demanded to be turned over. Disarming of the populace begins. Arrogance is demonstrated by soldiers of the dictator. Military force, quickly assembled, is then used to stifle resistance and dissent. Battles begin with the constitutionalists justifying resistance based on the violation of known constitutional rights. Revolution. At Gonzales those who come to take the cannon are asked if they are republicans or centralists. At the Alamo Crockett insists on the word "republican" being added to the oath. If the people are successful, there is a real revolution. The victors form a new constitution with a bill of rights written to prevent future tyranny. There follows a period of reverence where the people and officials know and honor the rights declared by the framers. Gradually, however, the constitution is seen as something from the distant past and too limiting. Law-making by the legislature takes its place in the hiearchy of respect and obedience. Public education fails to convey the spirit and words of the supreme law. Those like the Whartons and Henry Smith who were instrumental in the War Party, are not accorded study in the public school system. Students are taught to be in the present and future and are collectivized. Eventually the constitution is set aside and tyranny rides the winds. Those in the highest positions become only dimly aware of their past and see themselves as "Gods" above the will of the framers and the people who voted for the Constitution. The rule of men takes the place of rule of law. All this happens without the people being alerted by the press or media. Taxes are levided to level. Government becomes the main solution to every problem. The people become dependent and lose control of their income and time. The highest State Court rules that the people must pay an unconstitutional tax for at least two years. Meanwhile, the higher power centers create numerous other assaults. Revolution or submission at last become the two choices. Herbert Spencer noted: "Paper constitutions raise smiles on the faces of those who have observed their results." "Our peculiar security is in the possession of a written constitution. Let us not make it a blank  F paper by construction."I$ T.J., "Letter of September 7, 1803 to Wilson Cary Nicholas."I After the decades and even centuries pass after revolutions, the written constitution comes to be replaced by executive orders, court edicts, statutes and bureaucratic rules. Yet is is far better to have the organic or paramount law written done then to depend upon lawyers to resurrect it from some convenient common law tomb or to depend upon learned judges to decide what the law of a particular case is without regard to written law. It is said that the Council of 70 were not permitted to be with Moses when he received the Ten Commandments and that thereafter there developed the oral tradition. Even around the eleventh century in Southern France the bible was not to be made available to the lay person. If you wanted to know what it said you had to go ask a priest. The written constitution has become the province of the judiciary rather than the watchword of the people who are not taught it in the public schools. The people are ignorant of their rights because they are not taught them in public schools. Too often rights are seen as the exclusive prerogative of "subversives" protected by the likes of the ACLU. Rights that are not known are waived and even law schools fail to offer courses on inalienable rights in state constitutions. The Texas Revolution had both its point of no return and primary sponsors. While the danger was close, it was necessary that secrecy be observed. Now, 156 years later, is it possible to state with certainty who and what events led to a revolt of a few thousand against a nation of millions? The last Republic of Texas President and John A. Wharton were among a very small group that formed the first masonic lodge in Texas. Was freedom for Texas a secret mission of the Masons? Of hotheads? Or who? The first "strictly revolutionary meeting in Texas" was held on October 13, 1834 at Bexar. The meeting had been recommended by the representative and superior judge of the department.h)[0*0*0*ԌErasmos Sequin's motion for a November 15, 1834 meeting was approved. On October 20, 1834 a meeting followed at San Felipe under the authority of the political chief of Brazos. At San Felipe it was proposed that the connection between Coahuila and Texas should be perpetually dissolved. The April 1833 appointed central committee considered the movement to be premature--particularly since Austin was still being  F  confined and his safety would be jeopardized.6$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 329 (1855).6 During Austin's absence, the war party was under the nominal leadership of William H. Wharton who spoke out against Austin's policy of compromise and  F conciliation.@$ William C. Binkley, THE TEXAS REVOLUTION 39 (1952).@ A call was made for a third convention known as the Consultation for October 1835. The term "convention" was not used because it raised the image of revolution in the eyes of Mexican  F@ authorities.&$ TEXAS ALMANAC 369 (1988).& There were two factions. The War Party favored an immediate declaration of independence. The Peace Party acknowledged that a future break with Mexico was necessary but wanted  F a delay so Texas could increase its strength.C $ Ralph W. Steen, TEXAS: A STORY OF PROGRESS 148 (1942).C On Tuesday, November 3, 1835, a full month after the first shot of the cannon at Gonzales, the Consultation finally began its sessions. John A. Wharton and Henry Smith favored an immediate declaration of independence while D.C. Barrett and Sam Houston agreed with Austin that such a  F declaration would be premature.C!$ Ralph W. Steen, TEXAS: A STORY OF PROGRESS 162 (1942).C The vote on November 6, 1835 came out with 33-15 in favor of remaining in the Mexican Union and opposing Santa Anna with the possible aid of Mexican  FH liberals.C"$ Ralph W. Steen, TEXAS: A STORY OF PROGRESS 163 (1942).C Henry Smith was later chosen governor under the provisional government with James  F W. Robinson as lieutenant governor.C#$ Ralph W. Steen, TEXAS: A STORY OF PROGRESS 164 (1942).C Smith had taken a bullet at Velasco in 1832.2$$ T.R. Ferenbach, LONE STAR 201 (1968).2 John A. Wharton, after the Battle of San Jacinto, commented that he found in reviewing the list of those who  F fought that "few men of property had any part in the perils of that glorious day..."<%$ Joe Tom Davis, III LEGENDARY TEXIANS 65 (1986).< It has been suggested that it was newcomers who largely were responsible for the Texas Revolution: "A 'war party' advocated breaking away from Mexico altogether while a 'peace party' urged calm and riding out the political storm. Most of the settlers, however, aligned with neither group. And it is said that the passion for rebellion was directly proportional to the stake the individual had in Texas. The long-time settlers want  F to maintain the status quo; newcomers favored revolt."%&$ TEXAS ALMANAC 369(1988).%  William Wharton came to Texas in 1827 and by 1829 was suggesting to Houston that he visit  F Texas.7'$ SAM HOUSTON: THE GREAT DESIGNER 41 (1969).7 In 1834 John A. Wharton was wounded in a duel with William T. Austin at Battle Island. Wharton was taken to the home of Dr. James Phelps where he was attended by Dr. Branch T.  Fp Archer.?($ Joe Tom Davis, III LEGENDARY TEXIANS 57 (1986). ? In 1835 he was involved in the Seige of Bexar and urged a charge. He then was elected President of the first republican convention of Texians--the Consultation of all Texas in November 1835. In 1836 he, Austin and Wharton went to the United States to solicit "aid and comfort" for Texas Independence. He was the first Speaker of the First Congress of the Republic and later Secretary of War  F and Navy under Lamar.@)$ On March 4, 1839, William Wharton accidently shot himself in the left breast and hand. He was attended for ten days by Archer and then died. Dr. Archer, as a widower, spent his last years at the Warton's Eagle Island and was buried beside the Wharton brothers.Joe Tom Davis, III LEGENDARY TEXIANS 72 (1986).@ Minister William Wharton was on board the "Invincible" when it was captured in 1837, along with the "Independence" by Mexican War Ships. When his brother John went to his relief he was thrown in prison also. The two brothers were able to escape and returned home to both  F be elected to the Texas Congress in 1838. *$ DeShields at 84. He died tragically in 1839 when he was shot by his fallen pistol as he was mounting his horse at the home of Leonard Groce. Of the two brothers he was probably the most intellectual. Both, however were "brilliant men, brave, and true to their convictions of  F@ right and duty, despite their rancorous and implacable political and personal animosities."+$ DeSheilds at 84.  Anson Jones and Branch T. Archer had common roots in Philidelphia. Branch T. Archer emigrated to Texas in 1830 or 1831 after domestic afflictions. He came to Texas with the avowed purpose of revolutionizing it. On December 16, 1831, he was the first man at Brazoria to openly preach the doctrine of liberty and disenthralment with Mexico. He convinced Col. Bradburn to repeal his order closing all ports in Texas except the port of Galveston (Anahuac). In 1832 he zealously urged an attack on Velasco which was led by John Austin. John A. Wharton wrote to Sam Houston in Washington, D.C. on June 2, 1832. His letter stated that he had given Archer a letter of introduction to Houston and that Archer "is in the  FH& confidence of all their leading men."<,$ Joe Tom Davis, III LEGENDARY TEXIANS 56 (1986).< In January 1835, Santa Anna sent a detachment to Anahuac to reinforce the customs office. William Travis led a force of Texans that forced the Mexicans to withdraw. General Cos, who was stationed at Matamoros, received apologies from members of the peace party. He, however, refused to compromise and h)\0*0*0*Ԍ F demanded that the members of the group responsible be arrested and turned over to him.&-$ TEXAS ALMANAC 369 (1988).& On  F March 15, 1835, Austin wrote that Santa Anna would be announcing for Texas and the state.6.$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 332 (1855).6 An address by Governor Viesca, dated April 15, 1835, announced that Santa Anna wished to reduce Texas to a territory--"to separate her from Coahulia, in order that the people might be considered as  F  foreigners."6/$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 331 (1855).6 On May 17, 1835 the first committee of safety was appointed at Mina (now Bastrop). The purpose was to protect against Indians. D.C. Barrett, John M'Gehee, B. Manlove, Samuel  F Wolfenbarger and Edward Burleson were chosen.60$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 337 (1855).6 On June 1, 1835 the ayuntamiento of Liberty  Fx issued an address denouncing the Anahuac incident.:1$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 339-340 (1855).: On June 12, 1835, Cos issued a circular which  F@ was full of "the paternal views of the national government."62$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 338 (1855).6 On June 22, 1835, the meeting of the war party was followed by an address by its chairman, R.W. Williamson, "which produced a powerful effect  F on the public mind."3$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 339 (1855). Born in Georgia. As a child his right leg was withered and bent back at the knee due to polio. To compensate, he wore a pegleg. Came to Texas in 1826. During the revolution he commanded a company of Texas Rangers with the rank of major. Was called "the Patrick Henry of the Texas Revolution" because of fiery editorials published as editor of newspapers in San Felipe and Brazoria. A price was put on his head. Williamson county was named after him.  John A. Williams, on July 3, 1835, published a circulator denouncing the San  F Felipe meeting of June 22nd.64$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 340 (1855).6 On July 17, 1835, representatives from Austin, Columbia and Mina (Bastrop) met at San Felipe with Tenorio present. Wylie Martin was elected president and Charles B. Stewart secretary. On the second day of the convention, July 18th, John A. Wharton moved for a call of  F a general council of the people of Texas--only to be voted down.75$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 341 (1855).7 D.C. Barrett and Edward Gritton were appointed to proceed to Matamoros with an explanation to General Cos. Gritton was the  F brother-in-law of Colonel Carbajal.66$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 341 (1855).6 On July 19, 1835 the people of Navidad met at the house of William Millican. James Kerr was made chairman and Samuel Rogers secretary. The meeting took a  F warlike view and urged the taking of Bexar.67$ H. Yoakum, I HISTORY OF TEXAS 342 (1855).6 While some Texians fought to save their homes and themselves, and others fight for the love of fighting with weapons, others fight by their words and acts for ideas and ideals. This was the  F0 path taken by Zavala.B8$ Dorothy Sinclair, EARLY DAYS IN TEXAS 109 (May 1958).B Lorenzo de Zavala sought to convince higher Mexian officials to grant Texians independence. He said it was unreasonable to govern a people who were some 800 miles away and of an entirely different nationality. However, Santa Anna would not listen. He resigned and came to  F Texas to further the cause of independence.9$ Kubiak at 37. He may have been born in Yucatan, Mexico on  FP October 3, 1789.E:$ Dan Kubiak, TEN TALL TEXANS 44 (Balcones Company: 1967).E Or he may have been born in Spain on October 3, 1788 and brought to Meridia,  F Yucatan by his parents when he was still a baby.B;$ Dorothy Sinclair, EARLY DAYS IN TEXAS 109 (May 1958).B Zavala was a gentleman and scholar who wrote  F and spoke at least seven languages (French, English, German, Italian, Portuguese and Spanish). <$ Sinclair at 109.  F He started his political career as Secretary to the City Council of Merida, Yucatan in 18121814.=$ Kubiak at 44. He believed in government by the people and for the people as well as freedom of speech. As secretary he spoke his mind freely and antagonized the Spanish authorities. As a result he was place in prison in May  F of 1814.B>$ Dorothy Sinclair, EARLY DAYS IN TEXAS 109 (May 1958).B He was placed in prison for political activities in 18151817.?$ Kubiak at 44. He was kept in the castle of San Juan de Ulloa for three years. During this time he studied medicine and English. Sinclair at 109. From 18181819 he  F practiced medicine.@$ Kubiak at 44. Although he enjoyed his work helping the sick, he felt he could help people more  F by trying to work with the government.A$ Sinclair at 110. In 1821 he went to the Yucatan Assembly.B$ Sinclair at 110. He was  FX Deputy of Cortes of Spain (1821) and a member of the Mexican Congress and Senate (18221826).C$ Kubiak at 44. While he was in Spain he learned the Mexico was independentcausing him to hurry home to  F Mexico.D$ Sinclair at 110. He was made the President of the meeting which was held to draw up the Constitution  F of the Republic of Mexico. He was the first to sign the 1824 Constitution.E$ Sinclair at 110. In 1828 he was Minister  Fx of Finance of Mexico.F$ Kubiak at 44. He served as Governor of the state of Mexico in 18271832.G$ Kubiak at 44. He was  F@ removed from office, made a trip to the U.S. and was again made governor of the state of Mexico.H$ Sinclair at 110.  F On March 12, 1829 he was assigned a grant to settle families in Texas.I$ The grant was for 500 families. Joseph Vehlein and David Burnet pooled their nearby grants with him and turned them over to the Galveston Bay and Texas Land Company. Sinclair at 110. His land was a strip along  F the Sabine River that extended as far west as Nacogdoches and south to the Gulf of Mexico. J$ Sinclair at 110.  F! Zavala arrived in Texas on October 16, 1830.K$ Kubiak at 44. Santa Anna used him to become president saying  F`" that he wanted to help the people. In truth he "really wanted to become a dictator." L$ Sinclair at 111. He was  F(# Minister of Junta of Electoral Censors in Mexico 18321833.M$ Kubiak at 44. In 1833 he was Mexico's Minister to  F# France.N$ Kubiak at 44. This appointment was made to prevent Zavala from telling the Mexican people Santa Anna's plans. After reaching Paris, Zavala soon wrote a letter to Santa Anna resigning from his position. They  F% became enemies after he told Santa Anna he was wrong to say one thing and then do another.O$ Sinclair at 111. He  FH& spent a year in Spain and then returned to Texas. P$ Sinclair at 111. He returned to Texas in July 1835.QQ$ Kubiak at 44. Another source says it was June 1835. Sinclair at 111.Q He  F' bought a house on the banks of the San Jacinto River.R$ Sinclair at 111. With Austin still in prison, he assumed the leadership of Texas. In San Antonio he was made the Chairman of the Committee on Public Safetya  F( group  organized to protect the colonists.S$ Kubiak at 37. In midAugust, 1835, he said: "The fundamental pact, having been dissolved, and the guarantee of civil and political rights of citizens having been destroyed, it ish)]0*0*0* incontestable that all the states of the Mexican Confederation are at liberty to act and to provide for their  F security and preservation, as circumstance might require.T$ Kubiak at 3738. When Santa Anna heard about his statement, he ordered General Cos to arrest the "War Party in Texas." The supreme order called for Zavala to be apprehended and Cos was to "spare no means to secure his person and place it at the disposal of the  F  supreme government."U$ Kubiak at 38. The efforts to seize Zavala failed. No one wanted to take him prisioner in view  F of his popularity with both the Mexican people and Texians.V$ Sinclair at 111. He addressed the people of San Antonio:  "Coahuila and Texas have formed a State of the Republic, and as one part of it is occupied by an invading force, the free part of it should proceed to organize a power which would restore harmony and ` 'establish order and Unanimity in all branches of public administration(# which will be a rallying point for the citizens, whose hearts are trembling for liberty. I recommend organization by means of a convention which will represent the free will of the Xcitizens of Texas on the day of the 15th of October with representatives being sent from (#  F  all departments.W$ Kubiak at 38.  In October 1835, he was a delegate from Harrisburg. He was also asked to go to the Washingtonthe  FH Brazos convention in March. X$ Sinclair at 112. On March 2, 1836 he was one of the Catholic signers of the Texas  F Declaration of Independence. Y$ Sinclair at 112. He was one the committee of 24 which drew up the first adopted  F Texas Constitution. It was read and approved on March 17, 1836. Z$ Sinclair at 112. He was a partner with Burnet  F in Galveston Bay Company and became VicePresident on March 17, 1836.[$ Kubiak at 44. Burnet was President. Zavala designed a flag for Texas. It had a blue field with a big white star in the center. Between each of the five points was one letter. Together they spelled the word TEXAS. This flag design was never voted  F on due to the hurry caused by the fall of the Alamo. \$ Sinclair at 112. After the Battle of San Jacinto, his nearby  F home was used as a hospital for the sick and wounded.]$ Sinclair at 113. He interpreted for "The Napoleon at the West" when he was captured and signed the papers with him that stated that Texas was free and the war  FP was over.^$ Sinclair at 113. He left office on October 17, 1836 and died of pneumonia four weeks later._$ Sinclair at 113. He  F died in Houston, Texas on November 15, 1836.`$ Kubiak at 44. Changes are being made by construction by judicial decisions more than amendments. Given the extraordinary difficulty in adopting amendments, the judiciary will be more and more tempted to issue opinion rulings without regard to the plain words, the intent of the framers or the history of the times during which constitutional provisions were adopted. The result is rule by any five judges. The people must seek to obtain the right of constitutional initiative which will allow them to bypass both the special-interest dominated legislative bodies and the courts. Since this change will completely change the balance of power in favor of the sovereignty of the people, those leaders who by sheer courage and dedication succeed in winning this right for the people will face the greatest difficulty in getting the facts out to the people in the face of a hostile and vengeful press and media who have much more influence under the existing system of representative government with no direct vote on real issues. Since it will require a great deal of immagination and idealism to see through such reforms, most will eventually drop this fight for more easily obtainable reforms with which they can become more closely personally identified. Those who do not at heart trust the people and think themselves smarter than them will be the most likely to only give lip-service but not their heart to obtaining the right of constitutional initiative. The people must obtain the right to propose and adopt amendments to their own constitutions and judges who sit on the bench for life should either be elected or subject to recall during their terms by the people with sufficient signatures on a petition to force an election. "The electorate has long suspected, but now knows, that political promises are worth nothing. Lies are the order of the day for policy implementors. Wars are started (or stopped) with no shred of coherent explanation. Political words have never matched political deeds. Why not? Apparently because the center of political power has been elsewhere than with elected and presumably responsive representatives in Washington, and this power elite has its own objectives, which are inconsistent  Fh)  with those of the public at large."Na$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 172 (1976).Nh)^0*0*0*Ԍ "Through foundations controlled by this elite, research by compliant and spineless academics, 'conservatives' as well as 'liberals,' has been directed into channels useful for the objectives  F  of the elite essentially to maintain this subversive and unconstitutional power apparatus."Nb$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 173 (1976).N "The day when a majority of individuals declares or acts as if it wants nothing from government, declares it will look after its own welfare and interests, then on that day power elites are doomed. The attraction to 'go along' with power elites is the attraction of something for nothing. That is the bait. The Establishment always offers something for nothing; but the something is taken from someone else, as taxes or plunder, and awarded  F  elsewhere in exchange for political support."Rc$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 176-177 (1976).R  "But not until a majority finds the moral courage and the internal fortitude to reject the something-for-nothing con game and replaces it with voluntary associations, voluntary  F(  communes, or local rule and decentralized societies, will the killing and the plunder cease."Nd$ Anthony C. Sutton, WALL STREET AND THE RISE OF HITLER 177 (1976).N Collectivist humanists "tend toward political and social totalitarianism, mostly as Marxists or Socialists. They seek the longrange evolution and betterment of societyunder their control, of  FH course."ke$ F ԍ Paul dePparrie and Mary Pride, Ancient Empires of the New Age 26 (1989).k "The more complete the collectivization, the greater the degree of control that can be  F exercised."af$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against Man and God 15 (1974).a Collectivism is more than a means to control. It is an effective tool in seizing power. In nature it is substantially a form of barbarism which in extreme tolerates inhuman conditions. Expontents typically scroud their subversive proposals "with pretensions of modernity and relevancy. Regardless of the window dressing, the collectivization of men reduces them to the level of a herd mentality. They become  F0 slaves to their whims and to those who control their whims."ag$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against Man and God 16 (1974).a "Tyrannical political control is exercised through the collectivization of the massses; but the political collectivization of the masses is made possible by the prior collectivization of their minds. Hence a powerful tool in the communization of a country is the spread of intellectual and spiritual collectivism, i.e., barbarism in manners, morals, intellectual life, and in the mechansim of government. In general, this brings about the reduction of the individual in status and the glorification of the collective, that 'idol before which the citizen must offer in sacrifice his personal liberty...' Collectivism is then the ideology of tyrants, because 'the most crushing of  F all despotisms is just another way of expressing the political reality of collectivization."dh$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against Man and God 1617 (1974).d In Collectivism the group is sovereign; that for which all must be sacrificed. No individual can claim to be above the group. Individualism (Libertarianism) sacrifices to the sovereignty of the individual.  F Neither sees God as sovereign.Ki$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 45 (1989).K Collectivism teaches that students alone can make the final determination of what is right or  F  wrong.Kj$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 46 (1989).K StimulusResponse molds everyone into one unit which is referred to as "normal."Kk$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 47 (1989).K Since man, as an individual, is of little or no consequence, those not in harmony with the normalized  F group must be removed.Kl$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 48 (1989).K The role of teachers as educators changed to being a guide in the socialization of the child "leading each child to adapt to the specific behavior required of him in order for him to get along in his group." Dewey called for a leveling of individual differences into a common pool of students who would be the  F! object of learning technicians devising the social order of the future.em$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 40 (1989); Leipzig Connection 2425.e The first step in degrading a nation is to degrade man from a spiritual being to an animal. "He must no longer think of himself, or  F(# of his fellows, as capable of 'spiritual endurance' or nobility."xn$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 41 (1989); The Soviet Art of BrainWashing at 41.x "The collective mentality is, then, the tribe mentality, and is characterized by dependence. It is reliance on an external force to accomplish that which man is meant by his Creator to do for himself. It is the  FH& increasing shift of responsibility from the individual to government."ao$ F ԍ Rev. Clarence Kelly, Conspiracy Against Man and God 18 (1974).a Individualism teaches that the individual has exclusive rights to any value system so long as no infringement is made on the rights of anyone else. This is the "Live and let live" philosophy. The individual is at the center. Phrases include 'Do your own thing," "Set your own moral standards," It's my body, I'llh)_0*0*0* do as I please," "Two consenting adults should be able to do whatever they want," "Be all you can be,"  F "What can Jesus do for me?"Kp$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 48 (1989).K Individuality is where each individual is taught to stand alone, accomplish his life's goals and subdue his environment. He is accountable to a higher authorityGod. The student is taught basic principles and  F is able to reason from these principles to every decision of his life.Kq$ F ԍ Ken Warner, An Unholy Crusade 57 (1989).K Today the teacher's colleges indoctrinate on the latest fashionable beliefs about the nature of man. The NEA "controls most state legislatures. State universities are controlled by feminists, New Agers and Marxists. In practice, this means that, under the guise of 'religious neutrality,' public school and university  F students are indoctrinated in the pet beliefs of the elite."kr$ F ԍ Paul deParrie and Mary Pride, Ancient Empires of the New Age 184 (1990).k From the Enlightenment the idea of giving leadership to the "learned" was beguna person with a degree from an Enlightenmentapproved institution. This was the beginning of the age of the expert and the only place an American could get a doctorate was more often than not in an Enlightenmentcontrolled  F university in Germany.ks$ F ԍ Paul deParrie and Mary Pride, Ancient Empires of the New Age 184 (1990).k John Dewey was the originator of the "Humanist Manifesto"t$ The Humanist Manifesto was signed in 1933. "Their beliefs are in complete agreement with the  F philosophies of Weishaupt, Marx and Lenin." A. Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 378 (1985). who got his followers degrees. The progressives then proceeded to take over the entire American education  FH system.ku$ F ԍ Paul deParrie and Mary Pride, Ancient Empires of the New Age 188 (1990).k What is the difference between being illuminated and being enlightened? Someone once wrote: All the armies that ever marched, all the navies that ever sailed, All the parliaments that ever sat, all the kings that ever reigned, put together, Have not affected the life of man on earth as much as that one solitary life.  F  The Illuminati has changed its name to Moriah1v$ The name of the Temple in Jerusalem.1 ("The Conquering Wind"). This is in line with the statement of Weishaupt: "The great strength of our order lies in its concealment: let it never appear  F in any place in its own name, but always covered by another name and another occupation."=w$ F ԍ Ralph Epperson, The Unseen Hand 82 (1985). "Does the Illuminati still exist? Perhaps not in name, but in organizational structure it is bigger than ever. Most important of all, it is being promoted in this decade as a New Age Movement. This powerful organization is dedicated to the establishment of world government and vows to soon introduce a single dictator to sit upon the throne of this world. To this agree  F  the words of the prophetsthey call him antichrist." J.R. Church, Guardians of the Grail 169 (1989). Steps for selfimprovement have been suggested: 1) prayer, 2) study, 3) local recruiting, 4) local conforntation, 5) creating newspaper clipping files for future reference, 6) continual monitoring of local elected representatives and board meetings, 7) continued monitoring of public school curriculum materials, 8) identifying local supporters or potential supporters on an issueby issue basis, 9) building a mailing list  F on an issuebyissue basis. Gary North, Conspiracy: A Biblical View 146 (1986). In Austin we have pioneered for some months a "Monday Group" that meets at 7:00 p.m. every Monday at the same place. I have brought a good new book with me to every meeting and have yet to get a chance to read a single chapter. The idea is for at least one person to decide on a place and time and commit to being there rain or shine. The coming battle for survival of freedom will not be won by sunshine patriots. The material that has been presented here is intended to provide a quick introduction to a very controversial subject. No intent has been made to label any particular group of people as "responsible." The material has been pieced together as it seems to fit. If you have additions, revisions or comments, please contribute! It is hoped that all over the country those who receive this and other material will start to spend some of their time in going to their library to check out what at first may seem to be unbelieveable facts. It takes a lot of time and effort to find unbiased material... = `0*0*0* FOOTNOTES